Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Broadcasting / Beasley Broadcast Group

Beasley Broadcast Group

bbgi · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bbgi
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Broadcasting
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Beasley Broadcast Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual  
Report  
2020

Low-risk 
investment
Long-term 
returns

www.bb-gi.com

About BBGI

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. (BBGI, the ‘Company’,  
and together with its subsidiaries, the ‘Group’)  
is a global infrastructure investment company  
helping to provide the responsible capital required  
to build and maintain critical social infrastructure1  
in the countries where we do business. 

These are the important infrastructure assets that  
citizens rely on every day. They are building blocks  
of the local economy, and as a long-term custodian,  
we partner with the public sector to help deliver  
and manage them. 

In doing so, we follow a low-risk, globally diversified and 
internally managed investment strategy to deliver  
long-term and predictable shareholder returns.

1 

Social infrastructure is the provision of public infrastructure assets and services and includes schools, healthcare, blue light  
(fire and police), justice facilities and transport. In exchange for the provision of these assets and services BBGI receives a  
revenue stream that is paid directly by the public sector.

 Contents

COMPANY OVERVIEW
01  Why Invest in BBGI
02  Year in Numbers
04  Portfolio at a Glance
06  Chairman’s Statement

Investment Proposition

STRATEGIC REPORT
08  Co-CEO Q&A
10 
12  Operating Model
14  Our approach to ESG
18  Portfolio Review
21  Portfolio Snapshot
24  Our Response to Covid-19
25  Market Trends and Pipeline
28  Operating and Financial 

Review

32  Valuation
40  Financial Results

Front cover:  
South Liverpool NHS Treatment Centre

Inside cover:  
Solar panels on top of  South Liverpool NHS Treatment Centre, 
 Church Road in Garston, Liverpool

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
45  Corporate Governance 
46  Supervisory Board and Management 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
80  Consolidated Income Statement
81  Consolidated Statement of  

Board 

47  Biographies of Directors 
49  Supervisory Board 
52  Committees of the Supervisory Board
54  Management Board
58  Remuneration
60  Remuneration at a Glance
66  Viability Statement
67  Risk
73  Administration
74  Audit Committee Report
76  Management Board Responsibilities 

Statement

77  Report on the Audit of the 

Consolidated Financial Statements

Other Comprehensive Income 

82  Consolidated Statement of  

Financial Position 

83  Consolidated Statement of  

Changes in Equity

84  Consolidated Statement of  

Cash Flows

85  Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements
126  Report on the Audit of the  

Company Financial Statements 

130  Company Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
131  Company Statement of  
Financial Position
132  Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity

133  Company Statement of Cash Flows
134  Notes to the Company  
Financial Statement

147  Board Members, Agents & Advisers

Why Invest in BBGI

BBGI provides access to a 
diversified portfolio of 
infrastructure investments  
that generate long-term, 
sustainable returns and serve 
an inherent social purpose in 
supporting local communities. 
The healthy demand for 
responsible private sector 
finance for public infrastructure 
is underpinned by the widening 
infrastructure spending gap in 
the developed countries where 
BBGI invests. 

In return for long-term investment in and active 
ownership of essential social infrastructure 
investments such as, schools, healthcare,  
blue light2 and justice facilities, and transport 
procured using availability-based investment 
models, BBGI receives stable, predictable and 
contracted cash flows. These are underpinned 
by government or government-backed 
counterparties. 

The predictability of these contracted revenues 
allows BBGI to return to investors a stable and 
progressive income stream in the form of a 
semi-annual dividend. The Management Board 
follows a proven operating model of value-
driven active asset management, prudent 
financial management and a selective 
acquisition strategy to preserve value and 
achieve portfolio growth. Environmental, Social 
and Governance (‘ESG’) considerations are 
embedded in our business strategy, operations 
and investment processes. These operational 
pillars are fundamental to the Company’s 
low-risk, globally diversified and internally 
managed investment strategy.

1

Low-risk3

The Company is committed to an availability-based social infrastructure 
investment platform. This commitment to an availability-based investment 
strategy generates stable, predictable cash flows backed by secure, contracted 
public sector revenues. This is the Management Board’s area of expertise, 
avoiding style drift by maintaining a disciplined approach to this strategy.

2

Globally diversified

The investment strategy is deployed in stable, well-established developed 
markets where governments and local authorities maintain support for 
availability-based models to finance public infrastructure. This provides 
focused exposure to highly-rated investment grade countries, across UK, 
North America, Australia and Continental Europe.

3

Strong ESG approach

By aligning our value-driven active asset management approach to relevant UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’), ESG principles are integrated into the 
Company’s investment cycle to strengthen the non-financial returns the portfolio 
generates for all stakeholders. This enables the Company to deliver, monitor and 
report social impact effectively, and incentivise strong ESG performance by 
directly linking results to executive compensation.

4

Internally managed

The Company’s in-house management team is focused on delivering shareholder 
value, incentivised by shareholder returns and growth in Net Asset Value (‘NAV’) per 
share. This means that no NAV-based management or acquisition fees are charged, 
and the internal management team’s interests are fully aligned with those of the 
shareholders, resulting in full pricing discipline when managing the portfolio and 
assessing investment opportunities. As a result, the Company consistently maintains 
the lowest comparative ongoing charges to its shareholders in the sector. 4

2  Fire and police stations.
3  References to ‘low-risk’ throughout this Annual Report are made in comparison to investments in other infrastructure asset classes.
4 

In comparison to the latest publicly available information for all closed-ended, LSE-listed equity infrastructure investment companies.

Cautionary Statement
Certain sections of this Annual Report, including but not 
limited to, the Chairman’s Statement and the Strategic Report 
of the Management Board, have been prepared solely to 
provide additional information to shareholders to assess the 
Group’s strategies and the potential for those strategies to 
succeed. This additional information should not be relied on by 
any other party or for any other purpose.

These sections may include statements that are, or may be 
deemed to be, ‘forward-looking statements’. These 
forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of 
forward-looking terminology, including the terms ‘believes’, 
‘estimates’, ‘anticipates’, ‘forecasts’, ‘projects’, ‘expects’, 
‘intends’, ‘may’, ‘will’ or ‘should’ or, in each case, their negative 
or other variations or comparable terminology. 

These forward-looking statements include matters that are not 
historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout 
this document and include statements regarding the intentions, 
beliefs or current expectations of the Management and 
Supervisory Boards concerning, amongst other things, the 
investment objectives and investment policy, financing 
strategies, investment performance, results of operations, 
financial condition, liquidity, prospects and distribution policy of 
the Group, and the markets in which it invests.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and 
uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on 
circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. 
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future 
performance. The Group’s actual investment performance, 
results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, distribution 
policy and the development of its financing strategies may 
differ materially from the impression created by the 
forward-looking statements contained in this document.

Subject to their legal and regulatory obligations, the 
Management and Supervisory Boards expressly disclaim any 
obligations to update or revise any forward-looking statement 
contained herein to reflect any change in expectations with 
regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or 
circumstances on which any statement is based. 

In addition, these sections may include target figures and 
guidance for future financial periods. Any such figures are 
targets only and are not forecasts.

This report has been prepared for the Group as a whole and 
therefore gives greater emphasis to those matters that are 
significant to BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. and its 
subsidiaries when viewed as a whole.

01

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW 
Year in Numbers

Financial highlights

Investment Basis NAV

NAV per Share

Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’)

up 6.7% as at 31 December 2020 
(31 December 2019: £858.6 million) 1

up 1.2% as at 31 December 2020
(31 December 2019: 136.2pps) 2

since IPO 3 

£916.0m

137.8pps

157.5%

Annualised Total  
Shareholder Return

since IPO 4

11.0%

2020 Dividend Distribution  
per Share

2021 Target Dividend 5

7.18pps

7.33pps

2022 Target Dividend 5

Cash Dividend Cover 6

Ongoing Charges 7

7.48pps

1.27x

2019: 0.88%

0.86%

1  Please refer to the Pro Forma Balance Sheet in the Financial Section for further detail on Investment Basis NAV.
2 
3  The TSR combines share price appreciation and dividends paid since IPO in December 2011 to show the total return to the shareholder expressed as a percentage. Based on 

‘Pence per share.’

share price at 31 December 2020 and after adding back dividends paid or declared since listing.

4  On a compounded annual growth rate basis. This represents the steady state annual growth rate based on share price at 31 December 2020 and after adding back dividends 

paid or declared since listing.

5  These are targets only and are not a profit forecast. There can be no assurance that these targets will be met or that the Company will make any distribution at all.
6  Calculated as: (Distributions received from investments at fair value through profit or loss less net cash flows from operating activities) / (Cash Dividends paid). Please refer 

to the Pro Forma Balance Sheet in the Financial Section for further details.
7  Please refer to the Ongoing Charges in the Financial Section for further details.

02

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Portfolio highlights

A1/A6 Roadway in the Netherlands

 —   Globally diversified portfolio of 
50 availability-based Public-
Private Partnership (PPP) 
infrastructure investments with  
a strong social impact.

 —   Portfolio performance and cash 
receipts ahead of business plan, 
underpinning BBGI’s progressive 
dividend policy.

 —   Consistently high level of asset 
availability at over 99.8 per cent 
with no material lock-ups or 
defaults reported over the period.

 —   The Company did not experience 
any material Covid-19 related 
operational or financial impacts.

 —   A combined £59.2 million of new 
cash investments in six new and 
follow-on acquisitions in lower-
risk availability-based healthcare, 
as well as road and bridge 
investments.  

 —   Strong support for the 

Company’s investment case 
demonstrated by oversubscribed 
equity issue in November 2020 
which raised gross proceeds of 
£55 million. 

 —   As at 31 December 2020, the 

Group had a net cash position  
of £20.5 million with no cash 
borrowings outstanding under 
the Revolving Credit Facility 
(‘RCF’).

 —   The Company has an attractive 
pipeline of availability-based 
investments in highly-rated 
investment grade countries 
across Europe and North 
America.

03

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW 

Portfolio at a Glance

The fundamentals 
Based on portfolio value at 31 December 2020

Investment type

Investment status

Geographical split

100% availability-based revenue stream.

Low-risk operational portfolio.

Geographically diversified in stable 
developed countries.

l  Availability-based 

revenue assets   100%

   Regulated Assets   –

   Demand-Based Assets   –

l     Operational  >99%

l     Construction  <1%

l  Canada   38%

l  UK   30%

l  Australia   13%

l  Cont. Europe   10%

l  USA   9%

Sector split

Investment life

Top five investments

Social impact portfolio with well diversified 
sector exposure.

Long investment life with 58% of portfolio  
by value with a duration of greater than 20 
years; weighted average life of 20.4 years. 
Average portfolio debt maturity of 17.2 years. 

Well-diversified portfolio with no major 
single asset exposure.  

l Transport  51%

l Health1   23%

l Blue Light and Justice   14%

l  Education   10%

l Other   2%

l ≥   25 years   14%

l  ≥   20 years and 
< 25 years   44%

l  ≥ 10 years and

< 20 years   40%

l  < 10 years   2%

1  Less than 1% exposure to UK acute health (by NAV).

Investment ownership

Country rating

80% of assets by value in the portfolio are 
50% owned or more.

All assets located in countries with ratings 
between AA and AAA.

l  100%   47%

l  ≥ 75% < 100%   6%

l  ≥ 50% < 75%   27%

l  < 50%   20%

l AAA   61%

l AA+   9%

l AA   30%

  Golden Ears Bridge   9%

 Ohio River Bridges   9%

 (cid:13)Northern Territory

Secure Facilities   7%

 McGill University 
Health Centre   5%

  A1/A6 Diemen – 

Almere motorway   5%

 Next five largest 

investments   19%

 Remaining investments   46%

04

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Projected portfolio cash flow

The chart below based on the portfolio at 
31 December 2020 demonstrates a steady 
stream of portfolio cash flows deriving from the 
Company’s underlying assets until 2051 1. The 
cash flows are stable and long-term, with their 
predictability enhanced by government or 
government-backed counterparties as well as 
their contracted nature. 

The index-linked provisions provide a positive 
link to inflation of approximately 0.45 per cent.

The investments made over the period 
contributed positively to both stable cash flows 
and the weighted average length of the 
portfolio. Based on current estimates and 
assuming no further investments, the existing 
portfolio is forecast to enter into the repayment 

phase in 2035, after which cash inflows from the 
portfolio will be paid to the Company’s 
shareholders as capital. By acquiring accretive 
investments, the intention is that the capital 
repayment phase is pushed further into the 
future.

As at 31 December 2020, BBGI has a weighted 
average portfolio life of 20.4 years, a decrease of 
0.3 years compared with 31 December 2019.

Income Phase

Capital Repayment Phase

)

m
£
(
s
w
o
l
f
h
s
a
C

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

l Illustrative cash flows 

(assets acquired 
 since 1 January 2020)

l Illustrative cash flows 

(excluding assets acquired 
 since 1 January 2020))

2 0 2 0

2 0 21

2 0 22

2 0 23

2 0 24

2 0 25

2 0 26

2 0 27

2 0 28

2 0 29

2 0 3 0

2 0 31

2 0 32

2 0 33

2 0 34

2 0 35

2 0 36

2 0 37

2 0 38

2 0 39

2 0 4 0

2 0 41

2 0 42

2 0 43

2 0 4 4

2 0 45

2 0 46

2 0 47

2 0 48

2 0 49

2 0 5 0

2 0 51

1 

This illustrative chart is a target only, as at 31 December 2020, and is not a profit forecast. There can be no assurance that this target will be met. The hypothetical target cash 
flows do not take into account any unforeseen costs, expenses or other factors which may affect the portfolio investments and therefore the impact on the cash flows to the 
Company. As such, the graph above should not, in any way, be construed as forecasting the actual cash flows or actual returns from the portfolio. 

Total 50 assets

Norway USA

Netherlands
Australia

Germany

United Kingdom

Canada

United Kingdom

Netherlands

21 assets

3 assets

Norway

1 asset

USA

1 asset

Canada

15 assets

Germany

6 assets

Australia

3 assets

05

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement

Dear Shareholders, 

Dividend target 2021

As I reflect on my first period  
as your Chairman, I am proud 
of the way the Company – 
which was renamed BBGI 
Global Infrastructure S.A.  
in November 2020 –  
has performed. 

At a time when we are all searching for 
certainty and predictability, the portfolio has 
generated financial results ahead of our 
expectations. 

This has reaffirmed the value of the 50 
availability-based investments we manage, all 
of which continue to deliver well-maintained 
global infrastructure to local communities 
and end-users, and robust, long-term, stable 
income to shareholders. This performance, in 
a difficult year for many because of the 
Covid-19 pandemic, would not have been 
possible without the dedication of the 
Company’s employees who have worked 
tirelessly to support all of our stakeholders.

We provide the responsible capital required 
to build and maintain the developed world’s 
social infrastructure. Our purpose is now 
more relevant than ever, and the significant 
progress we have made over the period on 
embedding ESG factors into our investment 
and asset management activities is reflected 
in the Our Approach To ESG section of this 
Annual Report, and the Company’s inaugural 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report (‘ESG Report’) which can be viewed 
via our website www.bb-gi.com. 

Portfolio performance
Over the year, our priority was to preserve the 
value of the Company’s portfolio and 
continue providing essential infrastructure 
services to our public sector clients by 
maintaining a high level of asset availability of 
99.8 per cent. We are pleased to report that 
the Company did not experience any material 
Covid-19 related operational or financial 
impacts. This strong performance was again 
underpinned by the Company’s proven 
business model of investing in low-risk, 
availability-based infrastructure in highly-
rated investment grade countries. In practice, 
our value-driven active asset management 

1 

In comparison to the latest publicly available 
information for all closed-ended, LSE-listed  
equity infrastructure investment companies.

7.33pps 
 ↑ 2.1%

Dividend target 2022

7.48pps 
↑ 2.0%

approach enabled safe and secure working, 
learning and health environments, and fully 
functioning transport infrastructure and 
other facilities across the UK, North America, 
Australia and Continental Europe. 

This contributed to an increase in the 
Company’s NAV from 136.2 pence per share 
to 137.8 pence per share, representing an 
increase of 1.2 per cent. In the challenging 
circumstances of 2020 this demonstrates the 
resilience of our investment proposition.

Cash receipts during the year were ahead of 
business plan and none of our investments 
recorded a material lock-up or default. Any 
deductions over the period were either borne by 
third-party facility managers and road operators, 
or as part of planned lifecycle budgets.

Long-term sustainable shareholder 
returns and progressive dividends 
The Company has delivered a Total 
Shareholder Return since IPO of 157.5 per 
cent, or 11 per cent on a compounded annual 
basis, while the high cash flow visibility we 
receive from creditworthy government 
counterparties enabled the Company to 
achieve dividend cover of 1.27x. 

Accordingly, the Company has met our full 
year dividend target of 7.18pps for 2020, and 
we continue to deliver a progressive dividend. 
I am pleased to reaffirm the dividend target of 
7.33pps for 2021 and provide a new dividend 
target of 7.48pps for 2022. 

Delivering value for money for shareholders 
remains a fundamental component of our 
investment case and we have maintained the 
lowest comparative ongoing charge in our 
sector at 0.86 per cent1.

06

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Selective acquisition strategy
The Management Board has effectively 
mobilised its network and tracked a number 
of primary and secondary opportunities over 
the period. As with previous years, the 
Company assessed considerably more 
investments than it committed to. This has 
enabled us to gauge pricing and competitive 
trends to ensure the investments the 
Company makes accurately reflect our 
conservative investment criteria. 

Using existing cash resources and our RCF, the 
Company made six acquisitions – these are 
detailed in the Portfolio Review. We increased 
the Company’s allocation to lower-risk roads 
and bridges with investments into Canada’s 
Highway 104 and Samuel De Champlain 
Bridge Corridor, as well as a follow-on 
acquisition in the Dutch N18 motorway. 

We also increased our exposure to healthcare 
assets in Canada with the completion of two 
follow-on acquisitions in Stanton Territorial 
Hospital and Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals, 
respectively. These transactions were sourced 
using our strong existing client and industry 
relationships and increased the Company’s 
respective interests to 100 per cent. 

Prudent financial management
In pursuing a selective acquisition strategy, 
the Company invests responsibly using a tried 
and tested financing method, typically 
drawing on our £180 million RCF before 
raising capital to fund debt repayments. This 
limits cash drag on our balance sheet and 
enables both existing and new shareholders 
to invest in our portfolio with certainty over 
where proceeds are allocated. We are grateful 
to our shareholders’ support for the 
oversubscribed issue in November 2020 
which raised gross proceeds of £55 million. 

The Company continues to manage the risk 
of currency volatility as part of our globally 
diversified investment portfolio via a hedging 
strategy which limits foreign exchange 
sensitivity. We explain this in more detail in 
the Valuation section of this Annual Report.

Corporate governance and ESG
As an investment fiduciary, the Company is 
committed to good corporate governance. 
During the year, and in accordance with the 
AIC Code of Corporate Governance, the 
Company proactively engaged an 
independent and externally facilitated 
evaluation of the Supervisory Board. This 
evaluation was undertaken in the spirit of The 
Chartered Governance Institute’s (‘ICSA’) 
recently published principles of good 

 
practice for FTSE-listed companies using 
external board reviewers. I am pleased to 
report that the Company received a very 
encouraging assessment with the review 
finding the Board to be well constituted, 
highly effective and well-run.

During the year, the Supervisory Board 
formally constituted separate committees for 
Nomination and Remuneration to further 
strengthen the independence and objectivity 
of our decision-making. The Remuneration 
Committee, with the support of an 
independent adviser, undertook a 
comprehensive review of the existing 
remuneration for the Management Board and 
the Company’s executives, including peer 
and wider FTSE 250 benchmarking to ensure 
that the approach is competitive and aligned 
with our business strategy. Further detail is 
provided in the Remuneration Report.

The Nomination Committee assessed, 
amongst other things, the renewal of 
Management Board members’ appointments, 
the development of a distinct policy 
concerning Group diversity and equality and 
succession planning. Following an extensive 
search, the Company is also delighted to 
announce the appointment of Chris Waples 
to the Supervisory Board, subject to 
shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM. Chris 
has 35 years’ global experience of managing 
the acquisition, construction and divestment 
of infrastructure projects and has extensive 
asset management experience.

The Company also established an ESG 
Committee during the year to oversee the 
management of material ESG activities, 
including climate-related issues.  We 
understand the value of maintaining a 
disciplined focus and strive to integrate ESG 
factors into our business strategy, operations 
and investment processes. Crucially, while 
much of the focus in 2020 has been 
responding effectively to the global 
pandemic, we have not lost sight of managing 
short, medium and long-term risks posed by 
ESG issues relevant to the Company and our 
portfolio. We continue to align our investment 
portfolio to contribute to five of the SDGs, 
recognising the important role that investors 
can play in helping to meet global sustainable 
development priorities.

During the year, we formalised our approach 
to managing climate risks and the impacts 
they have on our Company and our portfolio. 
This included the development of a climate 
resilient infrastructure screening tool to 
better monitor and predict how our assets are 

impacted as the environment around us 
changes. This year, we began to report our 
progress against the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) 
recommendations.  Whilst we recognise that 
we have further work to do to improve our 
understanding of the finance-related risks on 
the Company and our portfolio of 
transitioning to a low carbon economy, and of 
the physical risks of climate change, this is a 
significant step forward for our Company.   

Total acquisitions (new and  
follow-on)

59.2m

Asset availability

99.8 m

Post period end, the Company made 
disclosures relating to specific Articles of the EU 
Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation 
(‘SFDR’). This is a regulation requiring EU based 
companies to make certain disclosures on the 
subject of sustainability risk and on the manner 
in which sustainability factors are integrated into 
investment decisions, and it allows companies 
that meet certain sustainability criteria to 
self-classify if they promote environmental or 
social characteristics. The Company takes the 
view that it falls within the scope of Article 8 and 
meets the criteria for socially positive 
investment.

We are proud to have been awarded an ‘A’  
in our inaugural assessment by the UN’s 
Principles for Responsible Investment  
(‘PRI’), more about which is detailed in the 
Company’s ESG Report. We are committed 
to continuously reviewing and improving our 
approach to Responsible Investment, 
collaborating with our stakeholders and the 
wider industry to ensure we remain 
responsible custodians. 

Risk monitoring and management 
Over the period, we implemented the 
Company’s business continuity plan (‘BCP’) 
globally. With most staff working remotely, IT 
security and an additional management focus 
on introducing workplace mental healthcare 
programmes for our employees were critical 
in ensuring the Company was effective in the 
transition. 

The Company has continued its focus on 
monitoring the potential concentration and 
failure risk of operational and maintenance 
contractors who provide counterparty 
services to the Company’s investments.  
We have not identified any significant risk 
exposure and the Management and 
Supervisory Boards remain comfortable with 
the current contractors. Despite the 
pandemic, the contractors have performed in 
line with expectations. The Company benefits 
from a diversified contractor base and supply 
chain with no concentrated exposure, 

combined with rigorous supply chain 
monitoring and contingency planning.

The direct knock-on effects on the Company 
from the UK’s departure from the EU were 
largely technical in nature and were dealt with 
by the Management Board over the course of 
the year to ensure a seamless continuity of 
listing post-completion of the Brexit 
transition period.  

Our outlook
The Management and Supervisory Boards 
have been reassured by the resilience of our 
portfolio and the positive response to the 
global pandemic by governments of the 
countries in which we invest. We continue to 
believe in the power of private finance to 
deliver essential public infrastructure, and the 
Portfolio Snapshot in our Strategic Report is 
testament to the quality of the services our 
investments provide. 

The fiscal commitment to infrastructure 
spending is likely to generate a medium-term 
pipeline of opportunities and further affirms 
the inherent attractiveness of our asset class 
and the benefits of infrastructure investment 
allocation through the economic cycle. 

We have confidence in our ability to continue 
sourcing attractive acquisition opportunities 
thanks to the strength of the Company’s 
relationships, our proven track record in 
value-driven active asset management, and 
the dedication of our people and partners. 

We are therefore confident in our ability to 
maintain a robust long-term, predictable and 
stable income derived from our diversified 
global portfolio of infrastructure investments.  

Sarah Whitney
Chairman
24 March, 2021

07

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW 
 
Co-CEO Q&A

The Company’s co-CEOs, 
Frank Schramm and Duncan 
Ball (pictured below), share 
their thinking for the year in 
review and look ahead to the 
positive outlook for global 
infrastructure investment.

Q: What was the focus in 2020?
A: If you asked us for our 2020 predictions 
last year, many of them would have been 
wrong. It’s been a challenging period for all, 
but one thing has remained the same as 
before: our ability to deliver long-term, stable 
and predictable returns to our shareholders. 
We believe this is because of the way we 
responsibly build and manage our portfolio, 
and the strength of our industry relationships. 

Indeed, the services delivered by our 
investments have never been more important 
than in this global health and economic crisis. 
Active management of our 50 investments 
has been vital to ensuring that healthcare, 
educational, blue light, judicial and transport 
facilities are able to stay open and serve 
people and local communities in a secure way. 

08

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

We remain nimble, and our BCP – which we 
have tested every year since IPO – has proven 
robust as the pandemic has evolved. Even 
though elements of our daily working life have 
changed, the fundamentals of our business 
have not. While investor meetings, client 
visits, partnering sessions and staff reviews,  
all of which are usually done in person, were 
replaced with video conferences, stakeholder 
engagement has remained a principal focus 
for the Company’s senior leadership. 
Communication became even more 
important as we prioritised checking-in on 
our people, our public sector clients, our 
investors and our partners.

We have remained prudent in our financial 
management. This has enabled us to preserve 
value and continue to receive predictable 
cash flows which underpin the delivery of 
stable and reliable income to our 
shareholders. During 2020, approximately 
two thirds of London Stock Exchange (‘LSE’) 
listed companies cancelled, cut or suspended 
their dividends 1. We are very proud of the fact 
that we delivered our target dividend and 
stand behind our guidance for a further 
dividend increase in 2021. We are also very 
proud that we were able to honour all of our 
hiring commitments without having to lay-off 
or furlough any of our people or accept grants 
or revenue support from any source. 

Q: How has the portfolio performed and 
what changes have you made to it?
A: As the portfolio continued to perform 
above expectations, 2020 has again proven 
the resilience of all our investments and the 
sectors in which we invest. This performance 
amidst unpredictable market volatility, 
disruption to global supply chains and changes 
to consumer behaviour has reinforced why we 
stay true to our founding principles of investing 
in low-risk, availability-based investments. 

The pandemic has in fact strengthened the 
structural demand for our facilities across UK, 
North America, Australia and Continental 
Europe. Patients still need high-quality 
healthcare facilities, pupils and teachers must 
have safe, secure buildings in which to teach 
and learn; road-users still expect well-
maintained highways and bridges; and local 
governments need blue light 2 and other public 
buildings to uphold their commitment to local 
communities. We are proud to enable the 
delivery of all these services at a time when 
society arguably needs them more than ever.

1 

Link Group, UK Dividend Monitor (Q4 2020); 
analyses all the dividends paid out on the ordinary 
shares of companies listed on the UK Main Market.

2  Fire and police stations.

We have seen a greater bifurcation in pricing 
as the financial profile of many demand-
based asset classes have been adversely 
impacted by the pandemic and now more 
accurately reflects the inherent risks 
associated with demand versus availability-
based investments. None of our investments 
have been materially impacted, either 
operationally or financially, by the pandemic, 
the associated lockdowns or the economic 
slowdown, and we are pleased to report 
another period of high asset availability. 

We anticipate a continued trend of 
construction companies accelerating their 
plans to sell availability-based investments to 
realise value, and our network of vendors has 
continued to open up otherwise hard-to-
access investment opportunities over the 
period.

The six acquisitions we made over the year 
that are detailed in the Portfolio Review 
combine new investments and follow-on 
interests, increasing our exposure to 
lower-risk social infrastructure projects in 
highly-rated investment grade countries.

Q: How has your approach to Responsible 
Investment evolved?
A: As long-term responsible investors in 
social infrastructure, we take our stewardship 
role very seriously. The landscape for 
responsible investment is shifting, and we 
welcome the heightened expectation from all 
our stakeholders to pursue, deliver and report 
non-financial returns and any adverse 
sustainability impacts across our portfolio. 
This is manifested in our ‘A’ rating for the 
Company’s inaugural assessment by the PRI, 
more about which can be found in the Our 
Approach to ESG section and in our 
standalone ESG Report. 

Over the period, we further refined and 
formalised our governance systems and 
processes to enable us to better meet these 
expectations. This included establishing a 
dedicated ESG Committee to further 
integrate ESG priorities into all parts of our 
business including our business strategy, 
operations and investment processes. Key 
developments included linking remuneration 
to our ESG goals, running dedicated 
sustainability training for all staff, improved 
ESG related disclosure in this report and on 
our website, and overseeing the production 
of BBGI’s inaugural stand-alone ESG report. 

During the period, we also became 
signatories to the UN Global Compact, 
further demonstrating our commitment to 
being responsible stewards.  We use the SDG 
framework to guide our investment strategy; 
and we have identified five SDGs where our 
investments can make a positive contribution 
to our public sector clients in meeting the 
goals by 2030. See the ‘Our Approach To 
ESG’ section for more detail. 

These top-down changes were 
complemented by bottom-up action where 
we strengthened our focus on climate change 
mitigation, specifically with the development 
of a climate resilient infrastructure screening 
tool, which will support us in measuring and 
managing our climate impact going forward.

On reporting, we fully endorse the need for 
greater clarity and integration of disclosure 
requirements and standards. During the 
period, we communicated our support for the 
TCFD recommendations, demonstrating our 
commitment to enhanced transparency and 
positive action on climate change. We also 
welcome the standardisation of reporting on 
other ESG topics through the introduction of 
the Sustainable Finance Disclosure 
Regulations (‘SFDR’), ensuring that our 
shareholders have the information they need 
to understand the positive and adverse 
sustainability impacts of our investment 
portfolio. We have updated our policies to 
meet the first phase of requirements 
(available on our website), and our first 
standalone ESG Report for the year 2020 is 
also a significant step forward. 

Q: What is your outlook for BBGI and for 
global infrastructure investment?
A: We are confident that the resilience of the 
Company’s financial and operational 
performance will continue. 

On a macro level, the future for global 
infrastructure investment also looks strong. 
Ongoing low interest rates and a substantial 
premium over risk free rates continue to drive 
demand from investors that are looking for 
yield and to increase their exposure to 
long-duration investments, and this has 
provided a boost to infrastructure investment 
valuations. We believe there is further room 
for valuation uplifts in the future. BBGI also 
continues to believe that it is well placed to 
source attractive investment opportunities.   

What’s more, the type of much-needed 
public infrastructure we provide is universally 
supported in all the markets in which we 
operate, and this remains a bipartisan issue 

for all governments. This focus on 
infrastructure as a fiscal stimulus tool to back 
national economies has only been bolstered 
this year, with more infrastructure spending 
committed to by governments in order to 
stimulate the economic recovery. 

As a long-term custodian and trusted partner 
to the public sector, we believe BBGI is well 
placed to benefit from this renewed interest 
as economies rebuild, and we look forward to 
playing a critical role in that.

Q: How is BBGI addressing the global 
threat of climate change? 
A: As responsible stewards of global 
infrastructure, BBGI fully acknowledges the 
existential threat to humanity from the 
physical impacts of climate change. We 
remain optimistic that by working 
collaboratively, governments, society and the 
investment sector can make the necessary 
and timely transition to a low carbon economy 
that will minimise the impacts of future 
climate change by keeping the global 
temperature rise below two degrees Celsius. 
We take our role in this transition to a low 
carbon economy and preparing our assets to 
adapt to future climate change very seriously, 
and we are taking steps to understand how 
this period of change translates into 
investment risk.  

In 2020, we have made progress by integrating 
climate-related risk into our governance and 
risk management processes. These top-down 
changes were complemented by bottom-up 
action where we strengthened our focus on 
climate change mitigation specifically, with the 
development of a climate resilient 
infrastructure screening tool, which will 
support us in measuring and managing our 
climate impact going forward. But we know 
that we have more to do to get better visibility 
of the granularity of our climate risks, how this 
translates to financial risk and how we can 
mitigate these risks through our stewardship 
and management of our assets. 

In 2021, our next step is to measure our direct 
carbon footprint and identify what we need to 
put in place to meet carbon reduction targets 
for the emissions that we control. More 
importantly, as an investor in global 
infrastructure, we have a pivotal role in 
influencing the management and operation 
of our assets and to increase the disclosure of 
carbon-related risks. And by the end of 2021, 
we expect to have a full picture of the impact 
our investment decisions have on the 
sustainability factors such as the environment 
and climate risk.

09

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW 
Investment Proposition

We are a responsible global 
social infrastructure investor 
with a low-risk investment 
strategy focused on delivering 
long-term sustainable returns.

The Company seeks to provide its 
shareholders with unique access to a global 
portfolio of social infrastructure investments 
which generate stable, predictable cash flows 
over the life of government or government-
backed contracts that typically extend to  
20 years and more in length.

The predictability of these government-
backed revenues enables BBGI to return to 
investors a sustainable and progressive 
income stream in the form of a semi-annual 
dividend. 

The Company’s investment policy dictates 
that no more than 25 per cent of the 
Company’s portfolio value calculated at  
the time of investment will be derived from 
investments whose revenue streams are  
not public sector or government-backed 
(currently zero per cent). To ensure a spread 
of investment risk, any new acquisition will not 
have an acquisition value greater than 25 per 
cent of portfolio value of the Company 
immediately post-acquisition.

Strategic Pillars

Investment Strategy

Consistent Delivery of Objectives

Robust total 
shareholder returns

Progressive  
long-term dividend 
growth

1

Low-risk1

Globally 
diversified

 — Availability-based 

investment strategy

 — Secure public sector-backed 

contracted revenues

 — Stable and predictable cash 
flows with progressive long-
term dividend growth

 — Focus on highly-rated 

investment grade countries

 — Stable, well-developed 
operating environments
 — A global portfolio serving 

society through supporting 
local communities

Strong ESG 
approach 

 — ESG integration in 
investment cycle 
 — Focus on delivering  

social impact 

 — Executive compensation 

linked to ESG 
performance

2

3

4

Internally 
managed

 — Alignment of interests
 — Shareholder value first, 

portfolio growth 
second

 — Lowest comparative 
ongoing charges2

Sustainable growth

1 
2 

In comparison to other equity infrastructure asset classes.
In comparison to the latest publicly available information for all closed-ended, LSE-listed equity infrastructure investment companies.

10

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Strategic investment partnerships
The Company continues to leverage strong 
relationships with leading construction 
companies to source a potential pipeline 
that supports a low-risk and globally 
diversified investment strategy. 

One notable relationship is the North 
American strategic partnership with 
SNC-Lavalin which covers five assets. The 
Company estimates that further investment 
opportunities in excess of C$250 million 
could result from the pipeline agreement 
over the next years; all of which will be 
assessed on a case-by-case basis.

Typically, these contractors have secured 
the mandate to design and build new 
assets but continue to look to divest 
financially after the construction period 
has finished – thereafter often maintaining 
facility management contracts through a 
long-term partnership. The Company is an 
attractive partner for a number of reasons:

 — We have extensive asset credentials and  
a strong track record that can assist with 
the shortlisting process for new projects.

 — Having a financial partner is a pre-
requisite for some construction 
companies so they can avoid 
consolidating the Portfolio Company 
debt onto the balance sheet of the Parent 
Company.

 — Our cost of capital is typically lower than 
construction companies, so involving 
BBGI can make the bid more competitive.

 — We are a long-term investor which is 

attractive to government and 
government-backed counterparties.

 — We are considered a reliable source of 
liquidity should a construction partner 
decide to sell in the future.

Avoiding style drift
As the competition to acquire availability-
based assets at attractive valuations has 
intensified, the Company’s Management 
Board has consciously worked to avoid ‘style 
drift’. This refers to the practice of moving up 
the risk spectrum, particularly where pricing 
does not accurately reflect inherent risks, 
both to find investible assets and to make the 
targeted returns to investors. 

The Management Board has made the 
conscious decision to avoid investing in 
infrastructure transactions where the revenue 
stream is demand-based which is typically 
highly correlated to Gross Domestic Product 
or subject to uncertainty due to regulatory 
review periods and political interventions. 

While this disciplined approach may at times 
result in periods of lower portfolio growth,  
we believe the benefits of this continued 
specialisation and focus on a low-risk, 
availability-based investment model result in 
dependable and consistent income and 
returns with low volatility. By staying focused 
on the availability sector and by remaining 
within our sphere of expertise, we believe we 
offer a less complex business proposition, and 
consequently, there should be fewer surprises 
and the returns to our shareholders should 
remain predictable and consistent. The 
robustness of this strategy has been validated 
during the recent global pandemic – as the 
Company does not have any demand-based 
assets and the portfolio is greater than 99 per 
cent operational. Consequently, the portfolio 
performance has been strong and there has 
been no material impact on our distributions 
due to Covid-19.

11
11

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020STRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
Operating Model

The Management Board follows a proven 
operating model of value-driven active 
asset management, prudent financial 
management and a selective acquisition 
strategy to preserve value, achieve 
portfolio growth and ensure ESG 
considerations are embedded in our 
investment processes. These three 
operational pillars are fundamental to  
the Company’s success. 

We ensure stable operational performance through an active 
asset management approach, where we actively seek to 
preserve value and where possible also to identify and 
incorporate value enhancements over the lifetime of asset 
ownership. In turn, this helps to reduce cost to our public 
sector clients and the asset’s end-users, and enhance the 
operational efficiency of each asset. This active asset 
management approach allows the Company to generate a 
high level of asset availability, which supports high client 
satisfaction rates and underpins the strong social purpose of 
our entire portfolio. 

Our prudent financial management is focused on efficient 
cash management and implementation of our foreign 
exchange hedging strategy. The portfolio’s geographical 
diversification results in exposure to multiple currencies. We 
actively seek to manage geographical concentration and 
mitigate foreign exchange risk by balance sheet hedging 
through foreign exchange forward contracts, hedging of 
forecast portfolio distributions and borrowing in non-Sterling 
currencies. Furthermore, Euro-denominated running costs 
provide a natural hedge against the Euro-denominated 
portfolio distributions. 

The Company’s selective acquisition strategy ensures that 
the Management Board’s focus remains within its area of 
expertise and that the strategic pillars defined by the 
Company’s investment proposition are upheld.

We actively consider acquisitions that have inflation-
protection characteristics which supports the portfolio’s 
inflation linkage. 

12

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

  Value-driven active 
asset management

We pursue a standardised approach across all investments in the 
portfolio to help derive operational and value enhancements and 
preserve value, including:
 — Preserving value and where possible identifying and delivering 

value enhancements to improve customer experience and financial 
performance.

 — Focused management at the asset level to ensure distributions are 

on time, and on or above budget.

 — Applying a high-quality corporate governance framework.
 — ESG KPI tracking tool introduced in 2018 to evaluate non-financial 

performance of each investment.

 — Climate resilience questionnaire introduced in 2020 considers 

climate risks and opportunities within the portfolio.

 — Comprehensive monitoring to ensure fulfilment of contractual and 

legal obligations, which additionally serves to maintain high 
availability levels and prevent deductions.

 — Strong client relationship management, including regular meetings 

to uphold client satisfaction and monitor ESG performance.
 — Focused and active asset management including site visits to all 

significant investments annually and proactive management of issues.16

 — Focused cost management and portfolio-wide cost-saving 

initiatives leveraging economies of scale (e.g. portfolio insurance 
and standardised management contracts for project companies).

 — Identifying and continuing initiatives at the individual asset level to 

outperform base case (e.g. lifecycle reviews).

 — Measured exposure to construction risk to support NAV uplift by 

de-risking assets over the construction period.

  Prudent financial 

management

We maintain focus and attention to cash performance at the asset and 
portfolio level to drive efficiencies, including:
 — Maintaining modest cash balances to limit cash drag.
 — The portfolio’s geographical diversification by necessity involves 
exposure to multiple currencies. We actively seek to manage and 
mitigate foreign exchange risk through our hedging strategy. 

 — Maintaining a low ongoing charge through an efficient and 

cost-effective internal management structure. 

 — Progressive future dividend growth underpinned by strong portfolio 

distributions.

  Selective acquisition 

strategy

We maintain strategic discipline in our acquisition strategy and portfolio 
composition to ensure we pursue growth that is accretive to 
shareholder value, not just for growth’s sake, including:
 — Broad industry relationships in multiple geographies.
 — Pre-emption rights to acquire co-shareholders’ interests.
 — Global exposure to avoid geographical concentration.
 — Robust framework embedding ESG principals into investment due 

diligence.

 — Revolving corporate debt facility to support transaction execution.
 — Visible pipeline through a North American strategic partnership.
 —  Maintaining focus on the Management Board’s core areas of expertise.

16  Covid-19 constraints prevented physical visits in many cases in 2020.

n t

e

e asset manage m

tiv
c
a
n
e
v
i
r
d
-
e

u

l

a

V

Kicking Horse Canyon, Canada

Selective a

c

q

u

isiti

o

n

s

t

r

a

t

e

g

y

Preserve value
and achieve
portfolio
growth

m ent

e

g

a

n

Prudent fina n c i a l  m a

  BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

13
13

COMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
Our Approach to ESG

Responsible stewardship, 
strong corporate citizenship 
and sustainable growth guide 
our business decisions.

To accompany this Annual Report, we have 
published our inaugural ESG Report, which 
provides a more detailed explanation of our 
performance, case studies and our forward-
looking plans. Here, we provide a summary of 
our approach to responsible investment and 
our ESG activities.

As well as ensuring that through our 
investment portfolio we are influencing our 
partners to reduce adverse sustainability 
impacts, we are also integrating ESG 
principles and approaches into how we run 
our Company. In 2020, we implemented a 
number of initiatives at our portfolio 
companies to reduce our greenhouse gas 
emissions. In 2021, we will measure our own 
carbon footprint and set reduction targets. 
We will continue to work with our staff and our 
portfolio companies which employ staff to 
ensure the promotion of a diverse and 
inclusive culture, and support our people to 
stay healthy and safe.  

Investment Strategy
Our investment strategy embodies the 
Company’s purpose to provide responsible 
capital required to build and maintain the 
developed world’s social infrastructure. To 
demonstrate how we deliver social value,  
we have aligned our investment strategy with 
the UN’s SDGs. Specifically, our investment 
strategy helps to deliver Target 9.1 by 
developing quality, reliable, sustainable and 
resilient infrastructure to support economic 
development and human well-being, with a 
focus on affordable and equitable access for 
all. All of our capital investments in our 
portfolio enable our public sector clients to 
deliver quality services and contribute to the 
following SDGs: 

SDG3:
Ensure healthy lives and 
promote wellbeing for all at 
all ages (we provide capital 
for 41 hospitals and health 
care facilities).

SDG4:
Ensure inclusive and equitable 
quality education and promote 
lifelong learning opportunities 
for all (capital investment in
34 schools and colleges). 

SDG9:
Build resilient infrastructure, 
promote inclusive and 
sustainable industrialisation 
and foster innovation 
(a central tenet of 
the BBGI portfolio of social 
infrastructure investments).

SDG11:
Making cities and human 
settlements inclusive, safe, 
resilient and sustainable 
(17 transportation infrastructure 
investments).

14

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

SDG16:
Promote peaceful and 
inclusive societies for 
sustainable development, 
provide access to justice 
for all and build effective, 
accountable and inclusive 
institutions at all levels
(10 fire stations, four police 
facilities and three modern 
correctional facilities). 

 
To further develop the maturity of our 
approach to responsible investment, we are 
identifying a set of social value indicators 
which will improve the transparency of how 
we are fulfilling our social purpose.

Our approach to Responsible Investment
BBGI became signatories to the PRI, and in 
our first reporting cycle, we received an ‘A’ 
rating for our strategy, governance and 
infrastructure. We are using the six principles 
as a framework to integrate ESG into the 
Company’s whole investment process and 
lifecycle of the asset.  
 — We have implemented a robust 

framework to integrate ESG into all 
aspects of our investment lifecycle, from 
initial screening through to end of 
investment life. ESG outcomes also affect 
discretionary performance related 
remuneration for staff.   

 — Our approach to active management, at 
both a corporate level and the portfolio 
company level is aligned with and guided 
by the SDGs, as explained above. 

 — In 2018 we implemented a standardised 

ESG KPI tracking tool across our portfolio 
of assets, and we publish on our website 
an updated individual ESG information 
sheet for each of our investments. 
 — We engage with our co-investors and 

sponsors on the rationale for responsible 
investment, and we communicate ESG 
expectations to investment service 
providers. 

 — We participate in ESG and RI industry 

initiatives, and we participated in the 
IMP+ACT Alliance in 2020, undertaking 
its SDG screening tool. 

 — We report regularly on our responsible 

investment activities each year, 
submitting a Public Signatory Report to 
the PRI, and publishing our first  
ESG Report.   

Adverse Sustainability Impacts 
Disclosures 
At BBGI, we recognise that, whilst the 
purpose of our investments is to provide 
responsible capital for social infrastructure, 
the construction, operation and 
decommissioning of such assets can have 
adverse sustainability impacts. We take a 
stewardship approach towards our 
investments, and we continue to invest in the 
assets throughout the investment lifecycle 
and take an active management role in order 
to mitigate risks and minimise their impacts. 
We are committed to the ‘do no significant 
harm’ principle, and we are working to 
develop a set of sustainability indicators, 
aligned to the SFDR, which will allow us to 
monitor and disclose our performance over 
time, demonstrating how we are meeting this 
principle. For a qualitative review of our 
performance to the end of 2020 on our key 
sustainability issues, please refer to our  
ESG Report.    

Climate Related Financial Disclosures 
This is our first year reporting against TCFD 
recommendations, and we will continue to 
refine and develop our approach as we 
progress our understanding of the financial 
risks and opportunities of climate change to 
our business in order to meet the 
recommendations in full.

—  Governance: In the Corporate Governance 

section of the 2020 Annual Report, we 
describe how the Supervisory Board and 
the Management Board maintain oversight 
of the Company’s climate-related risks and 
opportunities. Specifically, in 2020, we 
established an ESG Committee as a 
sub-committee of the Management Board 
which governs the Company’s approach to 
climate-related risks and opportunities. In 
2021, we also hired an ESG Director in order 
to further strengthen our commitment to 
sustainability.  

—  Strategy: We are currently focused on 

identifying current and evolving climate 
risks and mitigating these risks. We are also 
working towards obtaining a better 
understanding of the potential financial 
impacts and our resilience with regards to 
different scenarios. We are considering 
physical risks such as rising temperatures, 
rising sea-levels, changes in precipitation, 
changes in storm patterns, and changes to 
resource quality and availability; as well as 
transition risks such as increased regulation, 

15
15

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 
Our Approach to ESG continued

litigation and reputational risks. This will 
enable us to start to quantify the potential 
financial impacts of climate change to our 
business and provide further insights to take 
into our strategic approach to mitigating 
these impacts. 

—  Risk: In the Risk section of the 2020 Annual 

Report, we describe the Company’s 
processes for identifying, assessing and 
managing climate-related risks. We have a 
comprehensive risk management 
framework which integrates the assessment 
and management of climate risk as a subset 
of the wider risks which include economic 
and market risk, taxation risk, political risk, 
financial risk, operational risk and strategic 
risk.

 — All new investments are screened for 
climate risk, and we are systematically 
reviewing existing investments for climate 
change considerations. We have a target 
that all 50 investments will be individually 
screened against our climate change 
questionnaire by mid-2021. When 
analysing climate risks, we consider the 
short (one year), medium (five year) and 
long-term (10-year+) impacts. 

—  Metrics: We take our environmental impact 
and responsibilities seriously and recognise 
the value of measurement, target setting 
and reporting in driving our emissions down. 
We are currently working with a specialist 
external consultancy to collect the 
necessary data in 2021 that will allow us to 
voluntarily report our Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions in next year’s Annual Report. We 
will then look at setting reduction targets. In 
addition, we use our proprietary ESG KPI 
tracking tool to drive enhanced ESG 
performance in our investment portfolio. 
Further information on this is included in 
our 2020 ESG Report. 

Our Purpose and our Stakeholders
We are stewards of important social 
infrastructure investments and there are 
many stakeholders who are impacted by our 
actions: users of the infrastructure, 
communities, employees, investors, partners, 
the environment, and society at large. We 
take this job seriously. While the importance 
of considering our stakeholders is not new, we 
are taking the opportunity this year to explain 
in more detail how the Supervisory Board and 
the Management Board engage with 
stakeholders. Further detail is also provided in 
our inaugural ESG Report which is available 
on the Company’s website. 

This section serves as our Section 172 
Statement. Section 172 of the UK Companies 
Act 2006 requires Directors to take into 
consideration the interests of stakeholders in 
their decision-making. While, as a 
Luxembourg-based company, BBGI is not 
obliged to comply with the UK Companies 
Act, we are voluntarily complying with the 
spirit of the Section 172 requirement by 
including details describing how the 
decision-making of our Directors considers 
the interest of our stakeholders.

Effective engagement with stakeholders is 
crucial to the Company’s success and to 
fulfilling BBGI’s purpose of providing 
responsible capital required to build and 
maintain the developed world’s social 
infrastructure.

The stakeholder voice is heard by the 
Management Board throughout the year by 
direct engagement with various stakeholders. 

During 2020, the impact of the pandemic on 
the mental health of our people remained an 
important concern of the Management 
Board. To address this, mental health was 
added to the agenda of all employee 
semi-annual reviews and continually 
prioritised on a one-to-one basis. We 
solicited feedback from our people and took 
steps to support them as they worked 
remotely for much of the year.

16

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
Typically, members of the Management 
Board routinely visit our infrastructure 
investments over the course of the year and 
receive direct feedback from public sector 
clients, partners and employees. This is a 
great way for our Directors to experience 
BBGI from a customer and community 
perspective and receive information directly 
from people working on site at those assets. 
While Covid-19 restrictions have prevented 
these physical visits in 2020, we continued to 
engage but did so predominantly via virtual 
meetings. 

Members of the Management Board conduct 
two roadshows per annum after the Annual 
and Interim Reports, respectively.

During these two roadshows, they usually 
meet with more than 75% of the share register 
(by shareholding) over the course of the year 
to discuss the Company’s performance and 
hear any concerns the shareholders may have.

Throughout the year, shareholders are also 
able to contact the Chairman or members of 
the Board via email, telephone or through the 
website. Again, in 2020, these meetings 
continued unabated, but were done virtually. 

To best understand BBGI’s purpose, one can 
look at the various stakeholders we serve and 
our aspirations towards these groups via a 
multi-pronged mission statement.

While BBGI has consistently engaged with 
our stakeholders through a variety of 
channels over the years, the Company plans 
to undertake a formal materiality assessment 
in 2021. BBGI plans to reach out to 
stakeholders and solicit their views on which 
ESG matters are most important and will 
prioritise based on stakeholder expectations 
and feedback.

Our public sector clients:
To deliver a high standard of 
long-term investment stewardship 
by delivering value for money to our 
public sector clients, enabling them to 
provide robust, safe and secure public 
facilities and services.  

Communities

Our communities:
To support the lives of the people in 
the communities our investments 
serve by delivering well maintained, 
responsibly managed infrastructure.

Public Sector 
Clients

People

Our investors:
To be the preferred low-risk 
responsible global infrastructure 
investment company with strong 
sustainability credentials.

Investors

Our people:
To maintain BBGI as a diverse and 
inclusive place of work by having a 
clear vision; providing honest 
leadership, open communication, 
and promoting a collaborative 
meritocracy where performance is 
duly recognised and rewarded.

Partners and 
Suppliers

Our partners and suppliers: 
To create a productive and fair working 
relationship through collaboration and 
shared values which puts high-quality 
client service to the public sector as our 
mutual objective.

17

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 
Portfolio Review

Portfolio Summary

The Company’s investments at 31 December 2020 consist of interests in 50 availability-based social infrastructure investments. The portfolio 
has no exposure to demand-based or regulatory risk investments, and is well diversified across sectors in education, health1, blue light and justice, 
and transport.

All portfolio companies in the portfolio are in the stable, well-developed and highly-rated investment grade countries of Europe, North America 
and Australia.

Portfolio Breakdown2

No

Asset

Country

Legal 
holding %

No

Asset

Country

Legal 
holding %

Transportation Infrastructure Projects

Social Infrastructure Projects continued

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

Frankfurt Schools

Fürst Wrede Military Base

Gloucester Royal Hospital

Kelowna and Vernon Hospital

Kent Schools

Lagan College

Lisburn College

Liverpool & Sefton Clinics (LIFT)

Germany

Germany

UK

Canada

UK

UK

UK

UK

McGill University Health Centre

Canada

Mersey Care Hospital

North London Estates Partnership (LIFT)

North West Regional College

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

40

Restigouche Hospital Centre

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

Rodenkirchen Schools

Royal Women’s Hospital

Scottish Borders Schools

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service

Tor Bank School

Unna Administrative Centre

Victoria Correctional Facilities

Westland Town Hall

50

Women’s College Hospital

UK

UK

UK

Australia

Canada

Germany

Australia

UK

Canada

UK

UK

Germany

Australia

Netherlands

Canada

50

50

50

100

50

100

100

60

40

79.6

60

100

100

80

50

100

100

25

85

100

90

100

100

100

    For portfolio statistics, refer to Portfolio at a Glance on page 4.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A1/A6 Motorway

Canada Line

E18 Motorway

Golden Ears Bridge

Highway 104

Kicking Horse Canyon

M1 Westlink

M80 Motorway

Mersey Gateway Bridge

Netherlands

Canada

Norway

Canada

Canada

Canada

UK

UK

UK

10

N18 Motorway

Netherlands

North Commuter Parkway

North East Stoney Trail

Northwest Anthony Henday Drive

Ohio River Bridges

Canada

Canada

Canada

US

Samuel De Champlain Bridge Corridor

Canada

South East Stoney Trail

William R. Bennett Bridge

Social Infrastructure Projects

Avon & Somerset Police HQ

Barking Dagenham & Havering (LIFT)

20

Bedford Schools

21

22

23

24

25

26

Belfast Metropolitan College

Burg Correctional Facility

Clackmannanshire Schools

Cologne Schools

Coventry Schools

East Down Colleges

Canada

Canada

UK

UK

UK

UK

Germany

UK

Germany

UK

UK

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

37.1

26.7

100

100

50

50

100

50

37.5

25.5

50

100

50

66.7

25

40

80

100

60

100

100

90

100

50

100

100

1 
2 

Includes a limited exposure to UK acute healthcare of less than one per cent of NAV.
In alphabetical order per section.

18

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Operating Model in Action 

Active asset management and 
value preservation
The Management Board’s continued focus on 
active asset management and preserving 
investment value resulted in modest NAV 
growth through operational and value 
accretive enhancements. 

The Company’s portfolio of over 99 per cent 
operational investment proved resilient 
during the reporting period thanks to its 
low-risk composition, with cash receipts 
ahead of business plan and a high level of 
asset availability, recorded at approximately 
99.8 per cent. 

There were no material lock-ups or events of 
default reported, and deductions were either 
borne by third-party facility management 
companies and road operators or were part of 
planned lifecycle expenditures.  

We evolved our active asset management 
approach over the period, working in even 
closer collaboration with our public sector 
clients as they responded and adapted to the 
impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic. This has 
proven the adaptability and value of our 
operating model, particularly in times of 
prolonged stress and uncertainty for our 
public sector clients.

At the asset level, we provided enhanced 
support in particular to the healthcare 
facilities operating through 11 of our 
investments. We worked with these public 
sector clients throughout the year, helping to 
reconfigure facilities, setting up Covid-19 
testing sites, providing pro-bono financial 
contributions, and even arranging pre-
packed lunches from local merchants to 
support the surrounding communities. 

Through our active and hands-on asset 
management approach, we also achieved a 
net value enhancement amount of £11.6 
million. The activities included, inter alia, 
managing change orders and earning a fee for 
this service, tax optimisation, cost savings due 
to lower fees on management service 
agreements, cash optimisations and further 
de-risking of selected investments. 

Where appropriate, we have also made use of 
reduced occupancy at some of our assets to 
accelerate maintenance or improvement 
works. For example, on one of our roads we 
were able to take advantage of the low oil 
price to accelerate re-pavement works which 
resulted in an overall lifecycle saving. 

Prudent financial management
Robust portfolio performance and prudent 
financial management has supported the 
Company’s established progressive dividend 
policy in this challenging market environment 
and allowed us to again meet our full-year 
dividend target of 7.18pps and reconfirm the 
7.33pps target for 2021. Furthermore, the 
Company is targeting a dividend of 7.48pps 
for 2022.

BBGI has an RCF of £180 million in place 
which matures in 2022, with the potential to 
increase the total size to £250 million by the 
exercise of an accordion provision. This 
enables the Company to be a trusted and 
repeat partner in its key markets and supports 
the Management Board’s ability to efficiently 
execute portfolio acquisitions.

During the course of the year, the Company 
managed its borrowings responsibly and drew 
down on the RCF to make acquisitions. As at 
31 December 2020, there were no cash 
borrowings outstanding under the RCF. £1.2 
million continued to be utilised to cover 
letters of credit and BBGI had a net cash 
position of £20.5 million.

In November, the Company raised gross 
proceeds of £55 million through an 
oversubscribed issue of new ordinary shares, 
the proceeds of which were used to repay 
existing debt, maintaining a modest cash 
balance, and providing additional balance 
sheet flexibility.

The Company has no requirement to raise 
equity in the immediate future. All debt 
financing at the portfolio company level is 
issued on a non-recourse basis. Only the 
Northern Territory Secure Facility portfolio 
company is subject to refinancing risk when a 
portion of the debt matures in 2025. 

The Company’s hedging strategy aims to limit 
a 10 per cent adverse foreign exchange 
sensitivity to approximately 3 per cent of NAV 
movement. We also hedge 100 per cent of 

3  Please refer to the Valuation Section for more details on the Company’s hedging strategy. 

anticipated portfolio distributions on a 
four-year rolling basis (excluding EUR and 
GBP), which provides additional comfort as it 
shields the Company’s forecasted dividend 
payment from adverse foreign exchange 
movements, de-risking the portfolio3. 

Selective acquisition strategy
The Company continued to pursue a 
selective acquisition strategy over the year in 
line with its proven operating model, with the 
Management Board consciously working to 
avoid style drift.

Over the last year, the Management Board 
sourced attractive investment opportunities 
and grew the portfolio – but only where it 
made sense to do so. Here, the Company 
continues to demonstrate the selectiveness 
of our approach, the strength of our industry 
networks, and the effectiveness of our 
operating model.

Over the period, the Company made six new 
and follow-on acquisitions with a total 
aggregate value of £59.2 million. These 
included: 

 — Highway 104 (Canada): In May, the 

Company acquired a 50 per cent stake  
in Highway 104, an availability-based 
motorway investment in Nova Scotia. 
Preparations to start construction work 
began in May 2020, with an estimated 
completion date of the end of 2023.  
The concession will run until 2043 and 
availability payments will be received  
from the Government of Nova Scotia, 
which is rated Aa2 by Moody’s and AA- by 
Standard & Poor’s (‘S&P’). Despite initial 
delays in receiving certain environmental 
permits for in-water works, the 
construction remains on schedule with no 
material impact resulting from Covid-19.

 — N18 Motorway (Netherlands): In April, 
the Company completed a follow-on 
acquisition in the N18 Motorway, bringing 
BBGI’s total equity interest in the 
investment to 52 per cent. The 
concession runs until 2043 and 
availability payments are received from 
the State of the Netherlands, which is 
rated Aaa by the credit rating agency 
Moody’s.

 — Stanton Territorial Hospital (Canada): 

During the period, the Company 
completed two follow-on acquisitions in 
Stanton Territorial Hospital, increasing 

19

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 Portfolio Review continued

Facility Manager/O&M Contractor

23%

2%
3%
3%
3%

3%

3%

10%

9%

9%

7%

7%

4%

4%

4%

6%

O&M Contractors:

  SNC-Lavalin O&M Inc    

10%

  Capilano Highway Services   

  Portfolio Company inhouse    

  Honeywell    

  Black & McDonald    

  Cushman and Wakefield    

  Integral FM    

9%

9%

7%

7%

6%

4%

  Carmacks Maintenance Services  4%

  BEAR Scotland   

  Graham AM  

  Amey Community Ltd 

  Intertoll Ltd 

  Galliford Try FM 

  ENGIE FM Limited 

  Johnson Controls LP 

4%

3%

3%

3%

3%

3%

2%

  Remaining contractors 

23%

Latent Defects Limitations / 
Warranty Period Remaining

10+ years, 10%

5-10 years, 18%

Expired, 35%

2-5 years, 29%

Within 1 year, 7%

1-2 years, 1%

BBGI’s interest in the investment from  
25 per cent to 100 per cent. Stanton is an 
operational 27,000m2 hospital with 100 
patient rooms located in Yellowknife, 
Northwest Territories. The concession 
runs until 2048 and availability payments 
are received from the Government of 
Northwest Territories, which is rated Aa1 
by the credit rating agency Moody’s. 

contractor exposure. Our immediate 
response, in the wake of the Covid-19 
pandemic, was to request all Facility 
Managers (‘FM’) and O&M contractors 
(together the ‘Subcontractors’) to conduct an 
immediate review of their respective BCPs 
under severely stressed scenarios. These 
BCPs continue to perform in line with 
expectations.

 — Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals 

(Canada): In August, the Company 
completed a follow-on acquisition for the 
remaining 50 per cent interest in Kelowna 
and Vernon Hospitals. The concession runs 
until 2042 and availability payments are 
received from the Interior Health Authority, 
funded by the Province of British Columbia 
which is rated Aaa by Moody’s and AAA  
by S&P. BBGI’s equity interest in the 
investment is now 100 per cent.

 — Samuel De Champlain Bridge Corridor 
(Canada): In December, BBGI completed 
the acquisition of a 25 per cent equity 
interest in Signature on the Saint-
Lawrence Group, the concessionaire of 
the Samuel De Champlain Bridge 
Corridor in Montreal. The investment 
consists of the design, construction, 
financing, operation, maintenance and 
rehabilitation of a new bridge spanning 
the St. Lawrence River between Montreal 
and Brossard, Quebec. Availability 
payments are received from the 
Government of Canada, which is rated 
AAA by both Moody’s and S&P credit 
rating agencies. The bridge opened to 
traffic in summer 2019 and the 
concession runs until 2049. 

As availability-style assets, these acquisitions 
further strengthened the global footprint of 
the Company’s portfolio of investments in 
AAA/AA rated countries.

Monitoring the supply chain

The Management Board continually reviews 
the potential concentration and/or failure risk 
of operational and maintenance (‘O&M’) 
contractors that provide counterparty 
services to the Company’s assets. The table 
below illustrates the level of O&M contractor 
exposure as a percentage of portfolio value1. 

The Company benefits from a diversified 
Subcontractor supply chain with no 
concentrated exposure, combined with 
rigorous monitoring and contingency 
planning. We pay close attention to how 
Subcontractors are performing on an 
ongoing basis and have risk mitigation 
procedures in place in case of any supply 
chain failures.

As an active asset manager, the Company 
continues to be in close dialogue with its 
Subcontractors. This is to ensure that where 
the Company can take mitigating actions to 
support the health and well-being of its 
stakeholders, it will. Despite the 
unprecedented strain on some operating 
companies resulting from the pandemic, we 
have not recorded any material adverse 
Subcontractor issues during the reporting 
period, and we believe we are well positioned 
to handle any service quality issues should 
they arise.

Construction defects 

The Company routinely monitors the quality 
of its assets to identify any potential 
construction defects early on and to 
implement the appropriate remediation 
measures before they impact user 
accessibility and experience. 

A key component of our effective 
counterparty risk management approach is 
that the responsibility for, and cost of 
remediation falls to the relevant construction 
subcontractor on each asset, subject to 
statutory limitation periods. 

Latent defects risk was mitigated over the 
reporting period with 65 per cent of portfolio 
value covered by either limitation or warranty 
periods and there were no material defects on 
any of the Company’s portfolio assets 
reported or if there were any issues, they are 
in the process of being resolved with no 
material impact on the NAV. 

1  When a project has more than one FM contractor 
and/or O&M contractor, the exposure is allocated 
equally among the contractors.

The Management Board has not identified 
any material risk exposure and remains 
comfortable with the current level of 

20

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
 
Portfolio Snapshot

Our five largest assets 

1

Golden Ears 
Bridge:

Building Canadian roads & bridges 
at unprecedented scale

—  Type: Availability-based

—  Status: Operational

—  Equity Holding (%) BBGI: 100%

—  Total Investment Volume  

(Debt & Equity): C$1.1 billion

—  Financial Close/Operational:  

March 2006/June 2009

—  Concession Period: 32 years 

(post construction) ending in 2041

Golden Ears Bridge represented the largest 
private financing for a greenfield PPP in Canada 
at the time of its launch. The project involves  
the design, build, financing, operation and 
maintenance of the Golden Ears Bridge near 
Vancouver, which is a 1km, six-lane cable-stayed 
bridge that spans the Fraser River and connects 
the cities of Maple Ridge and Pitt Meadows to 
the cities of Langley and Surrey. The road opened 
in June 2009 and includes more than 3.5km of 
ramps, viaducts, small bridges and underpasses, 
and more than 13km of mainline roadway; a large 
part of which has been landscaped.

The investment has brought close to C$1 
billion in construction-related activity to the 
area, while commuters that use the bridge 
now save up to 40 minutes per peak-hour 
round-trip from Maple Ridge to Langley. In 
coordination with the asset operator, we have 
implemented an LED conversion for all 
lighting, which is expected to deliver C$72K in 
annual savings to the operator and to reduce 
consumption by 450,000 kWh per annum.

2

Ohio River 
Bridges:

Breaking down barriers to  
US transport P3 

—  Type: Availability-based

—  Status: Operational

—  Equity Holding (%) BBGI: 66.7%

—  Total Investment Volume  

(Debt & Equity): US$1.175 billion

—  Financial Close/Operational:  
March 2013/December 2016

—  Concession Period: 35 years 

(post construction) ending in 2051

2  US tax exempt bonds.

One of the largest transportation assets ever 
undertaken in the US, this asset is at the 
cutting-edge of public partnerships currently in 
operation in the US PPP market and reached 
commercial close just ten months after final 
tender documents were issued. It was the first 
US PPP transport deal not to use the 
Transportation Infrastructure Finance and 
Innovation Act (‘TIFIA’) in its capital structure, 
demonstrating to other US states how even the 
most complex of transactions can be structured 
without reliance on federal funding. Instead, the 
scheme uses a private activity bond issue2 – the 
first of its kind for a US PPP highway availability-
based asset.

The investment includes a 760m cable-stay 
bridge; a 500m long twin vehicular tunnel  
and 2.25km of associated six-lane Interstate 
Highway, with more than 21 bridges and 
multiple roundabout style interchanges. 

The investment addresses cross-river mobility 
challenges in the Louisville Metropolitan  
Area, by improving safety, alleviating traffic 
congestion, and better integrating existing 
highways. This supports the economic 
development of the Louisville Southern 
Indiana region such that the project achieved 
the Platinum award from the Institute of 
Sustainable Infrastructure in 2016.

21

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 Portfolio Snapshot continued

3

4

Northern 
Territory  
Secure  
Facilities:

A modern detention and 
rehabilitation centre to serve the 
people of Northern Territories

—  Type: Availability-based

—  Status: Operational

—  Equity Holding (%) BBGI: 100%

—  Total Investment Volume  

(Debt & Equity): A$620 million

—  Financial Close/Operational:  
October 2011/November 2014

—  Concession Period: 30 years  

(post construction) ending in 2044

McGill  
University 
Health Centre 
(MUHC):

Financing Canada’s first truly 
sustainable health campus

—  Type: Availability-based

—  Status: Operational

—  Equity Holding (%) BBGI: 40%

—  Total Investment Volume  

(Debt & Equity): C$2 billion 

—  Financial Close/Operational:  

July 2010/October 2014

—  Concession Period: 34 years 

ending in 2044

Located near Darwin, Northern Territory 
(the ‘Territory’), the investment involves 
the design, build, financing, operation and 
maintenance of three separate centres. 
This includes a 1,000-bed multi-
classification male and female correctional 
centre, a 30-bed secure mental health and 
behavioural management centre (the first 
of its kind in the Territory), and a 48-bed 
supported accommodation and 
programme centre for community-based 
offenders, which is designed to support 
the government’s goals of enhanced 
rehabilitation, education and reduced 

reoffending rates in the Territory. NTSF is 
also designed to accommodate an on-site 
Learning System, which allows inmates to 
participate in online learning tutorials to 
improve key skills and ensure better 
integration into the community following 
release.

The asset is one of the largest social 
infrastructure investments in the Territory. 
BBGI acquired its initial 50 per cent interest 
in the asset while it was still in construction 
and subsequently acquired the remaining 
50 per cent stake in July 2015.

The investment involves the design, build, 
finance, operation and maintenance of 
MUHC’s Glenn campus. It comprises two 
hospitals, a cancer centre and a research 
institute in Montreal.

MUHC is one of the most innovative 
academic health centres in North America 
and at 214,000m2, it is the largest 
English-speaking hospital in Quebec.  
One integrated campus consolidates the 
Montreal Children’s Hospital, the Royal 

Victoria Hospital and the Montreal Chest 
Institute, as well as the new Cedars Cancer 
Centre and the Research Institute of the 
MUHC. MUHC is the workplace of over 
12,000 hospital staff, 1,356 physicians, 
dentists, pharmacists and 720 medical 
students.

The Glenn campus investment achieved a 
Gold certification for Leadership in Energy 
and Environmental Design (‘LEED’) in 2016 – 
the first hospital in Quebec to do so.

22

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
5

A1/A6  
Diemen  
Almere 
Motorway:

Connecting more communities via 
Dutch roads

—  Type: Availability-based

—  Status: Operational

—  Equity Holding (%) BBGI: 37.14%

—  Total Investment Volume  

(Debt & Equity): €727 million 

—  Financial Close/Operational:  

February 2013 /July 2017 

—  Concession Period: 25 years  

(post construction) ending in 2042

After construction, completion was 
achieved well in time in 2017, and SAAOne is 
now responsible for maintaining the 
infrastructure for a 25-year period. 

During the year, the high-pressure sodium 
SON-T lighting was completely replaced by 
an energy efficient LED lighting system. This 
is projected to reduce the future CO2 
emissions from lighting by 53 per cent and 
reduce the CO2 footprint of the project by 
approximately 350 tons per year.

The A1/A6 investment is the largest of the five 
sub-projects for the Dutch Road Directorate 
(Rijkswaterstaat), part of the upgrading of the 
road network linking Schiphol Airport via 
Amsterdam to Almere in the Netherlands. 

The enlargement of the A1/A6 involves the 
reconstruction and widening of this section of 
the SAA motorway and the subsequent 
long-term maintenance. The A1 and the A6 
motorway sections were transformed into a 
road with 2x5 lanes and partly 4x2 lanes, while 
reversible lanes were also built, allowing two 
lanes to change direction twice a day.  It 
facilitates road traffic from the east into 
Amsterdam during the morning rush hour, 
and then in the opposite direction in the 
afternoon. 

23

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
Our Communities
BBGI, through its investment companies, 
contributed over £33,000 to various Covid-19 
relief funds and initiatives. Additional detail is 
available in our ESG report. Total charitable 
donations made through our investment 
companies in the year exceeded £132,000.

Our Investors
 — Our resilient business model delivering 

essential infrastructure to governments and 
government-backed entities performed as 
expected with no impact on dividends for 
2020 or expected dividends for 2021 and 
2022.

 — Despite not being able to travel, the 

Company participated in over 70 virtual 
meetings with investors to provide updates 
on performance.

While the rollout of several successful vaccines  
is encouraging, significant uncertainty 
surrounding Covid-19 still remains, and all the 
consequences and potential disruptions are 
difficult to foresee. While we believe our resilient 
business model can continue to withstand this 
challenging market environment over the 
long-term, we will remain vigilant and ready to 
adapt as needed. Further detail of the 
Company’s risk mitigation can be found in the 
Risk section of this Annual Report.

Our Response to Covid-19

We are pleased to report that, despite the 
challenging back drop, there has been no 
material impact on the performance of our 
investment portfolio over the reporting period. 
The Management Board maintained its focus on 
value preservation of our diversified portfolio of 
50 infrastructure assets. Combined with our 
focused approach of investing in low-risk, 
availability-based infrastructure1, the Company 
did not experience any interruption to the 
expected cash flows received from a globally 
diversified group of creditworthy government 
counterparties. During 2020, our investment 
availability level remained very high at 99.8 per 
cent and we continued to operate without any 
material interruptions.  

Our People
 — The Company provided support and 

guidance to staff to aid working from home 
including early identification and sourcing of 
equipment, increased cyber security 
initiatives and all staff receiving additional 
cyber security training.

 — Mental and physical health were prioritised 
with risk assessment and regular contact to 
support wellbeing, and increased 
communication to combat isolation and 
boost morale.

 — No staff employed directly by the Group 

were furloughed.

 — Outstanding hiring commitments were 

honoured and new staff were successfully 
on-boarded.

 — The Company initiated its BCP with all staff 
working remotely for much of the year and 
always in compliance with the latest public 
health guidance. 

 — We oversaw a seamless transition to remote 

working. 

 — Business travel was cancelled. 
 — BBGI has senior staff located in jurisdictions 
where we invest which enabled BBGI to lead 
and respond in real-time to any project level 
issues that were encountered. 

 — The BCP in place proved to be robust and 
appropriate to ensure uninterrupted 
delivery of services by BBGI as an 
investment manager.

Our Clients
 — All of BBGI’s assets continued to be 

available for our public sector clients, 
communities and end-users.

 — Availability-based transportation assets 

make up 51 per cent of the portfolio by 
value. These assets have been largely 
unaffected by Covid-19. 

 — The Company has 11 healthcare 

investments which account for 23 per cent 
of the portfolio value. Our 11 healthcare 
investments consist of 42 different 
healthcare buildings which include clinics, 
ambulatory care facilities and traditional 
hospitals. In total, this represents over 2,000 
hospital beds. We worked closely with the 
various health authorities and supported 
them, often reconfiguring key facilities to 
help them navigate the changing 
environment. Much of our focus during the 
pandemic was targeted towards helping 
healthcare workers and the communities 
they serve. 

 — For much of the year, the schools in our 
portfolio, representing 10 per cent by 
portfolio value, either closed or operated at 
reduced capacity for children of those 
providing essential services in the Covid-19 
effort. Nonetheless, the availability fee 
continued to be paid.

Our Suppliers
 — The Management Board remained in active 
dialogue with all facilities managers and 
operators of our assets. 

 — We worked closely with our suppliers, 

supporting them to prioritise the health of 
their teams and to apply best practice 
guidance.

 — The Company prioritised prompt payment 

of invoices to aid supplier cash flow.
 — No material service delivery issues 

occurred, and no material disruptions were 
reported. 

 — The Company increased sub-contractor 

monitoring to ensure integrity of its supply 
chain. We will continue to rigorously 
monitor performance and supply chain 
exposure. 

 — BBGI has a diversified supply chain in place 

and a geographically-diversified portfolio 
which helps mitigate this exposure. 
Furthermore, our supply chain partners 
have BCPs in place and to date 
performance continues to be strong.

1 

The Group does not have any demand-based assets and the portfolio is greater than 99 per cent operational. The Group’s 
financial performance was not materially affected due to the reliance on 100 per cent availability-based revenues.

24

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Market Trends and Pipeline

2021 and beyond

The pandemic impacted the global economy 
and caused widespread unemployment. 
Interest rates are either at or close to historic 
lows, as many central banks undertook further 
monetary easing. In this environment of low 
rates and uncertainty, the stability and resilience 
associated with availability-based social 
infrastructure investments has maintained its 
status as an attractive asset class and 
competition for investments remains strong. 

The levels of competition for the availability-
based assets in which we invest vary between 
markets. In all of BBGI’s target markets, 
infrastructure under-investment persists, and 
public finance budget constraints necessitate 
the involvement of the private sector to deliver 
the finance and expertise required to build, 
maintain and operate much-needed assets. 
Many governments have ambitious plans to 
make major infrastructure commitments to 
create jobs, revitalise communities, move 
towards a low carbon economy, and to act as a 
catalyst for economic recovery.

At the same time, the financial challenges of the 
pandemic have stressed many construction 
companies’ balance sheets and encouraged 
them to consider the divestments of availability-
based infrastructure investments that they may 
hold. As a result of this trend, BBGI undertook 
considerable acquisition activity in 2020 and we 
continue to see significant scope to make 
further investments during the course of 2021.

Investment activity in 2021 will involve sourcing 
and originating, bidding for and winning new 
operational availability- based investments,  
with consideration for measured exposure to 
construction assets to support future  
valuation uplift. 

The pipeline for availability-based transactions 
remains generally strong within the Company’s 
key markets. We anticipate these will come from 
a variety of sources, including: 
 — A North American strategic partnership 
with SNC-Lavalin which has already 
resulted in the acquisition of five assets 
amounting to approximately C$191 million 
and provides the opportunity for potentially 
five more assets with an expected value in 
excess of C$250 million;

 — Soliciting off-market transactions through 
BBGI’s extensive network of market 
participants in Australia, Europe and North 
America;

 — Participating in primary investment 
opportunities and bidding on new 
availability-based assets as part of public 
sector procurement processes;

 — Acquiring accretive equity interests from 
co-shareholders in existing assets; and
 — Participating in competitive sale processes, 

not least to test pricing assumptions. 

The Company will continue to source assets that 
fit the requirements of its low-risk and globally 
diversified investment strategy, and which also 
support its approach to Responsible 
Investment.

Canada
Canada has remained one of the world’s most 
prolific PPP markets and is one of the most 
mature and stable of the Company’s markets. A 
total of 291 assets across Canada are procured 
under the PPP model, with those already in 
operation or under construction valued at 
C$139.4 billion – including hospitals, schools, 
courthouses, and transportation assets.

The Investing in Canada Infrastructure Program 
was adjusted so that provinces and territories 
can use federal funding to act quickly on a wider 
range of more pandemic-resilient infrastructure 
projects. Under a new Covid-19 resilience 
funding stream worth up to C$3.3 billion, 
projects will be eligible for a significantly larger 
federal cost share and a simplified funding 
application process will ensure that projects can 
get underway as soon as possible. 

These changes are designed as short-term 
measures to address the current situation while 
the Federal Government works towards its 
long-term infrastructure objectives, including 
better public transit, more high-speed 
broadband, wastewater infrastructure and clean 
energy projects.

With 15 assets in Canada, BBGI is well positioned 
to participate in an attractive primary pipeline 
and is considered a very credible purchaser for 
and manager of secondary assets. In 2020, there 
was a well-defined pipeline of availability-based 
transactions and the Company completed one 
primary investment and four secondary 
investments in Canada. 

The Company also benefits from its North 
American strategic partnership with SNC-
Lavalin which covers five assets. The Company 
estimates that further investment opportunities 
in excess of C$250 million could result from the 
pipeline agreement over the next few years; all of 
which will be assessed on a case-by-case basis.

The Canadian secondary market is expected to 
be active in 2021 and beyond, as assets 
developed over the last several years come into 
operation and may come to market. 

UK
The UK availability-based infrastructure market 
has been impacted by both positive and 
negative influences. The decisive parliamentary 
victory for the Conservative Party in December 
2019 has significantly reduced the threat of the 
Labour Party nationalising certain PFI assets. 

25

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 
 Market Trends and Pipeline continued

Whilst Brexit has dominated Britain’s political 
agenda, it is difficult to say how the UK’s decision 
to leave the EU will affect private investment in 
infrastructure in the longer-term. The UK is now 
at a crossroads, with the Conservative 
Government having made the decision to 
abolish the PF2 model in October 2018 but also 
having made an ambitious £100 billion 
infrastructure pledge. The sentiment among 
many in the public and private sectors is that 
some type of public-private partnership is 
inevitable, but the exact form it will take remains 
in question. 

The Government has promised to use 
infrastructure spending as a means to kick-start 
the economy post-Brexit and ‘level up’ regions 
within the UK. The Government is committed to 
major infrastructure investment including 
health, education, science and defence, with the 
2020 Spending Review delivering a £100 billion 
total investment programme in 2021-22 to 
support the recovery. This is part of the 
Government’s plans to invest over £600 billion 
over the next five years, delivering the highest 
sustained levels of public sector net investment 
as a proportion of GDP since the late 1970s.

The Government will continue to develop new 
revenue support models and consider how 
existing models – such as the Regulated Asset 
Base model and Contracts for Difference – can 
be applied in new areas, and it remains open to 
new ideas from the market. The Government 
will not reintroduce the private finance initiative 
model (PFI/PF2) but we remain optimistic that 
there will continue to be a role for private capital, 
particularly where it demonstrates good value 
for money. 

The Management Board notes that some other 
asset classes are demonstrating a risk-return 
profile that increasingly matches the Company’s 
low-risk, availability-based investment strategy. 
The Mutual Investment Model in Wales is a 
good example of how there continue to be 
attractive investment opportunities in the UK 
which are very similar to P3s and include a 
long-term availability income stream from 
creditworthy counterparties.

The UK market continues to be a source of 
secondary market transactions. However, the 
reduction in secondary market PPP deal flow 
reflects the slowdown in public sector 
procurement since 2010 and the large amount 
of secondary activity in previous years. While 
supply has decreased, there has been no 
corresponding decrease in demand. This has 
resulted in a trend of lower discount rates for 
stable, mature secondary assets since around 
2010.  

Despite these challenges, the US P3 market 
remains one of great potential. President Joe 
Biden has explained his ‘Build Back Better’ plan 
will serve as a way to make historic investments 
in infrastructure. This ‘Build Back Better’ 
proposal of about $2 trillion is expected to focus 
on addressing climate change concerns, the 
adoption of autonomous vehicles, expanding 
rural access to broadband, guaranteeing safe 
drinking water, and modernising highways, 
bridges and tunnels.

We are currently tracking several transactions 
and are in active discussions regarding 
upcoming social infrastructure opportunities. 
Going forward, we expect that the success of the 
Ohio River Bridges/East End Crossing asset, 
which opened on time and on budget, will create 
opportunities for BBGI. 

Continental Europe 
47 European PPPs reached financial close 
during 2020, which is just over half the number 
of deals in 2019. 19 of these were projects over 
€100 million. While some countries in Europe 
have slowed down their PPP programmes, there 
are others which are pushing ahead. Primary and 
secondary opportunities remain in the 
Netherlands, Germany and Belgium, and there 
are also expectations of opportunities arising in 
France and Poland. Overall, Continental 
European infrastructure markets remain active 
with certain countries offering an attractive 
pipeline of new assets as well as secondary 
opportunities. We believe these markets are 
likely to provide attractive investment 
opportunities over the medium-term. 

Scandinavia
Norway has a €1 billion road and bridge PPP 
tender ongoing, and more projects are in the 
making on a smaller scale elsewhere in the 
Nordics.

The Company’s appetite for the selective 
acquisition of quality availability-based assets 
has not diminished. We will continue to pursue 
mainly secondary availability-based 
opportunities in the UK.

US
2020 saw an increase in greenfield P3s  
in the US. In the first half of the year, ten 
transactions reached financial close with a total 
value of $10 billion.

While the PPP delivery method can be 
instrumental in getting projects operational, US 
municipalities and states have historically been 
much more reluctant to adopt PPPs than their 
Canadian counterparts. Since 2010, 59 
greenfield PPP deals reached financial close in 
the US for $42.2 billion compared to 151 
greenfield P3 deals in Canada for C$58.8 billion.

With an increasing number of state legislatures 
taking steps to make P3s more acceptable for 
stakeholders, the number of US projects 
adopting PPPs increased from 7 per cent of 
closed greenfield deals in 2017 to 8.7 per cent  
of greenfield deals in 2019. PPP made up 11.5  
per cent of all greenfield deals in the first half  
of 2020. 

While some states such as Maryland, Virginia 
and Texas have a state procurement agency, 
projects in the US are being procured at all levels 
– municipal, county and state. This means there 
can be multiple procurement agencies in one 
state which makes it more difficult for projects to 
move forward.

26

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Netherlands
Over the past decade, the Netherlands has built 
up a reputation for stable, predictable 
infrastructure deal flow. While no greenfield 
transport transactions reached financial close 
during 2020, we are expecting some meaningful 
secondary opportunities in the Netherlands. 
Following our investment in three assets in the 
Netherlands in 2018, we are actively 
investigating further investment opportunities 
in this market. 

Southern Europe
Countries including Spain, Italy, Portugal and 
Greece have P3 pipelines. While some of these 
programmes may be viewed as attractive in 
terms of their size and the availability-based 
nature of the assets, the credit rating of the 
counterparties and certain risk transfer 
expectations make these investment 
opportunities unattractive to the Company. 
Consequently, BBGI has not focused on these 
opportunities. 

The P3 model seems to retain attractiveness to 
government authorities in Australia – Victoria in 
particular seems set to continue to use this 
model not only for social infrastructure but also 
for large scale infrastructure transport projects. 
Other states such as New South Wales have 
indicated a continuing interest in using the 
model where appropriate. New South Wales and 
Victoria, the two biggest states, are each 
spending AUD$90 billion over four years on 
major projects. 

Belgium
BBGI is part of a consortium which successfully 
pre-qualified for the R4 Ghent project. The 
project is a 30-year availability-based PPP 
project involving the upgrade of the R4 West 
and East in Ghent to primary roads, removing 
intersections and creating new cycle highways.  

Germany
13 PPP transactions closed in Germany in 2020, 
compared to an average of just three deals per 
year since 2017, although the majority of those 
closed in 2020 did not require any equity 
investment. Germany alone accounted for a 
third of the overall European greenfield PPP 
market by deal volumes with €5 billion of 
investment; a ten-fold increase compared to an 
average of just over €500 million in the past 
three years. The expectation is that the road PPP 
schemes will continue. With six existing assets in 
Germany, strong credentials and German 
language skills amongst our senior executive 
and asset management team, BBGI is well 
positioned to consider these upcoming 
opportunities. 

BBGI has three large operational assets in 
Australia and will continue to monitor the 
market. The Company is hopeful that some 
select opportunities may emerge in 2021.  

Australia
Australia presents a very reliable investment 
market for availability-style projects, which are 
vital to the development of infrastructure in the 
country. The National PPP Policy and Guidelines 
provide a consistent framework for the public 
and private sector to work together. The treasury 
departments of some states have also issued 
their own PPP guidelines. Furthermore, the 
central state and territory governments produce 
strategic infrastructure plans. The country 
presents a strong pipeline of PPP projects since 
the establishment of the National PPP Policy 
Framework in 2008. 

Pipeline assets:

Asset

Confederation Line (Ottawa, ON)

Eglinton Crosstown LRT (Toronto, ON)

Highway 407 East Extension Phase I (Ontario)

John Hart Generating Station (Campbell River, BC)

Sector

Rail

Rail

Road

Energy

Estimated 
Asset Capital 
Value

Concession 
Length after 
construction 
completion

C$3.2 billion

30 years

C$9.1 billion

C$1.2 billion

30 years

30 years

C$1.1 billion

15 years

New Corridor for the Champlain Bridge (Montreal, QC)

Road & Bridge

C$3.2 billion

30 years

Expected potential equity investment opportunity of these pipeline assets is in excess of 
C$250 million.

Primary bidding opportunities:

Region

Sector

Estimated Asset 
Capital Value1

Expected 
Concession 
Length

Investment Status

North America

Road

£1 billion

35 years

Shortlisted bidder. Financial 
submission due in May 2021.

Continental 
Europe

Road

£750 million

30 years

Shortlisted as one of three bidders.

1 

Includes both debt and equity.

27

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
Operating and Financial Review

The Management Board is very pleased to present the Operating and Financial Review for the 
year ended 31 December 2020.

Highlights and Key Performance Indicators
Please see Financial Highlights for a summary of the Year in Numbers for 2020. Certain key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) for the last four years 
are highlighted below:

KPI

Target

Dec-17

Dec-18

Dec-19

Dec-20

Commentary

Dividends (paid or declared) 

Progressive long-term 
dividend growth in pence per 
share

NAV per share

Positive NAV per share growth

Compound annual Shareholder 
Return Since IPO1 

7% to 8% on IPO issue price of 
£1 per share

Ongoing Charge

Competitive cost position

Cash Dividend Cover 

>1.0x

Refinancing Risk  
(as a percentage of portfolio)

Minimise refinancing risk

Asset availability

> 98% asset availability

Single asset concentration risk 
(as a percentage of portfolio 
value)

To be less than 25% of portfolio 
at time of acquisition

Availability-based assets  
(as a percentage of portfolio)

Maximise availability-based 
assets

6.50

6.75

7.00

7.18

Achieved: Second 2020 
interim dividend of 3.59pps 
declared in February 2021

3.0%

10.5%

0.99%

1.51x

9%

ü

12% 
(GEB)

2.8%

11.2%

0.93%

1.50x

7%

ü

11%
(GEB)

2.0%

11.3%

1.2%

Achieved

11.0%

Achieved

0.88%

0.86%2

Achieved

1.30x

6%

ü

10% 
(GEB)

1.27x

Achieved

7%

Achieved: Northern Territory 
Secure Facilities is the only 
asset with refinancing risk

ü Achieved

9% 
(GEB)

Achieved

100%

100%

100%

100%

Achieved

Asset Management
Cash Performance
The Company’s portfolio of 50 availability-based infrastructure investments continued to perform well during the year, with cash flows ahead of 
the expectations and the underlying financial models.  

Construction Exposure
The Company’s investment policy is to invest principally in assets that are operational and that have completed construction. Accordingly, 
investment in construction assets will be limited to 25 per cent of the portfolio value. The rationale for this approach is to be able to produce a 
stable dividend for our shareholders, while at the same time gaining some exposure to the potential NAV uplift that occurs when assets move 
from a successful construction stage to the operational stage. The Company has demonstrated in the past that it can manage such assets during 
the construction period and its successful transition into a stable operational asset.

The Management Board believes that the Company’s ability to meet its dividend targets is not compromised by having some construction 
exposure. 

As at 31 December 2020, more than 99 per cent of the assets were operational with only one project in construction. On 5 March 2020, BBGI, 
together with its consortium partners, was named as the preferred bidder for a PPP motorway project in Canada that will twin Highway 104 
between Sutherlands River and Antigonish in Nova Scotia. Financial close occurred in May 2020 and construction is progressing according  
to plan.

The Company is currently pursuing two primary investment opportunities which, if successful, will add some construction exposure over the 
course of 2021. 

1  On a compounded annual growth rate basis. This represents the steady state annual growth rate based on share price at 31 December 2020 and after adding back dividends 

paid or declared since the Company’s IPO.

2  Refer to the Ongoing Charges of the Financial Results section of this report for further detail on how the Ongoing Charge is calculated.

28

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Investment Performance
Returns track record
The Company’s share price maintained a strong premium to NAV through the majority of the reporting period although there was a period of 
volatility during the height of the market-wide sell-off in March 2020 due to Covid-19.  

BBGI Share Price Performance

BBGI’s share price quickly rebounded after this initial adjustment phase, likely due to investors realising that Covid-19 would have a limited 
impact on BBGI’s future cash flows, which come exclusively from long-term availability-based government or government-backed contracts. 
Against the FTSE All-Share, the Company has shown a low five-year correlation of 27.3 per cent and a beta of 0.243. 

Save for the brief period in March 2020, the Company’s share price has performed well and has maintained a strong premium to NAV during the 
reporting period. This was against the backdrop of economic uncertainty which saw two thirds4 of companies listed on the London Stock 
Exchange cut, suspend or cancel dividends during 2020 due to the effects of the pandemic. 

We continue to believe that a key benefit of the portfolio is the high-quality cash flows derived from long-term availability-based government or 
government-backed contracts. As a result, the portfolio performance has been largely uncorrelated to the many wider economic factors that 
may cause market volatility in other sectors.

BBGI Share Price Performance
BBGI Share Price Performance

190

180

170

190

180

170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

)

0

0

1

o

t

d

e

s

a

b

e

r

(

e

c

i

r

p

e

r

a

h

S

Dec

Apr

Aug

Dec

Apr

11

12

12

12

13

Aug
13

Dec
13

Apr
14

160

Dec
14

150

Apr
15

Aug
15

Dec
15

Apr
16

Aug
16

Dec
16

Apr
17

Aug
17

Dec
17

Apr
18

Aug
18

Dec
18

Apr
19

Aug
19

Dec
19

Apr
20

Aug
20

Dec
20

BBGI 

FTSE All Share 

)
0
Aug
0
1
14
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(
e
c
i
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

140

130

120

110

100

90

Dec
11

Apr
12

Aug
12

Dec
12

Apr
13

Aug
13

Dec
13

Apr
14

Aug
14

Dec
14

Apr
15

Aug
15

Dec
15

Apr
16

Aug
16

Dec
16

Apr
17

Aug
17

Dec
17

Apr
18

Aug
18

Dec
18

Apr
19

Aug
19

Dec
19

Apr
20

The share price closed the year at 174pps, an increase of 4.5 per cent (excluding dividends) in 2020 and representing a 26.3 per cent premium  
to the NAV per share at the year-end.

BBGI 

FTSE All Share 

TSR in the calendar year 2020 was 9.0 per cent whilst TSR since IPO to 31 December 2020 was 157.5 per cent or 11 per cent on a compounded 
annual basis.

The total accounting return per share in the calendar year 2020 was 6.38 per cent5, with a dividend yield of 4.1 per cent.

Distribution policy
Distributions on the ordinary shares are planned to be paid twice a year, normally in respect of the six months to 30 June and the six months  
to 31 December.

3  The FTSE All-Share, five-year data represents the five years preceding 31 December 2020.
4  Link Group, UK Dividend Monitor (Q4 2020); analyses all the dividends paid out on the ordinary shares of companies listed on the UK Main Market.
5  The sum of the change in NAV per share plus the dividends paid per share in the year, taken as a percentage of the NAV per share at 31 December 2019. 

29

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Operating and Financial Review continued

Dividends
On 2 April 2020, the Company paid a second interim dividend of 3.50pps for the period 1 July 2019 to 31 December 2019. The 2020 interim 
dividend of 3.59pps was paid on 22 October 2020. In February 2021, subsequent to the year-end, the Company declared a second interim 
dividend of 3.59pps in respect of the six-month period ended 31 December 2020; resulting in a total dividend of 7.18pps for the year ended 
31 December 2020.

As previously reported, the Company is targeting an increase in the 2021 dividend to 7.33pps, which represents a further increase of 2.1 per cent 
for the year and a progressive long-term dividend growth averaging 3.3 per cent since IPO. Furthermore, the Company is targeting a dividend of 
7.48pps for 2022. 

Proven progressive dividend policy
Proven Progressive Dividend Policy

–

–

4.7%

4.2%

3 . 3% average increase

4.2%

4.0%

3.8%

3.7%

2.6%

2.1%

2.0%

5.50

5.50

5.76

6.00

6.25

6.50

6.75

7.00

7.18

7.33

7.48

e
r
a
h
s
r
e
p
e
c
n
e
P

8.00

7.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021
Target

2022
Target

Average dividend increase of 3.3 per cent from 2012 to 2021

 —
 — FY 2021 target dividend of 7.33pps1, up 2.1 per cent
 — FY 2022 target dividend of 7.48pps1

Investor Communications
The Company places great importance on communication with its shareholders and welcomes their views. The Company intends to remain at 
the forefront of disclosure and transparency in its asset class, and therefore the Management Board and Supervisory Board regularly review the 
level and quality of the information that the Company makes public. 

The Company formally reports twice a year through the Annual and Interim Reports and Financial Statements. Other current information on the 
Company is provided through the Company’s website and through market announcements. At Shareholder General Meetings, each share is 
entitled to one vote, all votes validly cast at such meetings (including by proxy) are counted, and the Company announces the results on the day 
of the relevant meeting. 

The Management and Supervisory Boards are keen to develop and maintain positive relationships with the Company’s shareholders. As part of 
this process, immediately following release of the Annual and Interim Reports at the end of March and August each year, the co-CEOs present 
the Company’s results to market analysts and subsequently conduct investor roadshows and offer shareholder meetings to discuss the results, 
explain the ongoing strategy of the Company, and receive feedback. 

Outside of these formal meetings, feedback from investors is received via the Management Board and the Corporate Brokers and - together 
with the feedback from results meetings - this is reported to the Supervisory Board. Throughout the year under review, the co-CEOs have made 
themselves available to shareholders and key sector analysts, for discussion of key issues and expectations around Company performance. The 
co-CEOs intend to continue to be available to meet with shareholders periodically to facilitate an open two-way communication on the 
development of the Company. Shareholders may contact members of both the Management and Supervisory Boards at the registered office of 
the Company, the address for which can be found on the final page of the Annual Report or on the Company’s website at www.bb-gi.com. 

1 

These are targets only and are not a profit forecast. There can be no assurance that these targets will be met or that the Company will make any distribution at all.

30

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
 
While shareholder engagement is typically conducted by the Co-CEOs, it should be noted that the Chairman also makes herself available 
throughout the year to understand the views of shareholders on governance and performance against the Company’s investment objectives 
and investment policy. Given this level of engagement with shareholders, the Management and Supervisory Boards consider that they meet the 
requirements of AIC Code Principle 5D.

Share Capital
The issued share capital of the Company is 664,691,283 ordinary shares of no-par value. All of the ordinary shares issued rank pari passu. During 
the year ended 31 December 2020, the Company issued 34,478,057 shares.

Voting Rights
There are no special voting rights, restrictions or other rights attached to any of the ordinary shares. There are no restrictions on the voting rights 
attaching to ordinary shares.

Discount Management
Although the Company’s shares have continuously traded at a premium since IPO in December 2011, except for a brief period in March 2020,  
the Management Board will actively monitor any discount to the NAV per share at which the ordinary shares may trade in the future. The 
Management Board will report to the Supervisory Board on any such discount and propose actions to mitigate this. 

Purchase of Ordinary Shares by the Company in the Market
In order to assist in the narrowing of any discount to the NAV at which the ordinary shares may trade from time to time and/or to reduce discount 
volatility, the Company may, subject to shareholder approval:
 —  make market purchases of up to 14.99 per cent annually of its issued ordinary shares; and 
 —  make tender offers for ordinary shares.

No shares have been bought back during the year ended 31 December 2020. The most recent authority to purchase ordinary shares which may 
be held in treasury or subsequently cancelled was granted to the Company on 30 April 2020. This authority expires on the date of the next 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) to be held on 30 April 2021, at which point the Company will propose that its authority to buy back shares  
be renewed.

Continuation Vote
The Company’s Articles of Association (‘Articles’) require the Boards to offer a continuation vote to the Company’s shareholders at the AGM to 
allow the Company to continue in its current form, with a further vote every two years. On 30 April 2019, at the Company’s AGM, the shareholders 
voted unanimously for the continuation of the Company. In accordance with the Articles, a further continuation vote will be offered to 
shareholders at the AGM due to be held in 30 April 2021.

31

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
Valuation

The Management Board is responsible for carrying out the fair market valuation of the Company’s investments, which it then presents to the 
Supervisory Board for their consideration and, if appropriate, approval of this Report. The valuation is carried out on a six-monthly basis as at 30 
June and 31 December each year and is reviewed by an independent third-party valuation expert. 

The valuation is determined using the discounted cash flow methodology. The Company makes forecast assumptions for key macro-economic 
factors having an effect on the cash flows forecast of investments such as inflation rates and deposit rates based on market data, publicly available 
economic forecasts and long-term historical averages, and adjusts for any enacted changes in taxation during the reporting period. In addition, the 
Company exercises its judgement in assessing the expected future cash flows from each investment based on the detailed financial models 
produced by each Portfolio Company, and adjusting these where necessary to reflect the Company’s assumptions as well as any specific cash flow 
assumptions. 

The fair value for each investment is then derived from the application of an appropriate discount rate, alongside reporting period-end currency 
exchange rate and withholding taxes (if applicable). The discount rate considers risks associated with the investment including the phase the 
investment is in such as construction, ramp-up or stable operation, investment specific risks and opportunities as well as country specific factors. The 
Company uses its judgement in determining the appropriate discount rates. This is based on its knowledge of the market, considering information 
obtained from its investment and bidding activities, benchmark analysis with comparable companies and sectors, discussions with advisers in the 
relevant markets, and publicly available information. The valuation methodology remains unchanged from previous reporting periods. 

A breakdown of the movements in the portfolio value and net asset value is shown in the chart and table below.

Portfolio Movement 31 December 2019 to 31 December 2020 

920

900

880

860

840

820

800

)
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
P
B
G

(
e
u
l
a
v
o

i
l

o
f
t
r
o
P

59.2

18.5

59.8

11.6

3.2

895.7

(33.5)

846.0

836.0

(69.1)

% change in NAV

7.0%

2.2%

(3.9)%

1.4%

0.4%

Acquisitions1 Distributions 2 

Portfolio 
value as at
31 December
2019

Rebased 
opening 
portfolio value 
as at 
1 January 2020

Unwinding 
of discount

Change in 
market 
discount 
rate

Change in 
macro-
economic 
assumptions

Value 
Enhancements

Change 
in foreign 
exchange3 

Portfolio
value as at
31 December
2020

1  Refer to the Portfolio Review for further details on the acquisitions during the period.
2  While distributions from investments reduce the portfolio value, there is no impact on the Company’s NAV as the effect of the reduction in the portfolio value (investments 

at fair value through profit or loss) is offset by the receipt of cash at the consolidated Group level. Distributions are shown net of withholding tax.

3  The result from balance sheet hedging is recorded at the consolidated Group level, and while inversely correlated, does not directly impact portfolio value. The net foreign 

exchange loss on hedging over the period, recorded at the consolidated Group level, was £1.5 million.

32

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
The Company’s portfolio value at 31 December 2020 was £895.7 million (31 December 2019: £846.0 million), representing an increase of  
5.9 per cent.

NAV movement 31 December 2019 to 31 December 2020

NAV at 31 December 2019
Deduct: other net assets at 31 December 20191

Portfolio value at 31 December 2019
Acquisitions 
Distributions from assets

Rebased opening portfolio value at 1 January 2020
Unwinding of discount
Change in market discount rate
Change in macro-economic assumptions
Value enhancements
Foreign exchange gain

Portfolio value at 31 December 2020
Other net assets at 31 December 20201

NAV at 31 December 2020

£ million

858.6
(12.6)

846.0
59.2
(69.1)

836.0
59.8
18.5
(33.5)
11.6
3.2

895.7
20.3

916.0

1  These figures represent the net assets of the Group after excluding the investments at fair value through profit or loss (Investments at FVPL). Refer to the Pro forma balance sheet in the 

Financial Results section of this Annual Report for further breakdown. 

Key drivers for NAV change
The rebased opening portfolio value after considering acquisitions in the reporting period of £59.2 million and cash distributions from 
investments of £69.1 million was £836.0 million. 

Unwinding the discount and value enhancements:
During the period, the Company recognised £71.4 million, or an 8.3 per cent increase in NAV, from the unwinding of discounts and value 
accretive enhancements. As the Company moves closer to forecasted investment distribution dates, the time value of those cash flows increases 
on a net present value basis. The portfolio value growth from unwinding of discount during the period was approximately £59.8 million or a 7.0 
per cent change in NAV.

The remaining £11.6 million, or a 1.4 per cent change in NAV, represents inter alia the net effect of value accretive enhancements across the 
portfolio through active management. This includes amongst others the net valuation effect of enhanced operational performance through our 
active and hands on asset management approach.  The activities involved inter alia managing change orders and earning a fee for this service, tax 
optimisation, cost savings due to lower fees on management service agreements and cash optimisations. Where appropriate, we have also made 
use of reduced occupancy at some of our assets to accelerate maintenance or improvement works. For example, we were able to take advantage 
of the low oil price to accelerate re-pavement works on one of our roads which resulted in an overall lifecycle saving. Other positive effects 
derived from adjusting risk premiums reflected in specific investment discount rates as well as reducing premiums for investments moving 
towards the stable operational phase.

Change in discount rate:
The market for availability-based transactions continues to be very competitive and discount rates are compressing further. This is a result of a 
continued low interest environment and a high investment demand in the availability-based social infrastructure sector, while the supply of new 
greenfield infrastructure investments is not keeping pace. Based on data from transactional activity, benchmark analysis with comparable 
companies and sectors, discussions with advisers in the relevant markets, and publicly available information, BBGI has reduced its weighted  
average discount rate to approximately 6.77 per cent (31 December 2019: 7.07 per cent), representing a reduction of 30 bps from 31 December 2019. 

33

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 Valuation continued

Change in Macro-Economic Assumptions:
During the period, the Company recognised a reduction in the portfolio value due to changes in the macro-economic assumptions: changes in 
corporate tax rates in the UK, Netherlands and Province of Alberta resulting in a portfolio value decrease of £4.1 million; a change in the 
forecasted deposit rates; replacing the retail price index (‘RPI’) with the consumer price index  including owner occupiers’ housing (‘CPIH’) 
beginning 1 January 2031 in the UK1; and the actual indexation against the previously modelled indexation resulting in a further portfolio value 
decrease of £29.4 million. 

In total, the Company recognised a reduction of £33.5 million, or a 3.9 per cent decrease in NAV, from changes in these assumptions. 

The net effect of inflation, against the 31 December 2019 modelled macro-economic assumptions, on the portfolio value has been negative,  
and is included in the value above. 

Foreign Exchange:
The forecasted distributions from investments are converted to Sterling at either the hedged rate, for a predetermined percentage of cash flows 
forecast to be received over the next four years, or at the closing rate for unhedged future cash flows. 

A significant proportion of the Company’s underlying investments are denominated in currencies other than Sterling. The Company maintains 
its accounts, prepares the valuation and pays dividends in Sterling. Accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates between Sterling and the relevant 
local currencies will affect the value of the Company’s underlying investments. 

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the depreciation of Sterling against the Australian Dollar and the Euro, and the appreciation of 
Sterling against the Canadian Dollar, the US Dollar and the Norwegian Krone accounted for a net increase in the portfolio value of £3.2 million. 
Since listing in December 2011, the net cumulative effect of foreign exchange movements on the portfolio value, after considering the effect of 
balance sheet hedging, has been a decrease of £7.8 million which is less than 0.9 per cent of the 31 December 2020 NAV.

The table below shows those closing rates, which were used to convert unhedged future cash flows into the reporting currency at  
31 December 2020.

GBP/

AUD

CAD

EUR

NOK

USD

Valuation impact

FX rates as of 31 December 2020

FX rates as of 31 December 2019

FX rate change

1.771

1.739

1.113

11.670

1.365

 1.880

 1.716

 1.176

 11.595

 1.319

5.80%

(1.34%)

5.36%

(0.65%)

(3.49%)

Although the closing rate is the required conversion rate to use, it is not necessarily representative of future exchange rates as it reflects a specific 
point in time.

The Group uses forward currency swaps to (i) hedge 100 per cent of forecasted cash flows over the next four years on an annual rolling basis and 
(ii) to implement balance sheet hedging in order to limit the decrease in the NAV to approximately 3 per cent for a 10 per cent adverse movement 
in foreign exchange rates2. This is achieved by hedging a portion of the non-Sterling and non-Euro portfolio value. The benefit of the Company’s 
hedging strategy can also be expressed as a theoretical or implicit portfolio allocation to Sterling exposure. In other words, on an unhedged basis, 
the portfolio allocation to Sterling exposure would need to be approximately 72 per cent to obtain the same NAV sensitivity to a 10 per cent 
adverse change in foreign exchange rates as shown below. 

1  On the 25 November 2020, the UK Chancellor of the Exchequer announced that the retail price index (‘RPI’) will be discontinued in 2030 and replaced with the consumer 
price index including housing costs (‘CPIH’). Given this announcement, the Company has replaced RPI at 2.75% with CPIH at 2.0% across the UK portion of the portfolio 
beginning 1 January 2031.

2  Based on the portfolio composition on the date the balance sheet hedge contracts are entered into.

34

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Covid-19 
The portfolio continued its strong performance over the reporting period with no material adverse effect on valuation resulting from Covid-19. 
This strong performance is primarily as a result of the Company holding a low-risk, 100 per cent availability-based portfolio, coupled with strong 
stakeholder collaboration during the reporting period. There continues to be uncertainty surrounding Covid-19 with the consequences and 
potential disruptions difficult to foresee, but currently our portfolio remains resilient in this challenging market environment. We will continue to 
work very closely with all stakeholders to help mitigate the risks and effects of this global pandemic. 

Discount Rates 
The discount rates used for individual investments range between 6.20 per cent and 8.75 per cent. The weighted average rate is approximately 
6.77 per cent (31 December 2019: 7.07 per cent), representing a reduction of 30 bps from 31 December 2019, which management believes to be 
towards the conservative end of the range for a portfolio of availability-based social infrastructure investments. This methodology calculates the 
weighted average based on the value of each investment in proportion to the total portfolio value i.e. based on the net present value of their 
respective future cash flows. 

The discount rate considers risks associated with the investment including the phase the investment is in, such as construction, ramp-up or 
stable operation, investment specific risks and opportunities as well as country specific factors. 

BBGI applies a risk premium for investments in construction to reflect the higher-risk inherent in the construction phase of any investment’s 
lifecycle. Currently, the portfolio has one investment in construction, Highway 104, which represents 0.5 per cent of the overall portfolio value. 
BBGI has also applied a risk premium to a limited number of other investments to reflect the individual situations. For example, adjustments have 
been applied to acute hospitals in the UK where a risk premium of 50bps continues to be applied. This risk premium reflects the continued 
situation in the UK where some public health clients are under cost pressure and are actively looking for cost savings including deductions. To 
date, BBGI has not been affected. The only UK acute hospital in the portfolio is Gloucester Royal Hospital, which represents less than one per 
cent of the overall NAV. 

General Market Activity 
Through the course of the Covid-19 pandemic, there has been an increased focus on valuation from investors as the varied risk profiles of the 
different investment classes within the infrastructure sector have become more pronounced. For example, demand-based investments such as 
airports, and (shadow) toll roads have generally suffered severe traffic reductions, thereby reducing revenue. Investors in demand-based 
investments have had to revisit traffic growth assumptions, at least in the short-term. In addition, lower than forecasted volumes will not only 
impact demand-based income but also other third-party income such as retail business in airports and rail stations, motorway service stations 
and other income sources reliant on customer footfall.

On the other hand, availability-based investments passed the stress test and proved to be very robust as the sector has not experienced any 
material negative impact. This, coupled with the historically low interest rate environment, has further contributed to increased competition for 
PPP investments. The deal volume in 2020 shows that demand for stable yielding investments is strong even with continued uncertainty 
surrounding Covid-19, and market intelligence suggests discount rates in the secondary market remain very competitive and likely to decrease 
further in the future. 

35

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 Valuation continued

Macro-Economic Assumptions
Apart from the discount rates, the Company uses the following assumptions for the cash flows: 

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Indexation

UK1 RPI/CPIH

2.75%/2.00%

Canada

Australia

Germany

Netherlands2

Norway2

USA3

2.00%/2.35%

2.50%

2.00%

2.00%

2.25%

2.50%

2.75%

2.00%/2.35%

2.50%

2.00%

2.00%

2.25%

2.50%

Deposit rates (p.a.)

UK

0.25% to Q4 2023, then 1.00%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

Canada

0.75% to Q4 2023, then 1.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

Australia 

0.50% to Q4 2023, then 2.00% 

2.00% to Q4 2023, then 3.00% – 4.00% (medium term)

Germany

0.00% to Q4 2023, then 0.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

Netherlands

0.00% to Q4 2023, then 0.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

Norway

0.25% to Q4 2023, then 2.00%

1.80% to Q4 2023, then 3.00%

Corporate tax rates 
(p.a.)

USA

UK

Canada4

Australia 

0.25% to Q4 2023, then 1.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

19% 

19% to 2019, then 17%

23.0%/26.5%/27%/29%

26.5%/27%/29%

30% 

30% 

Germany5

15.8% (incl. solidarity charge)

15.8% (incl. solidarity charge)

Netherlands6

Norway

USA

25% 

22% 

21% 

25% to 2020, then 21.7%

22% 

21% 

1  On the 25 November 2020, the UK Government announced the phasing out of RPI after 2030, and replacement with CPIH; the Company’s UK portfolio indexation factor 

changes from RPI to CPIH beginning on 1 January 2031.

2  CPI indexation only. Where investments are subject to a basket of indices, these non-CPI indices are not considered.
3  80 per cent of ORB indexation factor for revenue is contractual and is not tied to CPI.
4 
5 
6 

Individual tax rates vary among Canadian Provinces. 
Individual local trade tax rates are considered in addition to the tax rate above. 
In September 2020, the Dutch Government confirmed that the planned reduction of the headline corporate income tax rate (CIT) to 21.7 per cent will not be introduced  
in 2021.

36

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Sensitivities

Discount rate +/- 1%

Inflation rate -/+ 1%

Foreign Exchange +/- 10% 

Deposit rate -/+ 1% 

Lifecycle costs +/- 10%

Corporate tax rate +/- 1%

Senior Debt refinancing margin + 1%

GDP -/+ 0.5%

(8.0)%

9.3%

(3.4)%

(2.8)%

4.1%

2.8%

(1.8)%

1.9%

(1.9)%

1.9%

(0.7%)

0.7%

(0.8%)

0.0% 0.0%

-10%

-8%

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

Positive change in variable

Negative change in variable

Discount Rate Sensitivity
The weighted average discount rate that is applied to the Company’s portfolio of investments is the single most important judgement  
and variable. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in the discount rate.

Discount Rate Sensitivity

Increase by 1% to 7.77%1 

Decrease by 1% to 5.77%1

1  Based on the weighted average discount rate of 6.77 per cent.

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

(£73.6) million, i.e. (8.0)%

£85.1 million, i.e. 9.3%

Inflation Sensitivity
The Company’s investments are contractually entitled to receive availability-based income streams from public sector clients, which are adjusted 
every year for inflation. Facilities management subcontractors for accommodation investments and operating and maintenance subcontractors 
for transport investments have similar indexation arrangements. The investment cash flows are positively correlated with inflation (e.g. RPI, CPI, 
or a basket of indices). 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in inflation rates compared to the assumptions in the table above:

Inflation Sensitivity

Inflation +1%

Inflation −1%

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

£37.8 million, i.e. 4.1%

(£31.0) million, i.e. (3.4)%

Foreign Exchange Sensitivity
As described above, a significant proportion of the Company’s underlying investments are denominated in currencies other than Sterling. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a change in foreign exchange rates:

Foreign Exchange Sensitivity

Increase by 10%1

Decrease by 10%1

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

(£25.5) million, i.e. (2.8)%

£25.4 million, i.e. 2.8%

1 

Sensitivity in comparison to the spot foreign exchange rates at 31 December 2020 and considering the contractual and natural hedges in place, derived by applying a 10 per 
cent increase or decrease to the Sterling/foreign currency rate.

37

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
 Valuation continued

Deposit Rate Sensitivity
Project Companies typically have cash deposits which are required to be maintained as part of the senior debt funding requirements. (e.g. 
six-month debt service reserve accounts, maintenance reserve accounts). The asset cash flows are positively correlated with the deposit rates. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a percentage point change in long-term deposit rates compared to the assumptions in the 
table above: 

Deposit Rate Sensitivity

Deposit rate +1%

Deposit rate −1%

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

£17.1 million, i.e. 1.9%

(£16.6) million, i.e. (1.8)%

Lifecycle Costs Sensitivity
Lifecycle is the cost of planned interventions or replacing material parts of an asset to maintain it over the concession term. It involves larger 
items that are not covered by routine maintenance and for roads it will include items such as replacement of asphalt, rehabilitation of surfaces, or 
replacement of electromechanical equipment. Lifecycle obligations, are generally passed down to the facility maintenance provider with the 
exception of transportation investments where these obligations are typically retained by the Portfolio Company.

Of the 50 investments in the portfolio, 17 investments retain the lifecycle obligations. The remaining 33 investments have this obligation passed 
down to the subcontractor. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to of a change in lifecycle costs:

Lifecycle Costs Sensitivity

Increase by 10%1

Decrease by 10%1

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

(£17.6) million, i.e. (1.9)%

£17.4 million, i.e. 1.9%

1  Sensitivity applied to the 17 investments in the portfolio which retain the lifecycle obligation i.e. the obligation is not passed down to the subcontractor. 

Corporate Tax Rate Sensitivity 
The profits of each Portfolio Company are subject to corporation tax in the country where the Portfolio Company is located. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to of a change in corporate tax rates compared to the assumptions in the table above:  

Corporate Tax Rate Sensitivity

Tax rate +1%

Tax rate −1%

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

(£6.6) million, i.e. (0.7)%

£6.6 million, i.e. 0.7%

On 3 March, 2021, the UK Chancellor of the Exchequer announced a plan to increase the UK Corporate Tax rate to 25 per cent from April 2023. 
Whilst this increase is not currently enacted and is still to be approved by the UK Parliament, the Company recognises that any change in the UK 
Corporate Tax rate will have an effect on the portfolio valuation. It is the Company’s policy to value those tax rates that have been enacted into 
law at the reporting period date. Notwithstanding this, and to aid transparency, we have calculated that this increase of the UK Corporation Tax 
rate would result in a £8.9 million or 1.0 per cent reduction in NAV. 

Senior Debt Refinancing Sensitivity 
Assumptions are used where a refinancing of senior debt financing is required for an investment during the remaining investment concession 
term. There is a risk that such assumptions may not be achieved. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV to a +100bps adjustment to the forecasted margins. The base rate for senior debt is either fixed 
or a long-term interest swap is available with the effect that none of our investments are subject to changes in base rates.

Senior Debt Refinancing Sensitivity

Margin +1%1

1 

The Northern Territory Secure Facilities investment is the only remaining investment in the BBGI Portfolio with refinancing risk.

38

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Change in NAV

31 December 2020

(£7.7) million, i.e. (0.8)%

GDP Sensitivity 
The BBGI portfolio is not sensitive to GDP.

The principal risks faced by the Group and the mitigants in place are outlined in the Risk section.

Key Portfolio Company and Portfolio Cash Flow Assumptions Underlying NAV Calculation include:

 — Discount rates and the assumptions as set out above continue to be applicable. 

 — The updated financial models used for valuation accurately reflect the terms of all agreements relating to the Portfolio Companies and 

represent a fair and reasonable estimation of future cash flows accruing to the Portfolio Companies.

 — Cash flows from and to the Portfolio Companies are received and made at the times anticipated.

 — Non-UK Portfolio Companies are valued in local currency and their cash flows converted to Sterling at either the period-end exchange rates 

or the contract hedge rate.

 — Where the operating costs of the Portfolio Companies are fixed by contract, such contracts are performed, and where such costs are not 

fixed, they remain within the current forecasts in the valuation models.

 — Where lifecycle costs/risks are borne by the Portfolio Companies, they remain in line with the current forecasts in the valuation models.

 — An assessment is made of construction defect remediation where the risk sits with the Portfolio Company.

 — Contractual payments to the Portfolio Companies remain on track and contracts with public sector or public sector backed counterparties 

are not terminated before their contractual expiry date.

 — Any deductions or abatements during the operational period of Portfolio Companies are fully passed down to subcontractors under 

contractual arrangements or are part of the planned (lifecycle) forecasts.

 — Where the Portfolio Companies own the residual property value in an investment, the projected amount for this value is realised.

 — In cases where the Portfolio Companies have contracts that are in the construction phase, they are either completed on time or any delay 

costs are borne by the construction contractors.

 — There are no tax or regulatory changes in the future which negatively impact cash flow forecasts.

In forming the above assessments, BBGI works with Portfolio Company management teams, as well as using due diligence information from, or 
working with, suitably qualified third parties such as technical advisers, legal advisers and insurance advisers. 

39

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
Financial Results

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 are on pages 80 to 124.

Basis of Accounting
The Group has prepared its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as 
adopted by the European Union (‘EU’). In accordance with IFRS the Company qualifies as an Investment Entity and as such, does not consolidate 
its investments in subsidiaries that qualify as investments at fair value through profit or loss (‘Investments at FVPL’). Certain subsidiaries that are 
not Investments at FVPL, but instead provide investment-related services or activities that relate to the investment activities of the Group, are 
consolidated.  As an Investment Entity, the Company recognises distributions from investments at FVPL as a reduction in their carrying value. 
These distributions reduce the estimated future cash flows which are used to determine the fair value of the Investments at FVPL.

Income and Costs
Pro forma Income Statement

Income from investments at fair value through profit and loss (‘FVPL income’)
Other operating income

Operating income

Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
Net loss on balance sheet hedging and net finance result

Profit before tax
Tax expense

Profit from continuing operations

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Year ended  

Year ended  

31 Dec 20

£ million

31 Dec 19

£ million

63.3
0.2

63.5

(9.6)
(7.3)
(2.3)

44.3
(2.6)

41.7

6.58

69.8
–

69.8

(8.5)
(7.3)
–

54.0
(3.0)

51.0

8.43

During the year, the Group recognised FVPL income of £63.3 million (31 December 2019: £69.8 million). This FVPL income is made up of a 
combination of the positive effect of the unwinding of discount, changes in market discount rates, value enhancements, the net effect of foreign 
exchange on the underlying investment portfolio with a partial offset resulting from changes in macro-economic assumptions. A more detailed 
analysis of the movement in Investments at FVPL is outlined in the Valuation section of this Report.

Administration expenses include, amongst others, personnel costs, legal and professional fees and office and administration costs. See further 
detail in the Corporate Cost analysis.

The Group has implemented a policy of using forward currency swaps to hedge its anticipated non-Sterling and non-Euro denominated cash 
flows on a four-year rolling basis, referred to as cash flow hedging, and also uses 12-month forward currency swaps to hedge part of the non-
Sterling, non-Euro denominated portfolio values, referred to as balance sheet hedging. During the year, the Company recognised a net loss  
£0.9 million on cash flow hedging (31 December 2019: £3.0 million net loss) and is reflected in ‘Other operating expenses’ in the table above. 

During the year the Company recognised a net loss from balance sheet hedging of £0.6 million (31 December 2019: £2.1 million net gain).

Profit from continuing operations for the year ended 31 December 2020 decreased by 18.2 per cent to £41.7 million (31 December 2019:  
£51.0 million).

40

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Group Level Corporate Cost Analysis
The table below is prepared on an accruals basis.

Corporate Costs

Net finance costs
Personnel costs 
Legal and professional fees
Office and administration
Acquisition related costs
Taxes

Corporate costs

Year ended 31 

Year ended 31 

Dec 20

£ million

Dec 19

£ million

1.6
6.2
2.6
0.8
1.6
2.6

2.0
4.8
2.4
1.3
1.1
3.0

15.4

14.6

Net finance costs for the year were £1.6 million (31 December 2019: £2.0 million). The Company used the proceeds from distributions from its 
investments and the proceeds from its November 2020 placing to repay outstanding borrowings, resulting in a decrease in finance costs in the year. 
The cash flow analysis section of this report provides further information regarding utilisation and repayments under the RCF during the year.

Personnel costs for the year were £6.2 million (31 December 2019: £4.8 million) reflecting an increase in staff numbers as well as remuneration. 
Refer to the ‘Remuneration Report’ section of this report for further detail on Management Board and Supervisory Board remuneration.

During the year, the Company acquired a 50 per cent equity interest in the Highway 104 project and a 25 per cent equity interest in Champlain 
bridge, both projects are located in Canada. In addition, the Company acquired follow-on interests in the Stanton Territorial Hospital, the KVH 
Hospital in Canada and the N18 Motorway in the Netherlands. Acquisition related costs incurred during the year amounted to £1.6 million 
(31 December 2019: £1.1 million) and includes unsuccessful bid costs amounting to £0.8 million (31 December 2019: £0.7 million).

Ongoing Charges
The Ongoing Charges (‘OGC’) percentage, presented in the table below, is prepared in accordance with the AIC recommended methodology, 
latest update published in October 20201. The percentage represents the annualised reduction or drag on shareholder returns as a result of 
recurring operational expenses incurred in managing the Group’s consolidated entities, and provides an indication of the level of recurring costs 
likely to be incurred in managing the Group in the future.

Ongoing Charges Information

Ongoing Charges (using AIC recommended methodology)

Year ended 31 

Year ended 31 

Dec 20

£ million

0.86%

Dec 19

£ million

0.88%

In prior reporting periods, fees linked directly to investment performance were included in the reported OGC. It is however the view of the AIC 
that compensation schemes which are linked directly to investment performance could be viewed as analogous to performance fees paid by 
externally managed investment companies and should therefore be excluded from the principal OGC calculation. Therefore, the reported OGC 
for 31 December 2020 excludes such fees. 

The Management Board will continue to follow this AIC recommended methodology in future reporting periods, thereby facilitating a direct 
comparison with externally managed investment companies which follow the AIC recommended methodology for calculating the Ongoing 
Charge. 

Fees directly linked to investment performance recorded in 2020 as a percentage of average NAV were 0.08 per cent. Combined therefore the 
aggregate of Ongoing Charges plus investment performance fees was 0.94% in the year.

For the year ended 31 December 2020, and in line with AIC recommendations, certain non-recurring costs were excluded from the Ongoing 
Charges, most notably acquisition-related advisory costs of £1.6 million, taxation of £2.6 million and net finance costs of £1.6 million.

1  Additional information regarding Ongoing Charges and ongoing charges percentage can be obtained from the AIC website www.theaic.co.uk.

41

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
Financial Results continued

The table below provides a reconciliation of the Ongoing Charges and the Ongoing Charges Percentage to the administration expenses  
under IFRS.

Administration expenses to 31 December
Less:  Non-recurring costs as per AIC guidelines

Non-recurring professional and external advisory costs
Personnel costs related to acquisition or non-recurring
Compensation linked to investment performance
Other non-recurring costs

Ongoing Charges
Divided by:
Average undiluted Investment Basis NAV for 2020 (average of 31 December 2020: £916.0 million and  

30 June 2020: £860.8 million)

Ongoing charges percentage1

1  Percentage calculation is based on actual results rather than rounded numbers

Year ended 31 

Year ended 31 

Dec  20

£ million  

Dec 19

£ million  

(except %)

(except %)

9.6

(0.4)
(0.4)
(0.8)
(0.3)

7.7

8.5

(0.3)
(0.4)
–
(0.3)

7.5

888.4

0.86%

858.3

0.88%

During the year, in response to the UK’s departure from the EU and a requirement from Euroclear UK and Ireland, the Company was required to 
interpose an EEA-based Central Securities Depository into the shareholding structure, in order to ensure uninterrupted trade settlement of the 
Company’s non-certified shares on the LSE post the completion of the Brexit transition period on 31 December 2020. The non-recurring 
advisory and set up costs of this restructuring amounted to approximately £0.2 million and are reflected in the Non-recurring professional and 
external advisory costs in the table above.

Cash Flows
The table below summarises the sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for the Group.

Distributions from Investments at FVPL1
Net cashflows from operating activities
Additional Investments at FVPL
Net cashflows from financing activities
Impact of foreign exchange gain on cash and cash equivalents

Net cash (outflow) inflow

Year ended 31 

Year ended 31 

Dec 20

£ million

Dec 19

£ million

72.8
(18.5)
(59.2)
(9.5)
0.2

(14.2)

64.0
(10.9)
(62.9)
33.9
0.3

24.4

1 

These distributions are shown gross of withholding tax and include the realisation of distributions in transit at 31 December 2019. The associated withholding tax outflow is 
included in ‘Net cash flows from operating activities’.

The Group’s portfolio of investments performed well during the year, with rebased cash flows ahead of business plan1. Distributions from 
Investments at FVPL, increased during the year by 13.8 per cent to £72.8 million. 

Additional investments during the year were financed through a combination of borrowings under the RCF, placing proceeds and reinvestment 
of distributions received from Investments at FVPL. 

The Company borrowed an additional amount of £41.0 million under the RCF during the year and also repaid a total of £62.0 million over the 
same period. There were no borrowings outstanding under the RCF at 31 December 2020. The net proceeds from the November 2020 capital 
raise were used to part finance the acquisition of the Champlain Bridge investment, acquired in December 2020, and also to repay those 
amounts borrowed under the RCF.

Cash dividends paid during the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to £42.6 million, an increase of £1.8 million on the previous year.

The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows provides further details of cash flows during the year ended 31 December 2020. 

1  Cash flows rebased for investment acquisitions during the year.

42

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group has a cash dividend cover ratio2 of 1.27x (year ended 31 December 2019: 1.30x) and is calculated 
as follows:

Distributions received from Investments 
Less: Net cash flows from operating activities under IFRS (consolidated)

Net distributions
Divided by: Cash dividends paid under IFRS (consolidated)

Cash Dividend Cover (ratio)

31 Dec 20

£ million  

31 Dec 19

£ million  

(except ratio)

(except ratio)

72.8
(18.5)

54.3
42.6

1.27x

64.0
(10.9)

53.1
40.8

1.30x

The strong cash dividend coverage in 2020 was again supported by BBGI’s contracted portfolio cash flows which, unlike demand-based assets,  
are not sensitive to the performance of the wider economic environment. The Company has reaffirmed the target dividend of 7.33pps for 2021 and 
is providing a new dividend target of 7.48pps for 2022.

Balance Sheet
Pro forma Balance Sheet

Investments at FVPL
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets and liabilities (net)
Net cash (borrowings)
Derivative financial asset

NAV attributable to ordinary shares

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Investment 
Basis1
£ million

895.7
1.6
(1.9)
20.5
0.1

916.0

Consolidated 

Investment 

Adjust

£ million

–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)

(0.2)

IFRS

£ million

895.7
1.6
(2.0)
20.5
–

915.8

Basis

£ million

846.0
3.9
(5.1)
13.8
–

858.6

Adjust

£ million

Consolidated 

IFRS

£ million

–
–
0.9
0.7
1.4

3.0

846.0
3.9
(4.2)
14.5
1.4

861.6

1  Represents the value of the Group’s total assets less the value of its total liabilities under the Investment Basis NAV. The Investment Basis NAV represents the residual 

interest of the shareholders in the Group, after all the liabilities of the Group, if any, have been settled.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group has 50 availability-based Investments at FVPL (31 December 2019: 48). The main drivers of the net 
movement in Investments at FVPL are: 

 — + £59.2 million: from new portfolio acquisitions in Highway 104 and Champlain Bridge and additional equity interests in Stanton Territorial 

Hospital, KVH Hospital and N18 motorway.

 — + £63.3 million: from the net effect of unwinding of discount, revised macro-economic assumptions on portfolio value, changes in market 

discount rates, value enhancements and the impact of net foreign exchange gains during the year.

 — - £72.8 million: from net distributions from the Investments at FVPL during the year. 

At 31 December 2020, the fair value of forward currency swaps used to hedge future portfolio distributions over the next four years was  
£0.1 million net liability position. This figure is excluded under the Investment Basis NAV as the related contracted forward rates are directly 
applied to hedged future distributions and therefore embedded in the Investments at FVPL. The unhedged distributions are converted at the 
31 December 2020 closing rate. 

As at 31 December 2020, cash and cash equivalents amounted to £20.5 million (£34.8 million as at 31 December 2019).

2  The cash dividend cover ratio is a multiple that divides the total net cash generated in the period (available for distribution to investors) by the total cash dividends paid in the 

period based on the IFRS cash flows. If the Group has a high dividend cover ratio, there is a lesser risk that the Group will not be able to continue making dividend payments.

43

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTCOMPANY OVERVIEW BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020 
Financial Results continued

A reconciliation of net cash as compared to net borrowings under IFRS is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalent under IFRS (consolidated)

Loans and borrowings under IFRS (consolidated) 
Gross up: Unamortised debt issuance costs under IFRS (consolidated)1
Less: Interest payable under IFRS (consolidated)

Outstanding loan drawdowns 

Net cash under Investment Basis NAV

31 Dec 20

£ million

31 Dec 19

£ million

20.5

(0.2)
–
0.2

–

20.5

34.8

(20.4)
(0.7)
0.1

(21.0)

13.8

1  During the year, unamortised debt issuance costs amounting to £0.4 million were reclassed from the ‘loans and borrowings non-current liabilities’ to ‘other current assets’. 

Accordingly, no gross up was required for the 2020 reconciliation of net cash. 

Three-year Comparative of Investment Basis NAV

NAV (millions)
NAV per share (pence)

31 Dec 20

31 Dec 19

31 Dec 18

916.0
137.8

858.6
136.2

774.5
133.5

The Investment Basis NAV increased by 6.7 per cent to £916.0 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £858.6 million). This equates to a 
growth in Investment Basis NAV per share of 1.2 per cent to 137.8p at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: 136.2p). The Investment Basis NAV 
per share is the Investment Basis NAV divided by the number of Company shares issued and outstanding. This information presents the residual 
claim of each shareholder to the net assets of the Group.

44

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Corporate Governance

Introduction
The Company is internally managed with a two-tier governance 
structure that comprises a Supervisory Board and a Management 
Board, with the responsibilities of each as indicated in this Report.

Primary responsibilities of the Supervisory Board include the 
supervision of the activities of the Management Board and the 
establishment and monitoring of compliance with the Company’s 
investment policy. Notwithstanding this, the Directors on both the 
Management Board and the Supervisory Board are accountable under 
the Listing Rules as the Listing Rules do not make a distinction between 
different types of directors. In particular, for such time as the Company’s 
shares are listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority, the 
Supervisory Board and the Management Board act as one in approving 
any circular or corporate action where the Listing Rules require the 
recommendation of the board of directors of a publicly listed company 
(or where such recommendation is customarily given). Any responsibility 
applied to directors under the Listing Rules applies to all directors of  
the Company.

The Management Board’s principal responsibility is the day-to-day 
management of the Company, including the discretionary investment 
management of the Company’s investments and those of the rest of the 
Group. In carrying out the function of investment manager via the 
Management Board, the Company does not engage an external 
investment manager to provide such investment management services.

The Management Board is otherwise responsible for the overall 
administration of the Company including the preparation of semi-
annual valuations; statutory financial statements; management 
accounts and the business plan that defines the Company’s active 
approach to asset management. Given its role as investment manager, 
the Management Board is the primary interface for investor relations, 
including engagement with the Supervisory Board on shareholders’ 
behalf. 

The Company is regulated by the CSSF under Part II of the amended 
Luxembourg law of 17 December 2010 on undertakings for collective 
investments, and is subject to the Luxembourg amended law of 12 July 
2013 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers (‘AIFM Law’) that 
implemented the EU Alternative Investment Funds Managers Directive 
(‘AIFMD’) into national legislation.

Governance and Regulatory Environment
As an internally managed investment company, having effective 
controls in place is paramount to securing the sound financial and 
operational performance of the Company’s investments. The Company 
recognises the importance of effective engagement with its 
stakeholders, viewing it as a key part of its own long-term success  
and sustainability.

BBGI is a member of the AIC and as such reports against the AIC Code 
of Corporate Governance (the ‘AIC Code’).

Both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board of the 
Company have considered the Principles and Provisions of the AIC 
Code. The AIC Code addresses the Principles and Provisions set out in 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘UK Code’), as well as 
setting out additional Provisions on issues that are of specific relevance 
to the Company. The Management and Supervisory Boards consider 

that reporting against the Principles and Provisions of the AIC Code, 
which has been endorsed by the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’), 
provides relevant information to shareholders.

Whilst BBGI is a non-domiciled publicly listed entity on the UK London 
Stock Exchange, to which the UK Companies Act 2006 (the ‘CA2006’) 
has limited application, the Company recognises the value that all its 
stakeholders bring to the business. As such, BBGI acknowledges the 
requirement for most UK publicly listed companies to make a s172(1) 
CA2006 statement. Consideration of BBGI’s stakeholders, and details 
of how the Company adopts the spirit of those provisions can be found 
on page 14 of the Our Approach To ESG section of this Annual Report, 
and also in the Company’s inaugural standalone ESG Report, both of 
which detail the Company’s commitment to generating positive 
non-financial returns for all our stakeholders.

For the most part, the Company has complied with the Principles and 
Provisions of the AIC Code and where it currently does not, we have 
explained why not. Those specific Provisions are outlined below along 
with the section reference for the accompanying explanation:

 — AIC Code Provision 10 (at least half the board excluding the 

chairman, should be non-executive directors which the board 
considers to be independent): Management Board – General 
section;

 — AIC Code Provision 13 (circumstances likely to impair, or appear  

to impair a non-executive director’s independence – serving in 
excess of nine years): Board Tenure and Diversity;

 — AIC Provision 17 (in relation to establishing separate Management 
Engagement Committee): Committees of the Supervisory Board;

 — AIC Provision 23 (All directors should be subject to annual 
re-election by the shareholders): Management Board –  
General section;

 — AIC Provision 29 (in relation to chairman as a member of the Audit 

Committee): Audit Committee Report.

AIFM
During 2020, the Company was required to interpose an EEA-based 
Central Securities Depository (‘CSD’) into the shareholding structure,  
in order to ensure uninterrupted trade settlement of the Company’s 
non-certified shares on the LSE post the completion of the Brexit 
transition period on 31 December 2020. Refer to the Delegated 
Functions section of this report for an update on this and further 
functions delegated by the Company. There have been no other 
material changes in respect of Art. 20 Para. 2(d) of the AIFM Law that 
would warrant further disclosure to shareholders. 

Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation 
Post period end, the Company made disclosures relating to Articles  
3, 4, 5, 6, 7(2), 8 and 10 of EU Regulation 2019/2088, known as the 
Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation or SFDR. SFDR requires  
EU based companies to make certain disclosures on the subject of 
sustainability risk, the manner in which sustainability factors are 
integrated into investment decision and allows companies that meet 
certain sustainability characteristics to self-classify if they promote 
environmental or social characteristics. The Company takes the view 
that it falls within the scope of Article 8 and meets the criteria for socially 
positive investment.

45

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Supervisory Board and Management Board

As at 31 December 2020

Name

Function

Independence

Age

Original appointment

Next renewal date

Supervisory Board

Sarah Whitney

Chairman of Supervisory Board

Howard Myles

Senior Independent Director

Jutta af Rosenborg

Chairman of Audit Committee

Management Board

Independent

Independent

Independent

Duncan Ball 

Member of the Management Board

Non-independent

Frank Schramm

Member of the Management Board

Non-independent

Michael Denny

Member of the Management Board

Non-independent

57

71

62

55

52

43

1 May 2019

30 April 2021

3 October 2011

30 April 2021

1 July 2018

30 April 2021

5 October 2011

5 October 2021

5 October 2011

5 October 2021

30 April 2013

30 April 2021

This table sets out the expiry dates of the current terms of the Directors’ appointments. All appointments may be renewed in accordance with the 
provisions of the Company’s Articles.

46

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Biographies of Directors

Supervisory Board

Sarah Whitney
Chairman

Howard Myles
Senior Independent Director 

Jutta af Rosenborg
Chair of the Audit Committee

Ms Whitney has extensive 
experience in the real estate and 
finance sectors. She was a 
corporate finance partner at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers. She 
set-up and led the Government & 
Infrastructure Team at CB Richard 
Ellis, and was Managing Director of 
the Consulting & Research 
business at DTZ Holdings plc (now 
Cushman & Wakefield).

For the last 15 years, Ms Whitney’s 
career has been focused on the 
provision of consultancy services to 
national and local governments, 
investors, and real estate 
companies on matters pertaining 
to real estate, economic growth, 
infrastructure and investment. Her 
early career was spent as an 
investment banker advising major 
corporates on M&A transactions.

Ms Whitney became Chairman 
with effect from 31 July 2020 
following Mr Colin Maltby stepping 
down from his role as a Non-
Executive Director of the 
Company. Ms Whitney was 
appointed Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee with effect 
from 29 June 2020.

Ms Whitney has a BSc in 
Economics & Politics from the 
University of Bristol and is a fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of England and 
Wales. 

Ms Whitney serves as a Non-
Executive Director of two other 
listed companies.

Howard Myles began his career in 
stockbroking in 1971 as an equity 
salesman, before joining Touche 
Ross in 1975 where he qualified as a 
chartered accountant. In 1978, he 
joined W. Greenwell & Co in the 
corporate broking team, and in 
1987 moved to SG Warburg 
Securities where he was involved in 
a wide range of commercial and 
industrial transactions, in addition 
to leading Warburg’s corporate 
finance function for investment 
funds. Mr Myles worked for UBS 
Warburg until 2001 and was 
subsequently a partner in Ernst & 
Young LLP from 2001 to 2007, 
where he was responsible for the 
Investment Funds Corporate 
Advisory team.

Mr Myles became Senior 
Independent Director on 31 August 
2018, and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee on 
29 June 2020.

Mr Myles holds an MA from Oxford 
University. 

He is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants, a Fellow of 
the Chartered Institute for 
Securities and Investment. 

Mr Myles serves as a Non-
Executive Director of three other 
listed investment companies.

Jutta af Rosenborg has extensive 
experience in management and 
strategy derived from senior 
operational roles in a number of 
companies and significant 
experience with group finance and 
auditing, risk management, 
mergers & acquisitions and 
streamlining of business processes.

Ms af Rosenborg served as the 
Chief Financial Officer, Executive 
Vice President of Finance and IT, 
and Member of the Board of 
Management at ALK-Abelló A/S 
until 2010. Prior to this, Ms af 
Rosenborg served at Chr. Hansen 
Holding A/S as its Vice President of 
Group Accounting from 2000 to 
2003. From 1978 to 1992, she 
worked for the Audit Group at 
Deloitte.

Ms af Rosenborg became 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
on 31 August 2018.

Ms af Rosenborg obtained a 
certificate in Business 
Administration from Copenhagen 
Business School in 1982, gained an 
MSc in Business Economics and 
Auditing from Copenhagen 
Business School in 1987 and 
qualified as a state authorised 
public accountant in 1992. 

Ms af Rosenborg serves as a 
Non-Executive Director on four 
other listed companies.

47

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
 Biographies of Directors continued

Management Board

Duncan Ball
Co-CEO and member of the 
Management Board

Frank Schramm
Co-CEO and member of the 
Management Board

Michael Denny
CFO and member of the 
Management Board

Duncan Ball has been co-CEO of 
BBGI from inception and was 
actively involved in the 
establishment and IPO listing of 
BBGI in 2011 and the subsequent 
growth from 19 assets at IPO to 50 
assets at the end of the reporting 
period.

Frank Schramm has been co-CEO 
of BBGI from inception and was 
actively involved in the 
establishment and IPO listing of 
BBGI in 2011 and the subsequent 
growth from 19 assets at IPO to 50 
assets at the end of the reporting 
period.

Mr Ball has worked in the 
infrastructure sector, investment 
banking and advisory business for 
over 30 years. As co-CEO of BBGI, 
he is responsible for overall 
strategy and management of the 
Company. He is one of three 
members of the Management 
Board and sits on the Group’s 
Investment and ESG Committees. 

Mr Schramm has worked in the 
infrastructure sector, investment 
banking and advisory business for 
over 24 years. As co-CEO of BBGI, 
he is responsible for overall 
strategy and management of the 
Company. He is one of three 
members of the Management 
Board and sits on the Group’s 
Investment and ESG Committees. 

Additionally, he is a shareholder 
representative and holds 
directorships in key assets of BBGI.

Additionally, he is a shareholder 
representative and holds 
directorships in key assets of BBGI.

Michael Denny has over 20 years’ 
experience in corporate finance 
with a focus on the infrastructure 
and real estate sectors.

He joined BBGI in early 2012, 
shortly after the Company’s IPO. 
As CFO of the Group, he is 
primarily responsible for all 
corporate financial matters 
including but not limited to 
financial reporting, UK listing 
requirements, taxation, foreign 
exchange hedging and regulatory 
compliance.

Mr Denny is a member of the 
Management Board and sits on the 
Group’s Investment and ESG 
Committees.

48

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Supervisory Board

General
The Supervisory Board consists of three Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. Ms Sarah Whitney became Chairman of the Supervisory 
Board on 31 July 2020 following Mr Colin Maltby stepping down from 
his role as Non-Executive director of the Company.

In accordance with the Articles, all members of the Supervisory Board 
are elected for a period ending at the AGM of the Company in April 
each year, at which time they are required to retire. They may, if they so 
wish, offer themselves for re-election by shareholders. However, 
re-appointment is not automatic.

The Supervisory Board believes that its members continue to have an 
appropriate combination of skills, experience and knowledge to 
enable them to fulfil their obligations.

The Supervisory Board members have a breadth and diversity of 
experience relevant to the Company, and the Company believes that 
any future changes to the composition of the Supervisory Board can 
be managed without undue disruption. 

The Supervisory Board meets at least four times a year and between 
these formal meetings, there is regular contact with the Management 
Board and the Company’s corporate brokers. Where necessary, both 
Supervisory and Management Board members also have access to 
independent professional advice at the expense of the Company. 

The Supervisory Board considers items laid out in the Notices and 
Agendas of meetings which are formally circulated to its members in 
advance of the meeting as part of the Board papers. At each meeting, 
members are required to advise of any potential or actual conflicts of 
interest prior to discussion. 

Role and Responsibilities of the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board is responsible for establishing and monitoring 
compliance with the Company’s investment policy, appointing and 
replacing the Management Board, supervising and monitoring the 
appointment of the Company’s service providers and those of its 
subsidiaries, considering any prospective issues, purchases or 
redemptions of shares that are proposed by the Management Board, 
reviewing and monitoring compliance with the corporate governance 
framework and financial reporting procedures within which the 
Company operates, reviewing and (if thought fit) approving interim 
and annual financial statements and providing general supervisory 
oversight to the Management Board and the operations of the Group 
as a whole.

The Supervisory Board meets at least quarterly where it reviews 
investment performance and associated matters, compliance and risk 
management activities, the performance of key service providers, 
investment and financial controls, marketing and investor relations, 
general administration, peer group information, industry issues and 
other matters relevant to their remit.

The Supervisory Board will continue to regularly consider the 
Company’s strategy taking account of market conditions and 
feedback from the Management Board, the Company’s joint 
corporate brokers and engagement with shareholders. The 
Company’s strategy is considered regularly in conjunction with the 
Management Board. 

In addition, the Supervisory Board is responsible for establishing  
and monitoring compliance with the Company’s investment policy, 
providing general supervisory oversight to the operations of the 
Group as a whole; and supervising and monitoring the appointment 
and performance of the Company’s third-party service providers (and 
those of its subsidiaries). In the case of the latter role, the Supervisory 
Board acts in its capacity as the Management Engagement 
Committee, further detailed below under Committees of the 
Supervisory Board.

Climate related risk and other material ESG issues are also reviewed at 
least quarterly by the Supervisory Board, ensuring that issues are 
appropriately addressed through the Company’s strategy, 
Responsible Investment approach and other key processes such as 
risk management. 

The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee, to which 
the Supervisory Board has delegated its responsibility for the general 
oversight and monitoring of the Company’s compliance with various 
financial and regulatory controls in accordance with AIC Code and 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules requirements.

During the year, a formally constituted Remuneration Committee  
was established, to which the Supervisory Board delegated its 
responsibilities for establishing the general principles of the policy  
for Directors’ remuneration and for setting remuneration for the 
Management Board, as well as supervising the general remuneration 
structure and levels for other employees. In addition, a formally 
constituted Nomination Committee was established, to which the 
Supervisory Board delegated its responsibilities for appointing the 
members of the Management Board and the appointment of any 
further Supervisory Board members. Prior to these Committees being 
formally constituted, the Supervisory Board Directors would meet as a 
whole and carry out the respective roles of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees. Further details on the roles of each of the 
Committees and their activities undertaken during the year can be 
found in the section titled Committees of the Supervisory Board.

Each of the Supervisory Board members continues to be considered 
as independent, and the Supervisory Board is not aware of any 
circumstances which are likely to impair, or could appear to impair,  
the independence of any of the Supervisory Board members.

Annual Performance Evaluation
In accordance with AIC Code Provision 26, an externally facilitated 
evaluation of the Supervisory Board was conducted in 2020 by 
BoardAlpha Limited (‘BoardAlpha’). BoardAlpha evaluated the 
performance of the Supervisory Board, its committees, the Chairman 
and individual directors. BoardAlpha was independent of the 
Company and there was no connection between the evaluator and  
the Company or any of its individual Directors.

Following the publication post-period end of a review undertaken by 
ICSA into the quality of independent board evaluation in the UK listed 
sector (commissioned by the UK’s Department of Business, Energy 
and Industrial Strategy), the Supervisory Board believes BoardAlpha’ s 
evaluation of the Company was done in the spirit of ICSA’s principles 
of good practice. 

49

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Supervisory Board continued

Individual interviews were held with each of the four Supervisory 
Board members, including the Chairman at the time, Mr Colin Maltby. 
Additional meetings were also held with each member of the 
Management Board, the Company Secretary and a representative 
from the Company’s Corporate Brokers. BoardAlpha was presented 
with Committee and Board packs from the Board meetings held in the 
preceding year and two BoardAlpha representatives were invited to 
attend and observe meetings held by the Supervisory Board and  
Audit Committee.

BoardAlpha found that the Supervisory Board as a whole and the 
Directors individually had a clear understanding of their role and 
discharged their governance duties with a high degree of vigilance, 
integrity and competence. The Supervisory Board as a whole held an 
appropriate spread of skills and experience with a high degree of 
collective knowledge of good corporate governance, and provided a 
good level of challenge to the Management Board. With its most 
recent appointments, the Supervisory Board had enhanced its gender 
diversity. The Supervisory Board was kept well informed both in terms 
of day-to-day operations and strategic overview, with comprehensive 
reporting received sufficiently in advance of any meetings. The report 
concluded in summary that the Supervisory Board appeared to be well 
constituted, highly effective and well run. Where findings of the 
evaluation were deemed relevant and in the interest of the Company 
and its stakeholders to implement, the Company has done so. These 
changes, although limited in nature, are highlighted in the 
corresponding parts of this Annual Report.

In presenting the results of its evaluation, BoardAlpha made 
recommendations, a number of which corresponded with actions the 
Company had independently determined to undertake prior to 
receiving the evaluation results. These are outlined below, including 
the principal outcomes and actions taken as a result of the BoardAlpha 
recommendations. 

 — Establishment of separate, formally constituted, Nomination and 

Remuneration Committees with Terms of Reference developed in 
line with good corporate governance practice and regulatory 
requirements. Each of the Committees (including the existing 
Audit Committee) are chaired by a different Director, to allow each 
of them to focus on their designated areas.

 — Establishment of a clear, formal, and written Chairman’s 

succession plan. Whilst succession planning has always remained 
high on the Supervisory Board’s agenda, a formal policy 
documenting the succession plans for the Chairman was 
developed on recommendation from the external evaluation.

 — Recruitment of a further Supervisory Board Director, which was 
already part of the Company’s long-term director succession 
plans, was also recommended by the evaluation.

 — Improving reporting of the Company’s sustainability measures 
across the portfolio and ESG credentials, primarily through the 
introduction of BBGI’s inaugural ESG report made available on  
the Company’s website, an area which was very much on the 
Management Board’s agenda prior to the Board evaluation.

 — Introduction of a maintained register of any relevant training 
undertaken by the Directors, to ensure adequate training 
continued to be made available to the directors, whether through 
the Company or any of the Directors’ externally held mandates. 
The Company has expanded upon this recommendation and,  
in addition to the Directors, also maintains a register of training 
undertaken by all key personnel.

 — BoardAlpha’s recommendation for the establishment of a formally 
structured induction process has been incorporated into the 
appointment process, retaining elements of the existing bespoke 
induction process in order to maximise the benefit of the 
induction process to each individual Director.

An externally-facilitated performance review of the Chairman, being 
Mr Maltby at the time of the evaluation, was also undertaken through 
BoardAlpha. BoardAlpha’s report was initially considered by the Senior 
Independent Director before sharing and discussing it with the rest of 
the Supervisory Board. Mr Maltby was considered to have been an 
excellent Chairman and an asset to the dual Board structure of the 
Company and to shareholders. His pre-existing tenure length was 
noted and BoardAlpha’s main recommendations were for greater 
interaction between the Chairman and the wider management team 
and a more proactive approach to shareholder engagement. With his 
retirement and as his successor, Ms Whitney noted the 
recommendations made for the role of Chairman.

In the intervening years between externally-facilitated performance 
evaluations, the Supervisory Board conducts formal self-evaluations 
of its performance, that of its Chairman, and considers the term and 
independence of each member on an annual basis. Such evaluation  
is normally conducted by way of questionnaire and is undertaken to 
ensure that the composition of the Supervisory Board and its 
Committees continue to reflect a suitable mix of skills, experience and 
knowledge; that each body is functioning effectively; and that the 
performance of each individual member continues to be effective.  
The Chairman’s evaluation is also conducted by way of questionnaire, 
led by the Senior Independent Director, in accordance with Provision 
14 of the AIC Code, and the results subsequently discussed with the 
Chairman and the remaining members as necessary.

Attendance at Supervisory Board Meetings during the financial 
year ended 31 December 2020

Name

Supervisory Board
Colin Maltby1
Howard Myles2
Jutta af Rosenborg
Sarah Whitney

Total meetings and 
attendance

12
3
11
12
12

1  Mr Maltby stepped down from his role on the Supervisory Board with effect from 

31 July 2020. He did not attend any meetings at which his succession was 
discussed, and attended all other meetings held during his appointment.

2  Mr Myles was unable to attend one meeting due to illness.

50

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Other listed company directorships 
The members of the Supervisory Board held the following additional 
non-executive directorship mandates in publicly quoted companies as 
at 31 December 2020. Any mandates accepted subsequent to the 
balance sheet date are included below.

Sarah Whitney
St Modwen Properties plc
JPMorgan Global Growth & Income plc

Howard Myles
Baker Steel Resources Trust Limited 
Aberdeen Latin America Income Fund Limited 
Chelverton UK Dividend Trust plc

Jutta af Rosenborg
Standard Life Aberdeen PLC
JP Morgan European Investment Trust PLC
NKT A/S
Nilfisk Holding A/S

As part of the Supervisory Board’s annual performance evaluation 
process, it was concluded that throughout the reporting period  
each member had, and was expected to continue to have, sufficient 
capacity to carry out their duties properly with no one member  
being over-boarded by their current directorship mandates.

51

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Committees of the Supervisory Board

During the year, the Supervisory Board determined that it was now 
appropriate for the functions of the Nomination Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee to be separately conducted through the 
formal establishment of the relevant committees.

The Audit Committee terms of reference are available on the 
Company’s website and can also be requested directly from the 
Company Secretary.

Remuneration Committee
As described above, the Supervisory Board established a formally 
constituted Remuneration Committee during the year, in accordance 
with AIC Code provision 37.

It comprises the three independent Non-Executive Directors who are 
also members of the Supervisory Board: Howard Myles is Chairman of 
the Committee, Sarah Whitney and Jutta af Rosenborg are the other 
members.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee met four times 
(including meetings held by the Supervisory Board in its capacity as 
the Remuneration Committee) to review the levels and structure of 
the remuneration, compensation, and other benefits and entitlements 
of the Management Board of the Company. Further information in 
relation to both Executive and Non-Executive Directors remuneration 
can be found in the Remuneration Report.

The Remuneration Committee meets no less than two times per year, 
and at such other times as the Remuneration Committee Chairman 
may require. Additional meetings may be requested by any other 
member of the Remuneration Committee, if deemed necessary. 
Other Directors and third parties may be invited by the Remuneration 
Committee to attend meetings as and when appropriate.

The Remuneration Committee Chairman attends each AGM of the 
Company and is prepared to respond to any shareholder questions on 
the Committee’s activities.

The Remuneration Committee terms of reference are available on the 
Company’s website and can also be requested directly from the 
Company Secretary.

Nomination Committee
As described above, during the year, the Supervisory Board 
established a formally constituted Nomination Committee, in 
accordance with AIC Code provision 22. 

It comprises the three independent Non-Executive Directors who are 
also members of the Supervisory Board: Sarah Whitney is Chairman of 
the Committee, and Howard Myles and Jutta af Rosenborg are the 
other members.

During the year, the Nomination Committee met four times (including 
meetings held by the Supervisory Board in its capacity as the 
Nomination Committee) to consider the renewal of the appointments 
of the Management Board members (which appointments are 
renewable annually for one year only), the appointment of a new 
Supervisory Board member and to review the succession plans for 
both the Management and Supervisory Boards. 

Oversight of delegates and key service providers is highly regulated  
by the Luxembourg CSSF, including formal reporting structures, 
regular visits and compliance monitoring plans in accordance with  
the Company’s Oversight of Delegated Activities framework.  
In recognition of the Management Board’s primary involvement in  
the process, the Company being internally managed, and considering 
the size of the Supervisory Board, the functions of a Management 
Engagement Committee continue to be conducted by the 
Supervisory Board as a whole, with Ms Whitney acting as Chairman.  
As a result, the establishment of a separate management engagement 
committee, as prescribed under AIC Code Provision 17, was 
considered to be unnecessary as there is no material benefit  
to the Company and its shareholders.

Audit Committee
In accordance with provision 29 of the AIC Code and the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules (‘DTR’) rule 7.1, the Supervisory 
Board has a formally constituted Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee operated throughout the year in accordance 
with the AIC Code. As indicated above, it does so within clearly 
defined terms of reference including all matters indicated by DTR 7.1 
and the AIC Code. It comprises the three independent Non-Executive 
Directors who are also members of the Supervisory Board: Jutta af 
Rosenborg is Chairman of the Committee, and Sarah Whitney and 
Howard Myles are the other members. Colin Maltby stepped down as 
a member of the Committee on 31 July 2020.

The Audit Committee is required to report its findings to the 
Supervisory Board, identifying any matters on which it considers that 
action or improvement is recommended. In the event of any conflict 
between the provisions of the AIC Code and the provisions of the law 
on the Audit Profession, the Company will comply with the provisions 
of the law on the Audit Profession and will disclose any such conflict.

The External Auditor is invited to attend and present the conclusions 
of its work at those Audit Committee meetings at which the annual 
and interim financial statements are considered, and at other times if 
considered necessary by the Audit Committee. 

The Audit Committee meets not less than three times per year, and at 
such other times as the Audit Committee Chairman may require. 
Additional meetings may be requested by any other member of the 
Audit Committee, or the External Auditor, if deemed necessary. Other 
Directors and third parties may be invited by the Audit Committee to 
attend meetings as and when appropriate.

Further details on the Audit Committee and its work during the year 
can be found in the Audit Committee report.

The Audit Committee Chairman attends each AGM of the Company 
and is prepared to respond to any shareholder questions on the 
Committee’s activities.

52

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Given the significant growth of the Company since IPO and the size 
and complexity of its organisation and scope of Supervisory Board’s 
responsibilities, an assessment of the Supervisory Board’s size and 
composition was undertaken by the Nomination Committee during 
the year. In order to further strengthen the overall governance of the 
Company, the Nomination Committee has recommended that the 
size of the Supervisory Board and number of Non-Executive Directors 
increases to five members. As outlined in the Remuneration Report, 
the Remuneration Committee consider the Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees annually within the approved maximum aggregate remuneration 
cap as approved by the Company’s shareholders. These fees will 
remain unchanged for 2021. However, to accommodate the potential 
addition of a new Non-Executive Director to the Supervisory Board, it 
is proposed that an increase in the maximum aggregate remuneration 
cap from £300,000 to £400,000 will be put, by way of resolution, to 
the Company’s shareholders at the 2021 AGM.  

The Nomination Committee oversaw the re-appointment of 
Cornforth Consulting Limited, an external search consultancy firm, 
who had previously assisted in facilitating the appointments of Ms af 
Rosenborg and Ms Whitney. With their knowledge of investment 
companies and an understanding of the Company’s requirements, 
Cornforth Consulting Limited was separately engaged to assist with 
the search for a replacement Supervisory Board member following 
Mr Maltby’s resignation as Non-Executive Director in 2020. 

Following a successful conclusion to this search, the Company will 
seek at the upcoming AGM approval from its shareholders to appoint 
Mr Chris Waples CDir FloD as a new member of the Supervisory Board 
with effect from 1 May 2021. Mr Waples has 35 years’ global experience 
of managing the acquisition, construction and divestment of 
infrastructure projects. Mr Waples has an extensive track record of 
asset management in progressive high profile companies, including 12 
years with John Laing Group plc where he held the position of 
Executive Director, Asset Management and led the management of an 
international portfolio of PPP assets across Europe, North America 
and Asia Pacific regions. Apart from this engagement, there was no 
other connection between Cornforth Consulting Ltd and the 
Company, or individual Directors.

As outlined in the Annual Performance Evaluation section, the 
Supervisory Board in its capacity as Nomination Committee further 
oversaw the appointment of BoardAlpha, an independent external 
specialist, to facilitate the Supervisory Board’s inaugural external 
board performance evaluation, and the implementation of responses 
to BoardAlpha’s recommendations. 

During the year, the Nomination Committee implemented a formal, 
written policy documenting the succession plans for the Chairman of 
the Supervisory Board, as well as the development of a distinct Group 
Diversity and Equality Policy.

As stated under ‘Management Board – Performance Evaluation and 
Reappointment’, each member of the Management Board was 
reappointed for a further year. In respect of succession planning, the 
detailed plans developed for all senior positions were reviewed. These 
plans are regularly updated by the Management Board and reviewed 
with the Supervisory Board at least annually. 

In accordance with AIC Code provision 22, the Chairman does not 
chair any Committee meeting at which her succession is discussed.

The Nomination Committee meets not less than two times per year, 
and at such other times as the Nomination Committee Chairman may 
require. Additional meetings may be requested by any other member 
of the Nomination Committee, if deemed necessary. Other Directors 
and third parties may be invited by the Nomination Committee to 
attend meetings as and when appropriate.

The Nomination Committee Chairman attends each AGM of the 
Company and is prepared to respond to any shareholder questions on 
the Committee’s activities.

The Nomination Committee terms of reference are available on the 
Company’s website and can also be requested directly from the 
Company Secretary.

Management Engagement Committee
In its role as Management Engagement Committee, the Supervisory 
Board met on five occasions during the year under review to consider, 
together with the Management Board, the performance, effectiveness 
and appropriateness of the ongoing appointments of the Company’s 
third-party service providers under Principle H of the AIC Code. 
During these meetings, the Management Board provides feedback 
and key findings resulting from any onsite meetings with third-party 
service providers as part of the Company’s programme of oversight of 
delegates and key service providers.

Re-election of Supervisory Board Members
In accordance with the Articles, Supervisory Board members are 
elected for a period ending at the Company’s next AGM, at which time 
they are eligible for reappointment. With the exception of Mr Maltby, 
who stepped down on 31 July 2020, all members of the Supervisory 
Board have decided to offer themselves for re-election at the 
forthcoming AGM and, as a result of the successful performance 
evaluation, the Supervisory Board recommends the re-election of 
each member.

Scheduled Meetings and Attendance During 2020

Name

Colin Maltby2
Jutta af Rosenborg
Howard Myles3
Sarah Whitney

Audit 
Committee
(4 meetings)

Remuneration 
Committee
(4 meetings)1

Nomination 
Committee
(5 meetings)1

2
4
3
4

3
4
3
4

3
5
4
5

1  Remuneration and Nomination Committee meetings include meetings held 

through the Supervisory Board acting in its capacity as those committees prior to 
their formal constitution.

2  Mr Maltby stepped down from the Supervisory Board and Audit Committee with 

effect from 31 July 2020. He was not appointed to the formally constituted 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees and did not attend meetings at which 
his succession was discussed, but attended all other meetings held during his 
appointment, including where the Supervisory Board acted in its capacity as 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees. 

3  Mr Myles was unable to attend one meeting for each Committee due to illness.

53

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Management Board

General
The Management Board comprises three members, each 
contractually engaged by BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r.l., a direct 
consolidated 100% held subsidiary of the Company. As a result, no 
member is deemed independent under AIC Code Provision 10. 
However, the Management Board’s functions are overseen by the 
Supervisory Board which itself meets the independence criteria set 
out in Provision 10. Whilst this two-tier structure is not explicitly 
covered by the AIC Code, the Company considers that an 
independent Supervisory Board ensures the Company is compliant 
with AIC Code Provision 10. Under AIC Code Provision 3, it is the 
co-CEOs of the Management Board who primarily seek regular 
engagement with the Company’s major shareholders in order to 
understand their views concerning significant matters. The Chairman 
of the Supervisory Board is, however, always available to undertake 
such engagement at shareholders’ request.

The Company’s Articles require that the Management Board’s 
members be elected on an annual basis by the Supervisory Board, and 
not by shareholders. As a result, this does not meet the requirements 
of AIC Code Provision 23, which requires that directors should be 
subject to election by shareholders. However, as the Management 
Board carries out the role of investment manager, the Supervisory 
Board deems it appropriate that it elects the members of the 
Management Board. The Articles also require that the members of the 
Supervisory Board themselves be subject to annual election by 
shareholders, who may also dismiss any such member. Accordingly, 
the Company considers that this procedure satisfies the requirements 
of AIC Code Provision 23.

Internal Controls
The Management Board has established an ongoing process and 
system of robust internal controls designed to meet the particular 
needs of the Company in managing the risks to which it is exposed. 
This process included establishing procedures to manage risk, oversee 
the internal control framework, and determine the nature and extent of 
principal risks the Company is willing to take to achieve its long-term 
strategic objectives. The policies and procedures are reviewed at least 
annually, together with continual, ongoing monitoring.

During the year, the Company continued its work to further refine  
and reinforce its existing robust governance and internal controls 
frameworks in compliance with circular 18/698 from the CSSF, 
governing the authorisation and organisation of investment fund 
companies based in Luxembourg. To this end, the Luxembourg 
regulator, CSSF, provided formal approval of the appointment of a  
new Head of Compliance and Risk, with effect from January 2020. 
Internalising the appointment to a full-time dedicated employee has 
enabled BBGI to further reinforce its existing governance and risk 
controls frameworks, including oversight of delegated activities and 
the appointed delegates.

Furthermore, at each quarterly meeting, the Supervisory Board 
monitors the Company’s investment performance against its stated 
objectives and reviews its activities to ensure that the Management 
Board is adhering to the investment policy and guidelines – including 
clearly defined investment criteria, returns targets, risk profile and 
compliance framework. During these meetings, the Management 
Board reports in relation to Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’) on 
operating performance, cash projections, investment valuations and 
corporate governance matters. The Head of Compliance and Risk 
presents the Company’s interim and annual Risk report and annual 
Compliance report separately to meetings of both the Management 
Board and Supervisory Board. 

In 2020, the Management Board established an ESG Committee to 
oversee the management of material ESG activities, including 
climate-related issues. The ESG Committee meets at least quarterly, 
and membership comprises the Co-CEOs, the CFO and the Company 
Secretary. Through the ESG Committee the Management Board 
remains informed about the dual risks to the Company of transitioning 
to a low carbon economy (with associated increased regulation) and 
the risk of physical impacts of climate change on the assets in the 
portfolio. In March 2021, BBGI has employed a full-time dedicated 
ESG Director who has also become a member of the ESG Committee.

The Company continues to delegate the Internal Audit function to 
Grant Thornton Vectis in Luxembourg. Internal Audit reviews are 
performed within the framework of a triennial audit plan as agreed 
upon by the Management Board and Audit Committee and 
communicated to the CSSF. Within this timeframe, the nature, timing 
and extent of the internal audit procedures are determined by an 
assessment of the risk related to specific activities, and by the 
complexity and sophistication of the Company’s operations and 
systems, including the method of controlling information processing. 
The Internal Audit summary report is presented to the Audit 
Committee in April each year and is subsequently submitted to  
the CSSF. 

The Company recognises that effective control systems can only  
seek to manage and mitigate the risks of failure to achieve business 
objectives. They cannot eliminate them. By their very nature, these 
procedures are not able to provide absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

Performance Evaluation and Reappointment
As stated above, the Management Board carries out the functions of 
the Company’s investment manager, and its Directors are appointed 
by the Supervisory Board for a period of one year, which is renewable. 
Mr Ball and Mr Schramm were both originally appointed on 5 October 
2011 at the time of the Company’s IPO, with Mr Denny originally 
appointed to the Management Board on 30 April 2013.

54

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Re-election of the Management Board Members
The Supervisory Board evaluates the performance of the 
Management Board and its Directors annually to ensure that the 
Management Board and its individual members continue to operate 
effectively and efficiently, and that the continued appointment of the 
individual Directors is in the best interests of the Company and its 
shareholders. Satisfied with the evaluations carried out in 2020, the 
Supervisory Board resolved to renew Mr Denny’s appointment for a 
further term of one year with effect from 30 April 2020, and those of 
Mr Ball and Mr Schramm for a further term of one year with effect from 
5 October 2020.

Attendance at Management Board Meetings during the financial 
year ended 31 December 2020

Name

Management Board
Frank Schramm
Duncan Ball
Michael Denny

Total meetings and 
attendance

37
37
37
37

Delegated functions
Amongst other requirements, the Company is required under the 
AIFM Law to have dedicated Risk Management, Compliance, and 
Internal Audit functions; each of which is required to be both 
functionally and hierarchically separate from the functions of the 
operating units. Accordingly, Grant Thornton Vectis has been 
appointed to the role of Internal Audit and was engaged for the full 
year ended 31 December 2020.

Internal Audit: 

Grant Thornton Vectis

As previously reported, in recognition of the Company’s continued 
growth and as a result of a market-wide increase in regulatory 
oversight and the complexity of compliance requirements, the 
decision was taken in 2019 to internalise the Compliance and Risk 
Management functions. In October 2019, the Company hired a new 
full-time employee as Head of Risk and Compliance. Formal approval 
of this appointment was received from the regulator with effect from 
10 January 2020, prior to which the functions were delegated to the 
providers detailed below:

Risk Management:  

Compliance: 

IQ EQ Fund Management  
(Luxembourg) SA (to January 2020)
99 Advisory Luxembourg  
(to January 2020)

An orderly handover from these delegated functions to the new  
Head of Risk and Compliance commenced in 2019 and concluded  
in January 2020. The Head of Risk and Compliance performs the  
risk management and compliance functions and reports to the 
Supervisory Board independently of the Management Board, as  
well as reporting to the respective Designated Board Members  
who retain responsibility for overseeing the performance of the  
respective functions.

Notwithstanding the above, the Company’s Management Board 
retains overall responsibility for the correct and effective operation of 
the delegated functions.

Other key delegates and providers are noted below: 

Central Administrative Agent, 
Depositary, Paying Agent, 
Registrar and Transfer Agent:

Depository (UK):

RBC Investor Services Bank S.A 
(‘RBC’)

Link Market Services Trustees 
(Nominees) Limited (‘Link’)

Information Technology:

G.I.T.S. PSF

Principal Agent:

Banque Internationale à 
Luxembourg S.A. (‘BIL’)

Central Securities Depository:

LuxCSD S.A. (‘Lux CSD’)

The Company’s shares are admitted to trading on the LSE main market 
for listed securities. In this context, the Company has engaged Link as 
depository, receiving agent and UK transfer agent. Listing on the LSE 
provides liquidity for investors in what is otherwise a closed-ended 
investment company, holding a portfolio of illiquid assets. 

Link, acting in its depository capacity, as holder of in excess of 99.9 per 
cent of the issued ordinary shares in the Company, represents all the 
ordinary shares that are ultimately subscribed for in dematerialised, 
non-certified form. Link holds such dematerialised ordinary shares and 
issues uncertificated depository interest holdings in order to facilitate 
indirect holding of the Company’s shares by non-certified depository 
interest holders. These non-certified dematerialised shareholdings are 
held via shareholder nominee accounts. The remaining issued ordinary 
shares are held directly on the certified share register maintained by 
RBC. Accordingly, the Company’s share register only lists the  
Certified Investors. 

During the year, in response to the UK’s departure from the EU and  
a requirement from Euroclear UK and Ireland, the Company was 
required to interpose an EEA-based CSD into the shareholding 
structure, in order to ensure uninterrupted trade settlement of the 
Company’s non-certified shares on the LSE, post the completion of the 
Brexit transition period on 31 December 2020. The Company 
appointed LuxCSD as its EEA-based CSD. A Luxembourg principal 
agent, BIL, was appointed to act as a required intermediary between 
the Company and LuxCSD. Both LuxCSD and BIL are classified as 
delegates and as such will be subject to the appropriate level of 
delegate oversight in accordance with the Company’s delegate 
oversight framework.

In accordance with the Luxembourg law of 6 April 2013, creating a new 
category of dematerialised securities, in addition to securities in bearer 
or registered form (the Dematerialisation Law), transfer of the shares to 
LuxCSD involved the shares being converted from their former issued 
registered form (recorded on the official register maintained by RBC) to 
a dematerialised form, held by LuxCSD on their Clearstream account, 
and further credited to Link.

55

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management Board continued

Approval was sought by way of a general meeting of the shareholders 
held on 30 November 2020, with shareholders voting in favour of the 
proposals. Accordingly, those shares which were issued in registered 
form to the account of Link were converted to dematerialised form on 
8 December 2020. Those shareholders who continue to hold their 
shares in issued registered form have, in accordance with the 
Dematerialisation Law, a period of up to two years from the 
30 November 2020 general meeting to instruct their shares to be 
converted from issued registered form to a dematerialised form after 
which those issued registered shares will be required to be  
mandatorily converted. 

Board members and otherinterests
The members of the Management Board are also BBGI Management 
HoldCo S.à r.l. managers. Mr Ball and Mr Schramm both hold service 
contracts and Mr Denny holds a management contract in respect of 
BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r.l. Otherwise, no other member of the 
Group held service or management contracts during the year under 
review. Notice periods to and from the Company of 12 months apply in 
respect of Mr Ball, Mr Denny and Mr Schramm.

No loan has been granted to, nor any guarantee provided for the 
benefit of, any Director by the Company. 

Ms Whitney, Mr Myles and Ms af Rosenborg are all considered to be 
independent Board members as they: (i) have not been employees of 
the Company; (ii) have not had material business relationships with the 
Company; (iii) have not received performance-based remuneration 
from the Company; (iv) do not have family ties with any of the 
Company’s advisers, Directors or senior employees; (v) do not hold 
cross-directorships or have links with other Directors through 
involvement on other companies; (vi) do not represent a significant 
shareholder; and (vii) have not, with the exception of Mr Myles, served 
on the Board for more than nine years. For further information on 
tenure, refer to the section Board tenure and diversity. 

Refer to the Remuneration Report for details of the Director’s holdings 
in the Company’s shares.

Board tenure and diversity
The Nomination Committee and the Management Board regularly 
reviews the succession plans for the Company. As part of a structured 
succession plan, each of the original Non-Executive Directors planned 
to retire on a staggered basis and the Company is recruiting additional 
Non-Executive Directors over a timeframe that enables the knowledge 
and experience built up over the preceding years to be both retained 
and enhanced. Three of the original four Non-Executive Directors have 
now retired, with Mr Myles expected to step down at the Company’s 
2022 shareholders’ Annual General Meeting in accordance with 
internal succession planning and the managed rotation of the 
Supervisory Board members. 

As at the date of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders, Mr Myles will have served a term in excess of nine years. 
The Supervisory Board acknowledge that, in accordance with Provision 
13 of the AIC Code, a tenure of more than nine years is only one of a 
number of circumstances which could impair, or appear to impair, a 
Non-Executive Director’s independence. Nonetheless, Mr Myles 

56

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

continues to demonstrate independent judgement and challenge to 
the Management Board and the Company does not consider his 
independence to be compromised or impaired. As the sole remaining 
Non-Executive Director to have been appointed at the time of the 
Company’s IPO, Mr Myles holds significant legacy knowledge of the 
business. The succession plan for Mr Myles to step down in 2022 will 
therefore ensure there is a suitable transition period for his replacement 
to be recruited, inducted and become fully familiarised with BBGI. 

The Management and Supervisory Boards of BBGI take into full 
consideration both the gender and ethnic diversity of their 
composition. They fully acknowledge the Hampton-Alexander Review 
on Women on Boards and the Parker Review on Ethnic Diversity on 
Boards. Female representation on the Supervisory Board at the 
reporting date / currently stood at two thirds, exceeding the aim of the 
Hampton-Alexander Review of having at least one third representation 
of women on the Boards of FTSE 350 companies by the end of 2020. 
The Company prides itself on being one of the few FTSE 350 
companies with both a female Chairman and Audit Committee 
Chairman. To further its commitment to the goals of both the Hampton 
Alexander Review and Parker Review, the Nomination Committee 
oversaw the development of a separate Group Diversity and Equality 
Policy which seeks to enhance BBGI’s existing culture of diversity, 
equality and inclusion.

The Company recognises that the aims set by Hampton-Alexander 
extend down to the Management Board, as well as direct reports to 
them. With a relatively low turnover and small number of staff 
employed across the Group, the Management and Supervisory Boards 
are mindful of the limited opportunities that exist to promote greater 
diversity of gender and ethnicity to senior roles within the Company. As 
at 31 December 2020, 14 different nationalities were represented by the 
Group’s employee base of 23 people. 

In recruiting new Directors, the Nominations Committee actively seeks 
greater diversity by gender, ethnicity, nationality and other criteria, 
whilst remaining committed to selecting members on merit with 
relevant and complementary skills to help the Company maximise 
stakeholder value.

The Company will continue to make future appointments at all levels on 
the basis of the full merits of the individual candidates, and the 
strengths, skills and experience that they would bring to the 
composition and balance of the Management and Supervisory Boards 
or Company as a whole. The process of appointing any new Directors is 
led by the Nomination Committee.

In accordance with Provision 24 of the AIC Code, the Company has a 
formal policy on the tenure of the Supervisory Board Chairman. The 
Company acknowledges the Supplementary Guidance under 
Provision 24 of the AIC Code with regard to a more flexible approach in 
respect of chair tenure. In the case of the Chairman, the need for 
regular refreshment and diversity must be balanced with the skills and 
experience of the existing Board and Committee members, and the 
benefit of retained historic knowledge of the Company’s business, all of 
which are taken into account when considering succession of the role.

General Meetings 
2020
The AGM was held on 30 April 2020. There were two further 
shareholder meetings held during the year:
27 October 2020 – to approve the change of name of the Company to 
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.
30 November 2020 – to approve the dematerialisation of the issued 
registered shares.

The notices for all of these meetings (and associated documents) as 
well as the results of the meetings can be found in the Investor 
Relations section of the Company’s website. Under AIC Code Provision 
4, no votes of 20 per cent or more were cast against the Board 
recommendation for a resolution. 

2021
The next Company AGM will be held on Friday 30 April 2021. Given the 
extraordinary circumstances, and in accordance with the Law of 
23 September 2020, as amended (the ‘Covid-19 Law’), the meeting will 
be organised without the physical presence of participants The Notice 
of Meeting, proposed Resolutions and Explanatory Notes, and the 
associated Proxy Form, will be circulated to shareholders to meet the 
regulatory deadlines. These will also be made available on the 
Company’s website.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 December 2020, the Company had 664,691,283 shares in 
issue. Pursuant to DTR5 of the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, the Company had received notice of substantial 
interests (5 per cent or more) in the total voting rights of the Company 
as follows, in compliance with DTR 7.2.6R:

Name

% of total 
share capital1

Held

M&G plc
Schroders plc2
Newton Investment Management 

Limited

Investec Wealth & Investment Limited
Smith & Williamson Holdings Limited

59,502,903
47,392,362

39,947,825
31,569,569
28,885,124

9.42%
8.96%

8.46%
5.01%
5.00%

1   The percentage of voting rights detailed in the table above was calculated at the 
time of the relevant disclosure made in accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules and the shareholders’ percentage interests in 
the Company may have changed since that date.

2  The Company was notified on 5 January 2021 that Schroders plc’s holding stood at 

56,340,964 shares, representing 8.48 per cent of total issued share capital

57

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Remuneration

Annual Statement from Remuneration Committee Chairman 

Dear Shareholders,

I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee (the 
‘Committee’) report for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 on 
behalf of the Supervisory Board. This is the first annual report of the 
Committee, which was formally constituted during the year.

Composition of the Committee
The Committee consists of a minimum of two members. The 
Committee and the Chairman thereof (who cannot be the Chairman of 
the Supervisory Board) are appointed by the Supervisory Board. 
Membership is confined to Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Each of the three Independent Non-Executive Directors is a member 
of the Committee, which is chaired by me, and our biographies can be 
found in the Corporate Governance section of this Annual Report. 

Responsibilities
The Committee is responsible for establishing the general principles of 
the policy for Directors’ remuneration and for setting remuneration for 
the Management Board, in accordance with the Principles and 
Provisions of the Code, and the terms of the Remuneration Policy.

This Remuneration report has been prepared in compliance with the 
reporting obligations as outlined in the relevant Luxembourg 
legislation. Furthermore, and in the interest of greater transparency, the 
Company has taken the voluntary decision to disclose additional 
remuneration detail, beyond its legal reporting obligations. 

The Company continues to comply with the provisions of the AIC Code 
in respect of remuneration and is subject to the relevant AIFMD 
regulations (see page 65).

Business context and external environment
Against a backdrop of global economic uncertainty, the Company has 
achieved another year of robust long-term, predictable and stable 
income derived from our diversified global portfolio of social 
infrastructure investments. During 2020, we closely monitored the 
impact of Covid-19, prioritising the health and safety of our employees 
and the continued provision of essential infrastructure services to our 
public sector clients by maintaining a high level of asset availability. We 
supported employees in adapting to the new ways of working resulting 
from the pandemic and remained committed to providing the 
responsible capital required to build and maintain some of the critical 
social infrastructure essential to the countries in which we operate. 

A key theme during the year was one of preserving and where possible 
enhancing the value of the Company’s portfolio. It is reassuring that 
despite the global disorder caused by the pandemic, the Company did 
not experience any material Covid-19 related operational or financial 
impacts. For further information refer to the section of the Annual 
Report titled ‘Our Response to Covid-19’.

Our proven investment strategy of acquiring and managing low-risk, 
availability-based assets has supported a 6.7 per cent increase in NAV 
to £916.0 million and a 1.2 per cent increase in NAV per share during 
2020. In turn, the Company has met its full-year dividend target of 
7.18pps, an increase of 2.6 per cent compared to the prior year. 

58

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Key activities during the year
During the year, the Committee, with the support of Deloitte LLP as 
independent adviser, undertook a comprehensive review of the 
existing remuneration framework for the Management Board 
(comprising two Co-CEOs and the Chief Financial Officer) and other 
executives. This included appropriate benchmarking with FTSE 250 
listed companies of similar size, and other relevant sector comparators 
to ensure that, on completion of the review, remuneration is 
competitive and aligned with our business strategy.

The last independent remuneration review of the remuneration of the 
Co-CEOs was conducted in 2014. Given the significant growth of the 
business since then and the market in which we compete for senior 
executive talent, a number of changes were recommended to more 
closely reflect the size and complexity of the organisation and the 
scope of Management Board responsibilities. In addition, changes 
were also made to improve governance through alignment of interests 
and to bring remuneration structures in line with UK FTSE 250 best 
practice. A summary of the revised remuneration framework is set out 
below:

 — Salary levels from 1 May 2020 will be C$842,162 and €555,977 for 
the Co-CEOs, Duncan Ball and Frank Schramm respectively, and 
€356,097 for the CFO. 

 — Salaries remain in the lower quartile against companies in the 

FTSE 250 market and are based on Sterling amounts converted at 
the exchange rates on 1 May 2020.

 — Increase in the maximum opportunity under the annual short-

term incentive plan (‘STIP’) for the Co-CEOs from 125 per cent to 
150 per cent of salary from FY 2020. This increase has been made 
alongside a reduction in opportunity for target performance – 
from 100 per cent of salary to 75 per cent of salary (50 per cent of 
maximum). The CFO will also participate in a maximum annual 
bonus opportunity of 150 per cent of salary (target at 50 per cent 
of maximum).

 — Introduction of bonus deferral under the STIP. From 2020, 

one-third of any bonus earned will be used to purchase shares to 
be held for a period of three years.

 — Increase in maximum opportunity under the long-term incentive 
plan (‘LTIP’) from 150 per cent to 200 per cent of salary for the 
Co-CEOs, subject to shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM. The 
CFO will be eligible for an annual award of up to 150 per cent of 
salary. Awards will be subject to stretching NAV Total Return 
performance targets over a three-year period, and will be satisfied 
entirely in shares.

 — Introduction of post-employment shareholding requirements, in 
line with best practice in UK listed companies, with Management 
Board members being required to hold 100 per cent of salary in 
shares for a period of two years after leaving the Company.

Other key decisions during the year
Annual Bonus (FY20) outcome
For the financial year ended 31 December 2020, the Co-CEOs and 
CFO were eligible for a maximum bonus of 150 per cent of base salary 
at 31 December 2020 respectively. The annual bonus was assessed 
against a range of stretching financial and strategic KPIs, as outlined 
further in this report. The Management Board delivered excellent 
performance and progress against the targets set, and annual bonus 
outcomes were 97 per cent of the maximum opportunity in respect of 
the 2020 financial year. One-third of the earned bonus will be used to 
purchase shares to be held for three years.

LTIP Outcome (2017 award)
In December 2017, LTIP awards were granted to the Co-CEOs and 
CFO. These equated to an award value of 150 per cent of salary for the 
Co-CEO and €100,000 for the CFO, and were based on stretching 
TSR and NAV growth targets. The 2017 award will vest and be released 
following the publication of the Company’s 2020 audited accounts. 
2017 awards will vest at 81.8 per cent and 97.6 per cent of maximum for 
the TSR and NAV elements respectively, reflecting performance 
against targets in the three-year period to 31 December 2020.

No discretion was exercised in determining the incentive outcomes 
described above.

Howard Myles
Remuneration Committee Chairman
24 March 2021

59

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Remuneration at a Glance

Key remuneration principles
BBGI’s remuneration framework is based on the following key principles:

 — Attract and retain highly qualified executives and employees with a history of proven success.

 — Align the interests of BBGI’s Management Board and employees with shareholders’ interests, the execution of the Company’s investment 

policy and the fulfilment of the Company’s investment objectives.

 — Support strategy and promote long-term sustainable success.

 — Establish performance goals that, if met, are expected to be accretive to long-term shareholder value.

 — Link compensation to performance goals and provide meaningful rewards for achieving these goals. This includes performance on ESG and 

health & safety factors.

BBGI’s remuneration policy encourages sound and efficient management of risks, and does not encourage excessive risk-taking. In considering 
Management Board remuneration during 2020, the Committee had regard to the principles of transparency, clarity, simplicity, risk management, 
proportionality and alignment to culture. 

Summary of Management Board remuneration framework

Element

Base salary

Pension and benefits

Annual Bonus (STIP)

Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Base salaries effective from 1 May 2020:
Co-CEOs: $C842,162 and €555,9771  CFO: €356,097

Co-CEOs and CFO: 15% of salary (cash allowance)
The Co-CEOs receive a monthly car allowance 

Co-CEOs and CFO: Maximum opportunity: 150% of salary. Target opportunity: 75% of salary  
(50% of maximum)

From 2020, one-third of bonus will be used to purchase shares to be held for a period of three years.

STIP is based on a balance of financial, strategic and ESG/H&S metrics with robust quantitative 
performance requirements set for threshold, target and maximum performance.

Co-CEOs: Performance measures established entitling beneficiaries to 50% of salary at threshold,  
100% of salary at target and 200% at maximum (Subject to approval at the 2021 AGM).
CFO: Threshold: 50% of salary, Target: 75% of salary, Maximum: 150% of salary.

Performance is measured over three years. For 2020, awards will be subject to stretching Net Asset 
Value (NAV) Total Return targets.

Shareholding requirements

All Management Board members are required to build and maintain a minimum holding of BBGI shares 
with a value of 200% of salary2: 

Post-employment shareholding requirements: From September 2020, Management Board members 
will be required to hold 100% of salary in shares for a period of two years after leaving the Company.

The Co-CEOs, Duncan Ball and Frank Schramm, are paid in Canadian Dollars and Euro, respectively. The CFO is paid in Euro.

1 
2  This minimum holding is calculated based on the Director’s salary at 1 May 2020 and is fixed for a period of three years.

60

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Annual report on remuneration 
Single total figure table – Management Board 
The following table sets out total remuneration for each member of the Management Board in respect of the year ending 31 December 20201. 

In Pounds Sterling

Salary
Benefits
Annual Bonus
Pension
LTIP2
Other
Total fixed
Total variable

Total remuneration

Duncan Ball 
(Co-CEO)

Frank Schramm 
(Co-CEO)

Michael Denny 
(CFO)

456,921
13,799
713,994
73,456
565,204
–
544,176
1,279,198

467,173
13,874
720,917
74,168
593,770
–
555,215
1,314,687

1,823,374

1,896,902

275,758
–
461,739
47,504
106,526
–
323,262
568,265

891,527

1 

The detail provided in the table above goes significantly beyond that which is required to be disclosed under the relevant Luxembourg law. This additional detail is provided 
on a voluntary basis commencing for the reporting period ended 31 December 2020.

2  The 2017 LTIP vests by reference to performance in the three-year period to 31 December 2020, and shares will be released to Executive Directors following the AGM in  

May 2021. The value included in the single figure for the year ended 31 December 2020 is based on an average share price over the last quarter of FY20 (£1.7317).

The figures in the table above are derived from the following:

(a)

Base salary

The amount of salary earned in respect of the year, shown in the reporting currency of the Group (Pound 
Sterling). Both Mr Denny and Mr Schramm receive all cash entitlements in Euro. Mr Ball receives all cash 
entitlements in Canadian Dollars. The amounts shown in Sterling are converted using the average exchange rate 
for the respective financial year. For the year ended 31 December 2020, the relevant exchange rates were  
£1 = C$0.581 and £1 = €0.889. 

(b) Benefits

The taxable value (gross) of benefits received in the year. These are principally car allowance.

(c)

Annual bonus (STIP)

The value of the bonus earned in respect of the financial year of which one third will be paid in shares and held for 
a period of three years. A description of achievements against the performance measures which applied for the 
financial year is provided below. 

(d) Pension

The pension figure represents the cash value of any pension contributions including any cash payments in lieu of 
pension contributions made in the year. 

(e)

Long-term incentives The value of LTIP shares vesting, calculated by the estimated number of shares that vest in respect of the 2017 

LTIP award multiplied by the average share price over the last quarter of the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Additional Disclosures in Respect of the Single Figure Table 
Base Salary 
Each member of the Management Board receives an annual base salary payable monthly in arrears. 

Details of annual base salary for the Management Board are set out below. Base salaries were reviewed in 2020 and revised salaries were set with 
effect from 1 May 2020.

Name

Duncan Ball
Frank Schramm
Michael Denny

Base salary from 1 May 2020

£484k
£484k
£315k

The combined annual base salary received by the members of the Management Board during the year ended 31 December 2020 was £1,199,852 
(2019: £989,046).

Taxable Benefits and Pension-Related Benefits
The Co-CEOs received a monthly car allowance amounting to a total amount of £27,763 for the year.

As shown in the Single Total Figure table, the Co-CEOs and the CFO also received a supplementary annual payment to provide pension, 
retirement or similar benefits equating to 15 per cent of their annual base salary at 31 December 2020, in line with market practice. 

61

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Remuneration at a Glance continued

STIP – Annual bonus in respect of year ended 31 December 2020
The following table summarises the STIP performance metrics and achievements in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2020.  
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining both whether the relevant financial and non-financial performance objectives 
have been satisfied and the level of award under the STIP for the relevant year. The Management Board delivered excellent performance and 
progress against the targets set at the start of the year. No payment under the STIP is made if performance is below the threshold criteria.

The maximum STIP opportunity for the Co-CEOs and the CFO is 150 per cent of base salary.

Performance assessed - summary

Threshold performance
(33% vesting equating to  
50% of base salary)

Target performance 
(50% vesting equating to  
75% of base salary)

Maximum performance
(100% vesting equating to  
150% of base salary)

Key financial metrics  
(25% weighting)

Assessment based on key financial achievements during the year including:
 — Dividends paid and declared for the year 

Outcome 
(% of maximum)

89%

 — Growth in NAV per share

 — Portfolio performance KPIs

 — Ongoing charge

 — Other key financial performance metrics

Disciplined growth
(25% weighting)

Assessment based on key disciplined growth metrics including:
 — The value, quality and pricing of projects acquired 

 — The prospective investment pipeline at 31 December 2020

Strategic projects and 
investments 
(25% weighting)

Assessment based on key metrics relating to strategic projects and investments, including 
portfolio control and also organisational effectiveness through the assessment of capacity, 
risk management, overruns and delays.

Compliance and regulation
(10% weighting)

Assessment of key compliance and regulatory metrics including, AIFMD compliance, 
regulator relationship, management of issues related to Brexit.

ESG, Health and Safety 
(15% weighting)

Assessment of key health and safety policies and reporting, ESG performance in accordance 
with BBGI’s ESG Best Practices Guidance where appropriate or equivalent standards, ESG 
reporting standards.

100%

100%

100%

100%

For 2020, awards of 146 per cent of base salary were achieved by the Co-CEOs and CFO. One-third of the earned bonus will be settled in shares, 
with the net number of shares after settling the associated tax liability to be held for a period of three-year period. The remaining STIP awards will 
be paid in cash in May 2021. During the year ended 31 December 2020, the total amount accrued in respect of the 2020 STIP amounted to 
£1,896,650 (2019: £1,089,522). Payments under the STIP are made in Canadian Dollars and Euros.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) – Awards granted during the financial year 
LTIP awards of 200 per cent of base salary were granted to the Co-CEOs in December 2020, subject to shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM. 
The CFO’s maximum LTIP award is set at 150 per cent of base salary and is within the approved limits under the current LTIP Plan. Awards under 
the LTIP are subject to stretching Net Asset Value (‘NAV’) Total Return targets over a three-year period, as set out below. NAV Total Return 
reflects both capital returns generated and dividends returned to shareholders.

Performance metric

NAV Total Return over three-year period

Threshold performance
(33% vesting equating to 
50% of base salary)

Target performance 
(50% vesting equating to 
75% of base salary)

Maximum performance
(100% vesting equating to 
150% of base salary)

Dividend of 7.18p per annum  
to 2023, and NAV per share 
maintained from 31 December 
2020 to 31 December 2023.

Dividend growth of 2% per annum 
to 2023; and 1% per annum NAV per 
share growth to 31 December 2023.

Dividend growth of 2% per annum 
to 2023; and 2% per annum NAV 
per share growth to 31 December 
2023.

62

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

A key feature of these awards is that they will be settled entirely by way of Company shares and not in cash. All LTIP awards, which are to be settled 
by shares, fall under the scope of IFRS 2 ‘Share-Based Payments’ and its specific requirements. The Company continues to engage Ernst & 
Young Advisory (‘EY’) to carry out the valuation of LTIP awards falling under the scope of IFRS 2. Refer to Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for further detail on share-based payments.

The 2020 award was issued in December 2020 subject to shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM as referred to above. No expense was accrued 
for this particular award during the reporting period.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Company settled the 2016 award obligation by issuing the respective gross share entitlement to 
each member of the Management Board. In total the Company issued and allotted 690,274 shares by way of settlement.

As at the date of this Report, there are no amounts set aside, needing to be set aside or accrued by the Company to provide pension, retirement 
or similar benefits to any member of the Management Board.

Total basic and variable remuneration for the financial year
The total basic remuneration paid to all members of staff (including the Management Board members) during the year ended 31 December 
2020 was £2.65 million (2019: £2.45 million). The total amount accrued for cash settled variable remuneration at 31 December 2020 was  
£1.64 million. The total variable remuneration paid in cash in 2020 relating to the financial year ended 31 December 2019 was £1.53 million  
(2019: £1.43 million).

Payments made to former Directors and payments forloss of office during the year 
No payments for loss of office and no payments to any former Management Board member were made in the year.

Single total figure table – Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board members are the Company’s independent Non-Executive Directors and are paid a fixed quarterly fee. The Remuneration 
Committee consider the Non-Executive Directors’ fees annually within the approved maximum aggregate remuneration cap as approved by  
the Company’s shareholders. No member of the Supervisory Board is entitled to vote on his or her own individual remuneration. Supervisory 
Board members are not entitled to any other fees, pension payments, incentive plans, performance-related payments or any other form of 
compensation; with the exception of ex gratia fees that are considered in the event of an exceptional and substantial increase in the  
members’ workload.

Single total figure of remuneration – Supervisory Board 
The table below outlines the fees paid in Sterling to each of the Supervisory Board members in 2020 and 2019.

Colin Maltby2

Sarah Whitney3

Howard Myles4

Jutta af Rosenborg

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Base 
Senior Non-Executive Director
Committee Chair
Other – additional fees1

£37,917
–
–
–

£65,000
–
–
£5,000

£53,333
–
–
£5,000

£30,000 £45,000 £45,000 £45,000 £45,000
–
£5,000
£5,000
–
£5,000
£5,000

–
£5,000
£5,000

£5,000
£2,500
£5,000

–
–
£5,000

Total

£37,917

£70,000 £58,333

£35,000 £57,500 £55,000 £55,000 £55,000

In addition to the standard fees each of the sitting directors was entitled to ex gratia fees in 2019 and 2020 in relation to equity issues.

1 
2  Colin Maltby stood down from the Supervisory Board on 31 July 2020.
3  Sarah Whitney was appointed as Chairman of the Board, effective from 31 July 2020.
4  Howard Myles was appointed as the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee on 3 July 2020.

Supervisory Board fees
Details of Supervisory Board fees are set out below.

Chairman
Senior Independent Director1 
Audit Committee Chairman

Fees from 1 January  
2020

Fees from 1 January  
2019

£65,000
£55,000
£50,000

£65,000
£50,000
£50,000

1  An additional fee of £5,000 is paid to the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and is included in the above amount for 2020.

During the year, Deloitte LLP also carried out a review of the Supervisory Board fee structure. Following this review, it was decided to leave the 
fees unchanged for 2021. Supervisory Board fees were last changed in 2017.

However, to accommodate the potential addition of a new Non-Executive Director to the Supervisory Board, it is proposed that an increase in 
the maximum aggregate remuneration cap from £300,000 to £400,000 will be put, by way of resolution, to the Company’s shareholders at the 
2021 AGM.

63

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Remuneration at a Glance continued

Share interests and statement of Directors’ shareholdings 
Total Share Interests as at 31 December 2020
The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the Company’s ordinary shares as at 31 December 2020 were as set out below. 

Shares owned by Directors:

Number of Shares

Management Board
Duncan Ball
Frank Schramm
Michael Denny

Supervisory Board
Sarah Whitney
Howard Myles
Jutta af Rosenborg
Colin Maltby1

At 31 December 2020  
(or, if earlier, date of 
stepping down  
from the Board)

At 1 January 2020

430,679
418,080
137,569

25,000
–
–
122,804

548,490
500,000
262,015

39,000
–
–
132,000

1  Colin Maltby retired from the Supervisory Board on 31 July 2020.

Awards under share plans:

Management Board

Duncan Ball
Frank Schramm
Michael Denny

Award

LTIP
LTIP
LTIP

At 31 December 
20191

1,499,863
1,513,637
231,760

Granted in the year

Vested in the year

Lapsed/
Forfeited in the year

At 31 December  
2020 

574,165
596,200
286,394

(328,902)
(301,160)
(60,212)

(49,742)
(45,546)
–

1,695,384
1,763,131
457,942

1  Reflects maximum potential number of shares under all the awards granted, including the 2016 award which was settled in March 2020.

Shareholding guidelines:
The Committee has adopted a shareholding guideline for the Management Board, which requires a shareholding equivalent to 200 per cent  
of salary (increased from 150 per cent of salary in 2020 for the Co-CEOs). Prior to adopting the shareholding guideline, the CFO had no 
contractual shareholding requirement. Management Board members have until December 2021 to meet the minimum shareholding 
requirements. The respective Management Board members achievement of this guideline at 31 December 2020 is summarised below:

Management Board

Duncan Ball
Frank Schramm
Michael Denny

Shares counting towards the 
guideline at 31 December 2020

Required shareholding to 
achieve1 

Percentage of shareholding 
requirement achieved

548,490
500,000
262,015

576,190
576,190
375,000

95.2%
86.8%
69.9%

1 

Two times the revised base salary with effect from 1 May 2020 divided by the share price on date revised terms were agreed. The minimum holding requirement is fixed for a 
period of three years. 

Post-employment shareholding requirements: From September 2020, Management Board members will be required to hold shares to the value 
of 100 per cent of salary for a period of two years after leaving the Company.

Other information
Advisers
Deloitte LLP is retained to provide independent advice to the Committee as required. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and, as such, voluntarily operated under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte LLP 
fees for providing remuneration advice to the Committee were £34k for the year ended 31 December 2020. The Committee assesses from time 
to time whether this appointment remains appropriate or should be put out to tender and considers the Remuneration Consultants Group Code 
of Conduct when considering this. 

64

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Statement of implementation of Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
for the financial year commencing 1 January 2021
Base salary and benefits
Management Board salaries were reviewed with effect from 1 May 
2020 and are as follows:

Duncan Ball
Frank Schramm
Michael Denny

Co-CEO
Co-CEO
CFO

£484k
£484k
£315k

The next expected review will be in May 2021. 

Annual bonus (STIP)
The maximum bonus opportunity for FY21 will remain at 150 per cent 
of salary for the Co-CEOs and 150 per cent of salary for the CFO. The 
target opportunity will be 50 per cent of maximum. One-third of any 
bonus earned will be used to purchase shares to be held for a period of 
three years.

The annual bonus will be subject to stretching financial and strategic 
targets. The Committee considers the targets are commercially 
sensitive and therefore they should remain confidential. However, the 
Committee will disclose an overview of the bonus performance 
measures and out-turns retrospectively in the 2021 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

LTIP
Subject to shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM, the current 
intention of the Committee is to grant ongoing annual maximum LTIP 
awards of 200 per cent of salary to the Co-CEOs and 150 per cent of 
salary to the CFO, subject to stretching NAV Total Return targets. 

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board on 24 March 2021 and signed 
on its behalf by: 

Howard Myles
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to  
Directors’ remuneration
Committee responsibilities and composition
BBGI’s Remuneration Committee comprises three members 
including Howard Myles, Sarah Whitney and Jutta af Rosenborg.  
The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee is Howard Myles.

The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the remuneration of 
the Management supports the delivery of BBGI’s strategic goals 
without encouraging undesirable risk-taking behaviour. This is 
achieved through the Committee approving all aspects of 
Management Board remuneration, and monitoring pay arrangements 
for the wider workforce.

There were four scheduled Committee meetings plus further  
ad-hoc meetings during the year. During the year, all members of  
the Committee were and remain independent, and represent a  
broad range of backgrounds and experience to provide balance and 
diversity. 

The following parties may attend Committee meetings by invitation 
during the year in relation to its consideration of matters relating to 
Directors’ remuneration: Co-CEOs, CFO, Company Secretary and 
Deloitte LLP. No Management Board member is involved in deciding 
their own remuneration outcome and no attendee is present when 
their own remuneration is being discussed. 

Remuneration and AIFM law
In 2013, the European Securities and Markets Authority (‘ESMA’) 
published its final guidelines on sound remuneration policies under 
the AIFMD. These guidelines indicate that remuneration disclosures 
may be made on a ‘proportional’ basis and acknowledge that the 
application of proportionality may lead exceptionally to the 
‘disapplication’ of some requirements, provided this is reconcilable 
with the risk profile, risk appetite and strategy of the AIFM and the AIFs 
it manages. According to the Guidelines, the different risk profiles and 
characteristics among AIFMs justify a proportionate implementation 
of the remuneration principles and, where a company chooses to 
disapply requirements, it must be able to explain the rationale to a 
competent authority. No such requirements were disapplied by the 
Company during or in respect of 2020.

Employee remuneration
At BBGI, we provide development opportunities for our employees to 
build their careers and enhance their skills. We encourage and 
embrace employee diversity, equality and inclusion. We support and 
invest in individuals to achieve their potential across the business.

Each of the remuneration components are combined to ensure an 
appropriate and balanced remuneration package that reflects the 
business units, job grade within the Company and professional activity, 
as well as market practice.

65

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
A key part of the viability assessment is analysing how the Company’s 
NAV will be impacted in stressed macro-economic scenarios. This 
provides further insight into how the Company is likely to perform when 
affected by variables and events that are inherently outside of the control 
of the Management and Supervisory Boards and its risk management 
framework. As part of this assessment, the Management Board 
continues to consider the risk posed by Covid-19 and the impact it could 
have on the Company and the performance of its underlying investment 
portfolio. To date, the Company has not experienced any material 
Covid-19 related operational or financial impact.

A more detailed description of the valuations, assumptions and 
stress-testing applied can be found in the Valuation section of the 
Strategic Report.

Following the assessment, the Board has a reasonable expectation that 
the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet all of its 
liabilities as they fall due up to March 2026. This assessment is subject to 
the following conditions: that the availability of sufficient capital and 
market liquidity continues to allow for the refinancing/repayment of any 
short-term recourse RCF obligations which may be due; and that the 
Company’s investments are not materially affected by retrospective 
changes to government policy, laws, regulations or other risks which are 
currently not considered material or probable by the Company.

The Company is also subject to a biennial shareholder continuation vote, 
the next of which is scheduled to take place at the forthcoming AGM of 
shareholders scheduled to be held on 30 April 2021.

Viability Statement

As part of their ongoing process of monitoring risk, and as required by  
the AIC Code Principle N and Provision 36, the Directors have 
considered the viability and prospects of the Company for a period  
of the next five years. 

Whilst the average remaining life of the portfolio of assets is 20.4 years, 
we continue to consider that five years is an appropriate and acceptable 
length of time in which to consider the risks of the Company continuing 
in existence. In making this judgement, the Directors have considered 
detailed information provided at Board meetings, including:

 — The Company’s investment policy and the investment pipeline.

 — The long-term and contractual nature of the Company’s 

investments.

 — Investment reviews.

 — The Company’s risk profile and key risk indicators (including the 

principal risks and uncertainties). 

 — Current relevant financial and economic information.

 — Long-term economic assumptions.

 — Scenario testing.

 — Annual and semi-annual valuations.

This judgement forms part of the overall annual risk review process 
carried out by the Company. Each of the principal risks and uncertainties 
the Company faces, along with detailed descriptions of the areas and 
factors of the risks as well as explanations of the processes by which the 
Management and Supervisory Boards monitor, review and assess them, 
can be found in the Risk section of this Annual Report. 

The Company has put in place a robust risk and internal controls 
framework with the objectives of reducing the likelihood and impact of 
poor decision-making, risk-taking above agreed levels, and human error. 
More about this framework can be found within the corresponding 
section under the heading Committees of the Supervisory Board. 

The Management and Supervisory Boards regularly review and assess 
the principal risks facing the Company including and in particular those 
that could threaten its business model, strategy, solvency, liquidity and 
future performance. All risks identified are assessed based on (i) 
probability or likelihood of occurrence, (ii) impact and (iii) mitigation 
measures in place. They are then scored and ranked in accordance with 
remaining residual risk and monitored on an ongoing basis by the 
Management Board. 

In addition to the risk management and the mitigation measures in place, 
a valuation of each asset is carried out every six months at each of the 
Company’s financial half-year and year-ends (30 June and 31 December, 
respectively). Such valuations are based on long-term discounted future 
cash flows that are themselves predominantly based on long-term 
contracts and other assumptions which together form a key part of the 
overall viability assessment. Once complete, each portfolio valuation is 
independently reviewed by an independent third-party valuer and is also 
subject to audit/review by the Company’s External Auditor. 

66

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Risk

The Company’s approach to internal controls is risk based. The Company’s Risk Management Function which is performed by the Risk Manager 
facilitates the Management Board’s responsibility to effectively govern and manage the Company’s approach to risk. The Company does not 
operate in a risk-free environment. In an uncertain environment, proactive action is required to address risks in order to achieve the business and 
investment objectives. 

All material risks are identified, analysed, assessed, reported and managed. Risks to the Company are identified as early as possible so as to minimise 
their impact and are classified according to the following risk types:

 — Economic and Market risk

 — Taxation risk

 — Political risk

 — Financial risk

 — Operational risk 

 — Strategic risk

All identified risks are analysed during the risk reporting process to identify the range of possible impacts on the Company. A review is undertaken 
to determine which risks are the material risks to pursue and respond to, and which risks require no further attention, thus arriving at a material risk 
universe. The Risk Management Function performs a risk assessment to determine the likelihood that a predefined event will occur and the impact 
it would have. This includes an estimation of the levels of risks involved in a particular situation, their comparison against benchmarks or standards, 
and determination of an acceptable level of risk.

t

n

e

m

e

       Risk m an a g

R isk strategy                           Risk id

e

n

t
i

fi

c

a

t

i

o

n

Risk Reporting Process

R

e

p

o

rtin

g                                     Risk assessm e n t  

                            R is k analyses         

The Risk Profile is designed to assess material risks. For the material risks identified, the Company’s Risk Manager advises on the key risk 
indicators to be included in the Risk Profile and suggests appropriate quantitative and qualitative limits to mitigate the potential impact of those 
risks, which are discussed and approved by the Management Board before being formally included in the Risk Profile.

Below is a list of material risks related to the reporting period, as identified by the Risk Management Function, and validated by the Management 
Board. The inherent risk has been assessed and relevant mitigating factors been applied, to arrive at a remaining residual risk, which has been 
deemed acceptable by the Management Board. The risks to which the Company is exposed have not materially changed since those set out in 
detail in the 28 August 2020 Interim Report.

67

Lorem ipsum

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Risk continued

Economic and Market Risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Foreign Exchange

A significant proportion of the Company’s underlying 
investments - 70 per cent of portfolio value at 31 December 
2020 - are denominated in currencies other than Sterling.  
The Company maintains its financial statements, prepares the 
valuation and pays distributions in Sterling. 

There is a risk that fluctuations in exchange rates between 
Sterling and the relevant local currencies will adversely  
affect the value of the Company’s underlying investments, 
the distributions and the ultimate rate of return realised  
by investors.

Interest and 
deposit rates 

Inflation

The Company’s performance may be adversely affected by 
changes in interest rates. BBGI has an exposure to interest 
rates through borrowings under the RCF, debt at the Portfolio 
Company level and cash deposits. 

The Portfolio Companies typically have some cash reserves 
and deposits. From a financial modelling perspective, an 
assumption is usually made that the deposits can be placed at 
a forecast rate that varies depending on country and historical 
long-term averages. The effect on investment returns if 
deposit rates exceed or fall below the projections for this 
long-term rate is dependent on the amount of deposits.

The Company’s performance may be adversely or positively 
affected by lower or higher than expected inflation and 
prolonged periods of deflation could result in defaults under 
loan arrangements in Portfolio Companies. 

The revenues and expenditure of Portfolio Companies 
developed under availability-based schemes are often partly 
or wholly subject to indexation. From a financial modelling 
perspective, an assumption is usually made that inflation will 
increase at an assumed rate (which may vary depending on 
country). The effect on investment returns if inflation exceeds 
or falls below the projections for this rate is typically 
dependent on the nature of the underlying asset earnings, 
the extent to which the Portfolio Company’s costs are 
affected by inflation and any unitary charge indexation 
provisions agreed with the client on any investment.

Volatility of 
discount rates

The Company uses a discounted cash flow methodology to 
value its portfolio of investments. Higher discount rates may 
have a negative impact on valuation while lower rates may 
have a positive impact.

Currency-hedging arrangements in respect of the non-Sterling portfolio distributions 
denominated in Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Norwegian Kroner and US Dollars 
are in place for a period of four years, on a rolling basis, in order to mitigate some of  
this risk.

In addition to cash flow hedging, our strategy is also to hedge a portion of the 
non-Sterling, non-Euro portfolio to reduce NAV sensitivity to approximately  
3 per cent for a 10 per cent adverse FX movement.

Euro-denominated fund running costs provide a natural hedge against the  
Euro-denominated portfolio distributions.

Furthermore, the ability to draw on the RCF in the currency of the underlying asset 
distributions provides an additional hedging possibility. 

BBGI has investments in five currencies other than Sterling, so there is some natural 
diversification amongst the underlying currencies.

Refer to the sensitivity analysis in the Valuation section of the 2020 Annual Report in 
relation to foreign exchange rates.

The Portfolio Companies have sought to hedge substantially all of their floating rate 
interest liabilities against changes in underlying interest rates with interest rate swaps.

At the Group level, BBGI maintains deposits at low levels with the Company only raising 
capital when there is a clear strategy for the deployment of proceeds. 

Refer to the sensitivity analysis in the Valuation section of the 2020 Annual Report 
in relation to deposit rates of the Portfolio Companies.

Portfolio Companies typically mitigate this risk to some extent by seeking to match the 
indexation of the revenues to the indexation of the operational cost.

The Company and the service providers for the underlying Portfolio Companies 
continually monitor any potential or actual changes.

Refer to the sensitivity analysis in the Valuation section of the 2020 Annual Report 
in relation to inflation rates of the Portfolio Companies.

BBGI uses a market-based evaluation to determine a base discount rate for steady-
state, operational availability-based investments and the Company uses its judgement 
in arriving at the appropriate discount rate. Adjustments may then be applied to the 
base rate to reflect variances from the average benchmark when determining the 
investment-specific adjustments. Changes in market rates of interest (including 
government bond yields) may among other factors impact the discount rate used to 
value the Company’s future projected cash flows and thus its valuation. The NAV is 
sensitivity tested periodically for changes in discount rates. 

Refer to the sensitivity analysis in the Valuation section of the 2020 Annual Report 
in relation to discount rates of the Portfolio Companies. 

68

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Economic and Market Risks continued

Risk description

Risk mitigation

 Covid-19

Since the outbreak of Covid-19 in December 2019, it was 
declared a global pandemic by the World Health 
Organization (WHO). 

As a result, there has been materially increased market 
volatility and macro-economic uncertainty, prompting 
several monetary and fiscal policy interventions to manage 
what has become a severe global economic shock. 

Due to a period of likely prolonged macro-economic 
uncertainty, the ultimate long-term impact of Covid-19 
remains unclear. 

Near-term, the operations of Portfolio Companies could 
potentially be impacted due to supply-chain disruptions. 

The Company’s portfolio is 99.5 per cent operational and relies on availability-based 
revenues. At the time of producing this Annual Report, there was no evidence to 
suggest of material disruption to the Company and financial performance is not 
expected to be materially affected. However, there is naturally significant uncertainty 
around how the pandemic will evolve and therefore it is difficult to foresee all 
consequences or disruptions potentially arising from the pandemic. 

The timing of potential equity issuances may be impacted, but this will not likely restrict 
the Company’s access to capital in the medium-term. The Group has a four-year GBP 
180 million RCF, with a further GBP 70 million incremental uncommitted accordion 
tranche. As at 31 December 2020, the Group had utilised GBP 1 million of the facility.

Global travel restrictions imposed in response to the pandemic have meant that 
meetings of the Company’s Supervisory Board, Management Board and the various 
Committees have been held via video conference. Notwithstanding this, the general 
consensus among the respective Board members was that the technology deployed 
ensured that all virtual meetings held during 2020 continued to be effective. It is 
expected that meetings will continue to be held by way of video conferencing for as long 
as such travel restrictions remain in place.

As an active asset manager, the Company continues to be in close dialogue with its 
facilities managers and operators. At the time of producing this Report there were no 
indications from any contractor that they would not be able to continue to deliver 
contracted services to the respective Portfolio Companies.

The Company does not foresee any material impact on its own workforce, given the 
already decentralised nature of the Management Board, asset management teams and 
our internal infrastructure (e.g. information technology), as well as the Company‘s 
inherent flexibility to work from remote locations. The impact of global travel restrictions 
does mean that personal engagement with the Company’s public sector clients will be 
more limited, although this is mitigated through remote communication. 

Taxation Risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Changes to tax 
legislation, 
treaties and rates

There is a continued risk that enacted changes in tax law, tax 
rates and global tax initiatives including the OECD’s 
recommendation in relation to Base Erosion and Profit 
Shifting could have an adverse effect on the Group’s cash 
flows thereby reducing the returns to investors. 

Furthermore, there is a risk that governments may seek  
to increase corporate tax rates in a response to the  
Covid-19 crisis. 

Certain risks, such as changes to corporation tax rates (including those due to fiscal 
constraints), cannot be prevented or mitigated. BBGI values its Portfolio Companies 
based on enacted tax rates. Management works closely with the Group’s global tax 
advisers and are briefed periodically on relevant tax developments. 

BBGI has a globally diversified portfolio of assets, thereby reducing the tax 
concentration risk of any one country. 

Refer to the sensitivity analysis in the Valuation section of the 2020 Annual Report. 

69

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk continued

Political Risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Change in law/
regulation

Different laws and regulations apply within the countries 
where the Company and the Portfolio Companies are 
located. There is a risk that changes in laws may have an 
adverse effect on the performance of the underlying 
investment that in turn will affect the cash flows derived from 
the investments and/or the valuation of the investments.

Brexit

The Company is incorporated in Luxembourg and is listed on 
the London Stock Exchange, raising questions around the 
continuity of listing and marketing in the UK. 

The UK’s departure from the EU also poses a risk to 
performance of the wider UK economy, which may  
adversely impact the performance of certain infrastructure 
asset classes.

The Management Board seeks regular briefings from its legal and tax advisers to stay 
abreast of impending or possible changes in law. 

Change in law provisions are included in some contracts, thus providing  
further mitigation. 

BBGI has a globally diversified portfolio of assets, thereby reducing the Group’s 
exposure to changes in any one country.

The UK Temporary Permissions Regime

As part of the UK’s preparations for Brexit, the UK Government established a temporary 
permissions regime (‘TPR’) enabling European Economic Area (‘EEA’) AIFs with EEA 
AIFMs passporting into the UK at the end of the transition period to continue to access 
the UK market in the same manner as before the transition period ended for a limited 
period of time.

BBGI has made the necessary notification to the FCA (and the CSSF) under the TPR of 
its intention and as a result has temporary permission to be marketed in the UK. 

To continue marketing the Company in the UK after the end of the TPR, the Company 
must notify under the UK national private placement regime and will be directed by the 
FCA to make this notification within two years from the end of the transition period.

Regarding portfolio performance, while the long-term economic outcome of the UK’s 
departure from the EU will remain uncertain for some time, BBGI’s portfolio cash flows 
are availability-based and, unlike demand-based assets, are not sensitive to the 
performance of the wider economic environment.

Voluntary 
Termination Risk 

There remains a risk that public sector clients of portfolio 
companies choose to exercise their right to voluntarily 
terminate the contracts. In case of such a voluntary 
termination, the public sector is typically contractually 
obliged to pay compensation amounts on termination to both 
the equity holders and the debt providers and - depending on 
the circumstances - to other parties. While the provisions vary 
between contracts, they generally ensure that the investor is 
paid either market value for the equity interests or a value to 
achieve the originally projected IRR, and in these cases, where 
the compensation amount is materially less than current 
valuation levels, the Company would suffer a loss.

We remain unconvinced by the practicalities of terminating the contracts given the 
complexities involved and the overall compensation that would currently be required to 
terminate these contracts. The Management Board believes there are several mitigants 
or deterrents to the risk of voluntary termination of contracts:
 — Most transactions were agreed at a time when interest rates were significantly 

higher than currently. As interest rates have fallen, swaps have become ‘out of the 
money’ for the Portfolio Companies, so any public body wishing to terminate a 
contract in the current interest environment would need to cover the cost of the 
swap breakage fee.

 — The Portfolio Company equity investors would typically also need to be (at least 
partially) compensated, often requiring a compensation payment, as well as the 
public sector being required to budget for the ongoing provision of the service. 

Financial Risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

The Company’s portfolio value is prepared semi-annually by an experienced internal 
team, overseen by the Management Board. The valuation is then reviewed by an 
independent, third-party valuer, and finally reviewed and audited by the  
Company’s auditor.

All key assumptions used in the valuation process are subject to sensitivity testing. 
However, sensitivity testing has its limitations. It cannot provide a comprehensive 
assessment of all of the risks and should be treated accordingly.

Valuation 

The most significant risk of material misstatement in the 
Company’s financial statements continues to be the fair 
valuation of the investment portfolio, the discount rates 
applied and the key assumptions when valuing  
these investments. 

There is a risk that errors may be made in the assumptions, 
calculations or methodology used in a periodic valuation 
process.

Financial models, either for the Group or the underlying 
Portfolio Companies, may contain errors, or incorrect inputs, 
resulting in inaccurate projections of the distributions. These 
could adversely impact the valuation on individual 
investments and the overall assessment of the Company’s 
financial position.

70

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Financial Risks continued

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Poor investment 
selection

There is a risk that errors may be made in the assumptions, 
calculations or methodology during the acquisition due 
diligence process. In such circumstances, the figures and/or 
the returns generated by the Portfolio Company may be 
lower to those estimated or projected.

BBGI has developed a robust asset acquisition due diligence process. Typical due 
diligence includes model audit or review, legal, tax, technical, ESG, anti-money 
laundering and insurance reviews.

Operational Risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Construction 
defects 

The budget, and therefore the risk, of certain key operational 
costs in relation to construction defects lies with the Portfolio 
Company. There is a risk that the budget to rectify defects 
could prove to be insufficient.

In general, Portfolio Companies are able to submit claims against construction 
subcontractors when it comes to defects in the design, construction or commissioning 
of project assets. This right to claim applies for a pre-determined period of time 
following the completion of construction (the ‘statutory limitations period’) and this 
may differ between jurisdictions. If disputes were to arise, an arbitration or court process 
may be used. At the point that the statutory limitations period has ended, the risk of 
remediation of construction defects which are identified after this point typically falls to 
the Portfolio Company itself and is the risk of the Portfolio Company. In addition, there 
may be other situations, for example where a subcontractor becomes insolvent, and 
may no longer be able to fulfil its obligations to correct these defects.

Lifecycle risk/ 
Operational cost

During the life of an investment, components of the assets 
(such as asphalt or concrete in the case of roads and elevators, 
or roofs and air handling plants in the case of buildings) are 
likely to need to be replaced or undergo a major 
refurbishment. There is a risk that the actual cost of 
replacement or refurbishment will be greater than the 
forecast cost, or that the timing of the intervention may be 
earlier than forecast.

There is the general risk that costs are higher than budgeted. 
This typically relates to insurance cost and management 
service contracts.

Of the 50 assets in the BBGI portfolio, 17 Portfolio Companies retain the lifecycle 
obligations. The remaining 33 assets have this obligation passed down to  
the subcontractor. 

The timing and costs of such replacements or refurbishments is forecast, modelled and 
provided for by each Portfolio Company based upon technical advisers to assist in such 
forecasting of lifecycle timings, scope of work and costs. 

Refer to the sensitivity analysis in the Valuation section of the 2020 Annual Report 
in relation to lifecycle costs.

As part of the acquisition due diligence the budgeted cost are reviewed and assessed if 
they are adequate.

Subcontractor 
performance or 
credit risk 
(construction 
contractors, 
facility managers, 
operation and 
maintenance 
contractors)

The risk of a subcontractor service failure, poor performance 
or subcontractor insolvency which is sufficiently serious to 
cause a Portfolio Company to terminate or to be required by 
the client or lenders to terminate a subcontract. There may be 
a loss of revenue during the time taken to find a replacement 
subcontractor. Furthermore, the replacement subcontractor 
may levy a surcharge to assume the subcontract or charge 
more to provide the services. 

In the case of insurance cost, this risk of increasing premiums is on the majority of 
investments taken by the public sector or mitigated by a contractual premium 
risk-sharing mechanism.

For assets under construction, there are a number of mitigants and steps taken to 
manage this risk: 
 — In the case of a construction joint venture consisting of two or more counterparties, 
these are typically jointly and severally liable, meaning if one party fails, the other is 
obligated to take over the obligations.

 — A contractor replacement analysis is performed as part of the initial investment 

due diligence.

 — The construction subcontractors are typically required by lenders to provide a 
robust security package often consisting of letters of credit, Parent Company 
guarantees and performance bonding.

The latter two mitigants are in place for investments once they become operational. 
Other mitigants during operations include:
 — Periodic benchmarking of defined facility services on some investments.
 — Diversified group of subcontractors with no substantial concentration risk.
 — Ongoing subcontractor monitoring.

71

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk continued

Operational Risks continued

Cyber security 
attack

Risk descrition

Risk mitigation

A breach of data security could occur by accident or as a result 
of an external cyber-attack. A cyber-attack could affect the IT 
systems of BBGI or a Portfolio Company, causing theft or loss 
of data, or damage to the infrastructure’s control systems and 
equipment.

The threat of cyber-attack has meant that businesses can no 
longer afford to be reactive. A cyber-attack could not only 
affect BBGI’s reputation but could also affect the Group 
legally, financially and operationally.

The risk of cybercrime has increased during the pandemic 
with cyber criminals looking to exploit the vulnerabilities 
caused by many people working from home. The Company 
therefore needs to remain vigilant to this risk. 

BBGI has taken a number of measures to reduce the risk of a cyber-attack, some of 
which are outlined below. 

The Company has outsourced the hosting of its IT platform to an industry specialist. In 
doing so, BBGI obtains the benefit of having access to IT security experts, with the 
platform being monitored by an advanced IT security system, something that might not 
be cost effective if the Company’s IT infrastructure was maintained onsite.

BBGI engages an external expert to carry out an annual intrusion test on the IT platform 
in order to identify and patch any vulnerabilities that might be identified.

Business continuity tests are performed regularly, disaster recovery tests are performed 
annually, and all staff undergo cyber security training.

Portfolio Companies typically operate through a subcontracted management 
structure, and tend not to have their own IT systems and rely on the management 
service provider. Data is normally backed up and the risk, should data be corrupted or 
stolen, is considered low.

Strategic Risks

Risk description

Risk mitigation

Premium/discount 
to NAV

The risk of share price volatility or trading at a discount to NAV 
leading to shareholder dissatisfaction.

Access to capital

Climate risk

There is a risk that a disruption to the equity markets could 
lead to an inability to raise new capital. Such a disruption could 
limit the Company’s ability to grow and its ability to repay debt 
drawn under its RCF. To the extent that the Company does 
not have cash reserves pending investment, the Company 
expects to bridge finance further investments by way of the 
credit facility. Although the Company has had a credit facility 
in place since July 2012 (which has been subsequently 
refinanced), there can be no guarantee that this will always  
be the case or that it will be able to issue further shares in  
the market.

Climate risks can affect BBGI in a multitude of ways. The 
political uncertainty inherent in regulation may lead to a wide 
range of potential outcomes. Direct physical climate impacts 
may be a significant risk for BBGI in the medium to long-term. 
Climate-change-related threats such as extreme weather 
events, lost productivity and effects on physical infrastructure 
from longer-term shifts in climate patterns. Failure of the 
Company to transition to a low carbon economy may also 
alienate certain investors and reduce access to capital.

To assist the Company in managing any share price premiums or discounts to NAV, the 
Company has the ability to make market purchases of up to 14.99 per cent per annum of 
the ordinary shares in issue.

In addition, a continuation vote is offered to shareholders every two years, the next of 
which will be proposed at the Company’s AGM on 30 April 2021. 

Furthermore, the Management Board meets regularly with shareholders and receives 
regular briefings from the Company’s brokers to manage investor relations. 

The need to issue new equity capital primarily relates to the repayment of drawings 
under the RCF in connection with the acquisition of new investments.

The Board and its Corporate Brokers regularly assess market sentiment.

Furthermore, the Board can consider refinancing the RCF to extend its maturity and 
reduce the near-term requirement to repay drawings, though it is not the Company’s 
intention to be drawn for substantial periods of time.

The Company’s RCF expires in January 2022.

Events arising from adverse climate change are typically mitigated through insurance 
coverage, pass-down to subcontractors, and public sector client relief events. However, 
in severe cases adverse climate change events could lead to early termination of 
concession agreements and compensation payments which are lower than the 
valuation of an investment.

BBGI has established an ESG Committee which provides oversight to this risk and has 
begun implementing a climate-resilient infrastructure screening tool which will assess 
the risks and opportunities relating to climate change associated with each Portfolio 
Company. BBGI engages with each infrastructure investment to influence the 
increased disclosures of climate-related risks to enable the Company to assess 
climate-related risks across the investment portfolio. 

72

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Administration

Incorporation and administration
The ordinary shares were created in accordance with Luxembourg law 
and conform to the regulations made thereunder, have all necessary 
statutory and other consents, and are duly authorised according to, and 
operate in conformity with, the Articles.

Articles of Association
The Articles were originally approved and formalised before a 
Luxembourg notary public on 24 November 2011. The Articles are filed 
with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés and are 
published in the Mémorial. The Articles may be amended in accordance 
with the rules set out in article 32 of the Articles. 

A copy of the current Articles, which were most recently amended by 
shareholder approval on 30 November 2020, is available for inspection 
on the Company’s website https://www.bb-gi.com/investors/policies/
articles-of-association/.

73

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Audit Committee Report

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s (the ‘Committee’) 
report to shareholders on its activities in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2020. The Committee has been operating throughout 
the year in line with its terms of reference.

 — Developing and implementing a policy on the engagement of the 

External Auditor to supply non-audit services, considering 
relevant guidance and legislation regarding the provision of 
non-audit services by the external audit firm.

Composition of the Committee
Each of the three Independent Non-Executive Directors is a member 
of the Committee, which is chaired by me, and our biographies can be 
found in the Corporate Governance section of this Annual Report.  
The Supervisory Board considers that at least one Committee 
member has recent and relevant financial experience for the 
Committee to discharge its functions effectively. Due to the size of  
the Supervisory Board, its Chairman, Sarah Whitney, is also a member 
of the Committee.

Colin Maltby stepped down as a member of the Committee on  
31 July 2020.

Responsibilities
The Committee’s terms of reference include all matters indicated by 
the Disclosure and Transparency Rule 7.1 and the AIC Code. The terms 
of reference are reviewed at each formally scheduled meeting by the 
Committee and any changes are then referred to the Supervisory 
Board for approval. A copy of the terms of reference is available on the 
Company website. 

The Committee’s main responsibilities are as follows:

 — Providing advice to the Supervisory Board on whether the Group’s 
Annual and Interim Reports and Financial Statements, taken as a 
whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

 — Monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the Group 
and any formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 
performance, and reviewing significant financial reporting 
judgements contained therein.

 — Reviewing the Group’s internal financial controls including 

consistency of accounting policies and practices on a year-to-year 
basis, and, unless expressly addressed by the Supervisory Board 
itself, the Group’s internal control and risk management systems, 
including reviewing the Internal Auditors annual regulatory report.

 — Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Company’s 

internal audit function, including the appointment and removal of 
the third-party service provider and reviewing and approving the 
tri-annual internal audit plan.

 — Making recommendations to the Supervisory Board for 

resolutions to be put to shareholders for approval at the AGM on 
the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the External 
Auditor, and for approval of their associated remuneration and 
terms of engagement.

 — Reviewing and monitoring the External Auditor’s independence 
and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking 
into consideration relevant UK and Luxembourg professional and 
regulatory requirements.

 — Reviewing the Company’s procedures for detecting and reporting 
any wrongdoing in financial reporting, fraud, bribery and other 
matters, including arrangements for employees and contractors to 
do so in confidence via BBGI’s whistle-blower hotline.

 — Reviewing the Group’s Annual and Interim Reports and Financial 

Statements.

2020 overview
The Committee met four times in the year to 31 December 2020 and 
member attendance can be found within the Corporate Governance 
section of this Annual Report, under the heading ‘Committees of the 
Supervisory Board’. At these meetings, the Committee considered,  
inter alia:

 — The Committee’s terms of reference.

 — The 2019 Annual and 2020 Interim Reports and Financial 

Statements.

 — The valuation reports in respect of the Company’s investments.

 — The Reports of the External Auditor.

 — The External Auditor’s terms of appointment and remuneration 

(including overseeing the independence of the Auditor, 
particularly as it relates to the provision of non-audit services). 

 — Review and approval of the External Auditor’s plan for the 

following financial year and the key business risks relevant to  
the audit.

 — The conducting of a transparent market tender process during 

2021 in accordance with the mandatory external audit firm rotation 
requirements per EU audit legislation as transposed into  
National law. 

 — The appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies.

 — New IFRS reporting standards, Amendments to IFRS 3: 

‘Definitions of Business’ and Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: 
‘Definition of Material’, as well as the impact, if any, that new IFRS 
reporting standards might have on Group financial reporting.

 — The non-financial impact of Covid-19 and in particular the 

effectiveness of the Company’s BCP, the controls in place to 
mitigate the increased cyber threat and the impact that remote 
working, if any, was having on employees.

 — The Company’s Risk Profile and Key Risk Indicators. 

 — The Company’s approach to managing the risks associated with 
the Covid-19 pandemic and associated market communication.

 — The adequacy of the internal control systems and standards 

including feedback on the revised controls implemented as part of 
the 2019 18/698 gap analysis.

 — The 2019 Internal Auditor’s Annual Report and the 2020-2022 

triennial internal audit plan.

74

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Covid-19
The emergence of the Covid-19 pandemic was inevitably a key area of 
focus for the Audit Committee during the reporting period. While the 
Committee continued to be briefed by members of the Management 
Board on financial matters, a key focus of the briefings during the year 
was in respect of non-financial matters. Management periodically 
briefed the Committee on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
controls on mitigating the risks posed by the pandemic when the vast 
majority of staff were working from home for prolonged periods of time. 
The Committee was also briefed on training programmes which were 
rolled out in order to further mitigate specific risks either resulting from, 
or augmented by Covid-19, such as the annual Cyber Awareness 
training and the Anti Money Laundering training programmes.

The Committee is satisfied that staff appear to have adapted 
particularly well to the remote working solution and that the 
Company’s BCP operated very effectively during the year with 
minimum disruption to the effectiveness and implementation of the 
internal control framework. 

Significant risks considered
During the year under review, the Committee held discussions with 
each of the Management Board, the External Auditor and the Internal 
Auditor. Once again, the Committee concluded from these 
discussions that the most significant risk of material misstatement in 
the Company’s financial statements continues to be the fair valuation 
of the investment portfolio which makes up 97.8 per cent of the 
Company’s NAV at 31 December 2020. The valuation of the 
Company’s portfolio of assets requires significant judgement. The 
Management Board carries out a fair market valuation of the 
investments every six months at 30 June and 31 December 
respectively, which is then reviewed by an independent third-party 
valuer, after which it is presented to the Supervisory Board. 

The External Auditor was invited to attend the Committee meetings at 
which the Annual and Interim Financial Statements were considered in 
order to present the conclusion of its work, which included a review of 
the adequacy of the valuation. The External Auditor, including the 
External Auditor’s valuation specialist, delivered a review of the 
Company’s Annual and Interim Financial Statements, paying particular 
attention to the portfolio valuation, discount rates applied, and key 
assumptions used in deriving the fair valuation of the investments. 
Furthermore, the External Auditor briefed the Audit Committee on 
the outcome of their controls testing and the audit procedures 
performed. This risk of material misstatement is therefore carefully 
considered when the Committee reviews the Company’s annual and 
interim financial statements.

The Management Board members were available during the 
Committee review process to provide detailed explanations of  
the rationale used for the valuation of investments and the 
assumptions applied. 

Subsequent to the valuation and ensuing reviews, the Committee 
concluded that the valuation process of the Company’s investments 
for the year ended 31 December 2020 had been properly carried out 
and the investments fairly valued. 

Over the year the Committee considered the UK’s exit from the 
European Union and in particular the risk it could pose to the 

Company’s listing on the London Stock Exchange (‘LSE’). The 
Committee obtained sufficient comfort that appropriate plans were  
in place to ensure continuity of listing post the end of the Brexit 
transition period. 

Non-Audit Services
The Committee considered the extent of non-audit services (‘NAS’) 
provided by the External Auditor. To the extent that the NAS are not 
prohibited, the Committee will continue to review and, where 
appropriate, approve NAS engagements performed by the External 
Auditor on controlled subsidiaries. As a general principle the Company 
will not look to retain the services of the External Auditor for NAS 
unless there is a specific justification for doing so, for example legacy 
knowledge whereby the appointment of another adviser would 
potentially be sub optimal to the business. There were no NAS 
provided by the External Auditor the to the Group during 2020.

Audit Tender
In accordance with the European Audit Reform, KPMG would conduct 
its last audit under its current ten-year tenure as external auditor in 
respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2021. In November 
2020, the Company announced its intention to conduct an audit 
tender with a view to selecting a firm to audit the Company’s 
consolidated IFRS financial statements starting for the fiscal period 
beginning 1 January 2022.

The Tender was initiated in compliance with European Audit Reform as 
adopted by the EU legislators in 2014 and with Luxembourg law on 
23 July 2016 on the audit profession (‘Law n°6929’) which requires 
Public Interest Entities to put their statutory audit engagement out to 
tender at least every ten years.

The Tender process is being led by the Audit Committee in 
consultation with the Management Board. 

The request for proposal for the tender was issued during the last 
quarter of 2020 with the tender process to be conducted during the 
first half of 2021. 

Appointment of External Auditor
As stated above in the ‘2020 overview’, the Committee annually 
reviews the performance of KPMG Luxembourg, Société coopérative 
(‘KPMG’), the Company’s External Auditor. In doing so, we consider a 
range of factors including the quality of service, specialist expertise 
and the level of audit fee. Following that review, the Committee 
remains satisfied with KPMG’s effectiveness. There are no contractual 
obligations restricting the choice of External Auditor. The 
reappointment of the External Auditor is subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting.

As a result of its work during the period, the Committee concludes 
that it has acted in accordance with its terms of reference and has 
ensured the independence and objectivity of the External Auditor. 
The Committee has recommended to the Board to re-appoint KPMG 
Luxembourg, Société coopérative as the Group’s External Auditor.

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Jutta af Rosenborg
Chairman of the Audit Committee
24 March 2021

75

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Management Board Responsibilities Statement

The Management Board of the Company is responsible for ensuring proper preparation of the Company’s Annual Report and financial statements  
for each financial period in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, which require it to:

i)  Give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group as of and at the end of the financial period,  

in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and the Listing Rules.

ii)  Give a true and fair view of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group.

iii)  Give a true and fair description of the principal risks and uncertainties the Group may encounter and put in place an appropriate control 

framework designed to meet the Group’s particular needs and the risks to which it is exposed.

In addition, the Management Board is responsible for ensuring that the Company complies with applicable company law and other UK or 
Luxembourg applicable laws and regulations.

In preparing such Financial Statements, the Management Board is responsible for:

 — Selecting suitable accounting policies and applying them consistently.

 — Making judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent.

 — Stating whether applicable accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 

financial statements.

 — Preparing the financial statements on a going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business.

 — Maintaining proper accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Group and enable it to ensure 

that the financial statements comply with all relevant regulations.

 — Safeguarding the assets of the Group and taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Management Board Responsibilities Statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 — The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards and give a true and fair view  

of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and Group included in the consolidation as a whole.

 — The Chairman’s Statement and the Report of the Management Board (‘Strategic Report’) include a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Company and Group included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with  
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

Luxembourg, 24 March 2021

Duncan Ball
Co-CEO

Frank Schramm
Co-CEO

Michael Denny
CFO

76

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

To the Shareholders of
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. (formerly BBGI SICAV S.A.)
6E, route de Trèves
L-2633 Senningerberg
Luxembourg

Report of the reviseur d’entreprises agréé

Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. (formerly BBGI SICAV S.A.) and its subsidiaries 
(the “Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2020, and the consolidated income 
statement, consolidated statement of other comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement 
of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group 
as at 31 December 2020 and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by European Union.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 on the audit profession (“Law of 23 July 2016”) and with International 
Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”) as adopted for Luxembourg by the “Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier” (“CSSF”). Our 
responsibilities under the Law of 23 July 2016 and ISAs are further described in the « Responsibilities of “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for the 
audit of the consolidated financial statements » section of our report. We are also independent of the Group in accordance with the International 
Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (“IESBA Code”) as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF 
together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial statements, and have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities under those ethical requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of the audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Investments at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
a) Why the matter was considered to be one of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period
We refer to the accounting policy “Investments at FVPL” and to Note 9 in the consolidated financial statements. Over 97% of the Group’s 
assets are infrastructure assets that have been developed predominantly under the PPP/PFI or similar procurement models (“Infrastructure 
Investments”), held at fair value through profit or loss. The valuation of infrastructure investments is a significant judgement area resulting 
from a  number of assumptions in the financial models. The valuation is inherently subjective due to the absence of a liquid market for these 
investments. The complexity of this methodology as well as assumptions taken in the financial models mean that there is a risk that the fair value 
of these investments may not be appropriate. The key assumptions used by the Management Board are among others in respect of discount 
rates and components of budgets used being part of long term forecast cash flows. In addition, the Management Board also used assumptions 
such as inflation, deposit interest and tax rates that have an impact on the long term forecast cash flows.

The significance of the estimates and judgements involved, coupled with the fact that a small percentage difference in the key assumptions in 
individual infrastructure investment valuations, when aggregated, could result in a material misstatement on the consolidated income statement 
and consolidated statement of financial position, warrants specific audit focus in this area.

b) How the matter was addressed in our audit
Our audit procedures over the valuation of investments at fair value through profit or loss included, but were not limited to the following:

 — We tested the design, implementation and effectiveness of the controls around the determination and monitoring of the discounted cash 

flows and the determination and monitoring of related key macroeconomic assumptions; 

 — We used our own valuation specialists and their market knowledge to perform the following procedures:

 B  We considered and commented the approach and methodology documented by Management Board used in BBGI’s Valuation Report 

against International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines;

77

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

Key Audit Matters (continued)
Investments at Fair Value through Profit or Loss (continued)
b) How the matter was addressed in our audit (continued)

 B  We obtained market benchmarks for discount rates from public and private sources. We considered the discount rates applied in BBGI’s  

Valuation Report against market benchmarks in the light of market, project, sector and country issues; 

 B  We performed research on key assumptions and commented and compared those against the assumptions applied in BBGI’s Valuation 

Report;

 B We reviewed the results of the sensitivity analysis on key assumptions taken by Management;

 B  We challenged and determined the appropriateness of the Management Board’s assumptions used for the valuation of a sample 

of Infrastructure Investments applying following procedures:

 —  We agreed the underlying shareholder cash flows inputs (such as dividends, subordinated debt interest and principal repayment 

and director’s fees) from the underlying project model to the Group’s valuation model;

 — We considered if the methodology for assessing fair value has been applied consistently across the assets;

 —  We read the latest board minutes, board packages and other supporting documents and information in respect of the sampled 

investments and raised Q&A comments to challenge the inputs in the valuation;

 — We reviewed the Valuation Report prepared by the Management Board and assessed whether the valuation inputs and results are consistent 

with our other audit procedures performed as part of our audit of the consolidated financial statements;

 — We obtained and reviewed the valuation review opinion issued by the independent third party valuation expert engaged by the Group, 

in connection with the appropriateness of the portfolio value prepared by the Management Board; and

 — We tested the design, implementation and effectiveness of the management review controls over the valuation process.

Other Information
The Management Board is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information stated in the annual report 
but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our report of “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit 
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report this fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Management Board for the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Management Board is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
IFRSs, and for such internal control as the Management Board determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Management Board is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Management 
Board either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Responsibilities of the Réviseur D’Entreprises Agréé for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
The objectives of our audit are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue a report of “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as 
adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

78

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

As part of an audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 — Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 — Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

 — Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made 

by the Management Board.

 — Conclude on the appropriateness of the Management Board’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 

obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our report of the “réviseur 
d’entreprises agréé” to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report of the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé”. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

 — Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether 
the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 — Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities and business activities within the Group 

to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the 
Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, 
and where applicable, related safeguards. 

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit 
of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our report 
unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
We have been appointed as “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” by the General Meeting of the Shareholders on and the duration of our uninterrupted 
engagement, including previous renewals and reappointments, is ten years.

The annual report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. 

Luxembourg, 24 March 2021
KPMG Luxembourg
Société coopérative
Cabinet de révision agréé

Joseph de Souza
Partner

79

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORT 
Consolidated Income Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Continuing operations

Income from investments at fair value through profit or loss
Other operating income

Operating income

Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses

Operating expenses

Results from operating activities
Net finance result
Net gain(loss) on balance sheet hedging

Profit before tax
Tax expense – net

Profit from continuing operations

Profit from continuing operations attributable to the owners of the Company

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (pence)
Diluted earnings per share (pence)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

Note

2020

2019

9

6
7

8
18

11

14
14

63,337
186

63,523

(9,607)
(7,268)

69,772
–

69,772

(8,488)
(7,331)

(16,875)

(15,819)

46,648
(1,647)
(642)

44,359
(2,649)

41,710

41,710

6.58
6.57

53,953
(2,029)
2,060

53,984
(3,000)

50,984

50,984

8.43
8.41

80

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Note

Profit from continuing operations attributable to the owners of the Company
Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the owners of the Company

2020

41,710
–

41,710

2019

50,984
–

50,984

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

81

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Assets
Property plant and equipment
Investments at fair value through profit or loss
Deferred tax assets
Derivative financial assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables
Other current assets
Derivative financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Additional paid-in capital
Translation reserves
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Derivative financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings
Trade payables
Accruals and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities
Tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Net asset value attributable to the owners of the Company
Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

Note

2020

2019

9
11
18

19
12
18
10

13
20
13

15
18

15

16
18
11

13
13

58
895,674
225
12

895,969

1,631
2,164
247
20,532

24,574

61
845,967
–
605

846,633

3,876
594
756
34,778

40,004

920,543

886,637

770,942
1,517
(597)
143,978

714,280
965
(597)
146,984

915,840

861,632

–
218

218

177
73
2,643
25
1,567

4,485

4,703

920,543

915,840
137.78

20,318
–

20,318

116
353
2,515
–
1,703

4,687

25,005

886,637

861,632
136.72

82

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

As at 1 January 2019
Total comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2019
Profit from continuing operations attributable to the owners  

of the Company

Total comprehensive income for year

Transactions with the owners of the Company, recognised  

directly in equity

Issuance of shares from placing of ordinary shares – net of issue cost
Scrip dividends
Cash dividends
Equity settlement of share based compensation
Share–based payment

Balance as at 31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Balance as at 1 January 2020
Total comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2020
Profit from continuing operations attributable to the owners  

of the Company

Total comprehensive income for year

Transactions with the owners of the Company, recognised  

directly in equity

Share
capital

Additional
paid–in
capital

Notes

Translation
reserve

Retained
earnings

Total
equity

639,160

837

(597)

137,620

777,020

–

–

–

–

13
13
13
13,20
20

73,915
772
–
433
–

714,280

–
–
–
(433)
561

965

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

50,984

50,984

50,984

50,984

–
(772)
(40,848)
–
–

73,915
–
(40,848)
–
561

(597) 146,984

861,632

Share
capital

Additional
paid–in
capital

Notes

Translation
reserve

Retained
earnings

Total
equity

714,280

965

(597) 146,984 861,632

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

41,710

41,710

41,710

41,710

–
(2,068)
(42,648)
–
–

54,169
–
(42,648)
–
977

Issuance of shares from placing of ordinary shares – net of issue cost
Scrip dividends
Cash dividends
Equity settlement of share based compensation
Share–based payment

13
13
13
13,20
20

54,169
2,068
–
425
–

–
–
–
(425)
977

Balance as at 31 December 2020

770,942

1,517

(597) 143,978 915,840

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

83

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Operating activities
Profit from continuing operations
Adjustments for:

Depreciation expense
Net finance results
Income from investments at fair value through profit or loss
Loss on derivative financial instruments - net
Foreign currency exchange loss - net
Share-based compensation
Tax expense - net

Working capital adjustments:
Trade and other receivables
Other current assets
Trade and other payables

Cash used in operating activities

Interest paid and other borrowing costs
Interest received
Realised gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments - net
Taxes paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Investing activities
Acquisition of/additional investments at fair value through profit or loss
Distributions received from investments at fair value through profit or loss
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities
Issuance of share capital through placing (net of issuance cost)
Dividends paid
Repayment of loans and borrowings
Proceeds from issuance of loans and borrowings
Debt issue cost

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Impact of foreign exchange gain on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Note

2020

2019

41,710

50,984

6
8
9
18
7
20
11

18

9
9

13
13
15
15

27
1,647
(63,337)
1,495
4,767
977
2,649

(1,094)
(2,822)
(168)

(14,149)
(1,219)
10
(151)
(3,010)

(18,519)

(59,185)
72,815
(24)

13,606

54,169
(42,648)
(62,000)
41,000
(27)

(9,506)

(14,419)
173
34,778

21
2,029
(69,772)
930
3,250
561
3,000

8
75
(126)

(9,040)
(721)
62
1,164
(2,379)

(10,914)

(62,900)
63,988
(49)

1,039

73,915
(40,848)
(80,057)
81,780
(934)

33,856

23,981
353
10,444

34,778

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

10

20,532

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

84

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2020

1.  Corporate information
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A., formerly BBGI SICAV S.A.,(‘BBGI’, or the ‘Company’ or, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the ‘Group’) 
is an investment company incorporated in Luxembourg in the form of a public limited liability company (société anonyme) with variable share 
capital (société d’investissement à capital variable, or ‘SICAV’) and regulated by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (‘CSSF’) 
under Part II of the amended Luxembourg law of 17 December 2010 on undertakings for collective investments with an indefinite life. The 
Company qualifies as an alternative investment fund within the meaning of Article 1 (39) of the amended law of 12 July 2013 on alternative 
investment fund managers (‘2013 Law’) implementing Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on 
Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) 
No 1095/2010 and is authorised as an internal alternative investment fund manager in accordance with Chapter 2 of the 2013 Law. The Company 
was admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority (premium listing, closed-ended investment company) and to trading on the main 
market of the London Stock Exchange on 21 December 2011. 

As of 1 January 2021, the main market of the London Stock Exchange is not considered as an EU regulated market (as defined by the MiFID II).  
As a result, Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004, on the harmonisation of transparency 
requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market, and amending Directive 
2001/34/EC (the Transparency Directive) as implemented in the Luxembourg law by the act dated 11 January 2008 on transparency 
requirements for issuers (the Transparency Act 2008), among other texts, do not apply to the Company.

The Company’s registered office is EBBC, 6E, route de Trèves, L-2633 Senningerberg, Luxembourg. On 27 October 2020, the Company 
changed its registered name from BBGI SICAV S.A. to BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

The Company is a closed-ended investment company that invests principally in a diversified portfolio of Public Private Partnership (‘PPP’)/
Private Finance Initiative (‘PFI’) infrastructure or similar style assets. At 31 December 2020, the Company has one investment that is under 
construction.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group employed 23 staff (31 December 2019: 21 staff).

Reporting period
The Company’s reporting period runs from 1 January to 31 December each year. The Company’s consolidated statement of financial position, 
consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
consolidated statement of cash flows include comparative figures as at 31 December 2019. 

The amounts presented as ‘non-current’ in the consolidated statement of financial position are those expected to be recovered or settled after 
more than one year. The amounts presented as ‘current’ are those expected to be recovered or settled within one year.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Management Board on 24 March 2021.

2.  Basis of preparation
Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) 
as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’). 

The Group follows, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of the Standard of Recommended Practices issued by the Association of 
Investment Companies (‘AIC SORP’). If a provision of the AIC SORP is in direct conflict with IFRS as adopted by the EU, the standards of the 
latter shall prevail.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for investments at fair value through profit or loss 
(‘Investments at FVPL’) and derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

85

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

2.  Basis of preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting policy
New and amended standards applicable to the Group are as follows:

– Amendments to IFRS 3: Definition of a Business (effective 1 January 2020)
The amendment to IFRS 3 clarifies that to be considered a business, an integrated set of activities and assets must include, at a minimum, an 
input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output. Furthermore, it clarified that a business can 
exist without including all of the inputs and processes needed to create outputs. These amendments had no significant impact on the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group but may impact future periods should the Group enter into any business combinations.

– Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material (effective 1 January 2020)
The amendments provide a new definition of material that states, ‘information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably 
be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general-purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial 
statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity’.

The amendments clarify that materiality will depend on the nature or magnitude of information, either individually or in combination with other 
information, in the context of the financial statements.

A misstatement of information is material if it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users. These 
amendments had no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

– Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (effective 1 January 2020)
The Conceptual Framework is not a standard, and none of the concepts contained therein override the concepts or requirements in any 
standard. The purpose of the Conceptual Framework is to assist the IASB in developing standards, to help preparers develop consistent 
accounting policies where there is no applicable standard in place and to assist all parties to understand and interpret the standards. This will 
affect those entities which developed their accounting policies based on the Conceptual Framework. The revised Conceptual Framework 
includes some new concepts, updated definitions and recognition criteria for assets and liabilities and clarifies some important concepts. These 
amendments had no impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, the Company’s functional currency. All amounts presented in tables 
throughout the report have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated.

The Company as an Investment Entity
The Management Board has assessed that the Company is an Investment Entity in accordance with the provisions of IFRS 10. The Company 
meets the following criteria to qualify as an Investment Entity:

a)  Obtains funds from one or more investors for the purpose of providing those investors with investment management services - The Group is 

internally managed with management focused solely on managing those funds received from its shareholders in order to maximise 
investment income/returns.

b)  Commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, or both 

- The investment objectives of the Company are to:

 — Provide investors with secure and highly predictable long-term cash flows whilst actively managing the investment portfolio with the 

intention of maximising return over the long-term.

 — Target an annual dividend payment with the aim to increase this distribution progressively over the longer-term.

 — Target an IRR which is to be achieved over the longer-term via active management and to enhance the value of existing investments. 

The above-mentioned objectives support the fact that the main business purpose of the Company is to seek to maximise investment income for 
the benefit of its shareholders.

c)  Measures and evaluates performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis - The investment policy of the Company is to 
invest in equity, subordinated debt or similar interests issued in respect of infrastructure assets that have been developed predominantly 
under the PPP/PFI or similar styled procurement models. Each of these assets is valued at fair value. The valuation is carried out on a 
six-monthly basis as at 30 June and 31 December each year. 

86

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

2.  Basis of preparation (continued)
Based on the Management Board’s assessment, the Company also meets the typical characteristics of an Investment Entity as follows:

a)  it has more than one investment – as at 31 December 2020, the Company has 50 investments;

b)  it has more than one investor – the Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange with its shares held by a broad pool of investors;

c)  it has investors that are not related parties of the entity – other than those shares held by the Supervisory Board and Management Board 

Directors, and certain other employees, all remaining shares in issue (more than 99 per cent) are held by non-related parties of the Company; 
and

d)  it has ownership interests in the form of equity or similar interests – ownership in the Company is through equity interest.

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies
a)  Basis of consolidation
Business combination
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred 
to the Group. Control is the power to direct the relevant activities, i.e. the activities that significantly affect the investee’s returns and to obtain 
those returns. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that currently are exercisable.

The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

 — the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus

 — the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus

 — if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree; less

 — the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

When there is an excess of value over consideration, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. 

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts generally are 
recognised in the consolidated income statement. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that 
the Group incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, then 
it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent consideration 
are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are investees controlled by the Company (directly or indirectly). The Company controls an investee if it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The Company is an Investment Entity and measures investments in certain subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss. In determining whether 
the Company meets the definition of an Investment Entity, the management considered the Group structure as a whole (see also Note 2). 

Although the Company qualifies as an Investment Entity and is required to value certain subsidiaries at fair value, the Company has a number of 
subsidiaries which provide services that relate to the Company’s investment activities. These subsidiaries are consolidated on a line-by-line basis 
(see Note 19).

Acquisition of non-controlling interests (consolidated subsidiaries)
Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with owners in their capacity as owners and therefore no goodwill is 
recognised as a result. Adjustments to non-controlling interest arising from transactions that do not involve the loss of control are based on a 
proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary.

87

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
a)  Basis of consolidation (continued)
Loss of control (consolidated subsidiaries)
For subsidiaries which are consolidated on a line-by-line basis, upon the loss of control, the Group derecognises the assets and liabilities of the 
subsidiary, any non-controlling interests and the other components of equity related to the subsidiary. Any surplus or deficit arising on the loss of 
control is recognised in the consolidated income statement. If the Group retains any interest in the previous subsidiary, then such interest is 
measured at fair value at the date that control is lost. Subsequently, it is accounted for as an investment at fair value through profit or loss or as an 
available-for-sale financial asset depending on the level of influence retained.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation (consolidated subsidiaries)
Intra-group receivables, liabilities, revenue and expenses are eliminated in their entirety when preparing the consolidated financial statements. 
Gains that arise from intra-group transactions and that are unrealised from the standpoint of the Group, at the date of the consolidated 
statement of financial position, are eliminated in their entirety. Unrealised losses on intra-group transactions are also eliminated in the same way 
as unrealised gains, to the extent that the loss does not correspond to an impairment loss.

b)  Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Pounds Sterling at the exchange rate at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated into Pounds Sterling at the exchange rate on that date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are translated into Pounds Sterling at the 
exchange rate on the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognised in the 
consolidated income statement as a gain or loss on currency translation.

c)  Foreign currency translations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to Pounds Sterling at the exchange rates on the reporting date. The income and 
expenses of foreign operations are translated to Pounds Sterling at the average exchange rates during the year, if such does not significantly 
deviate from the exchange rates at the date on which the transaction is entered into. If significant deviations arise, then the exchange rate at the 
date of the transaction is used.

Foreign currency differences are recognised in consolidated statement of other comprehensive income, and presented in ‘translation reserve’ in 
equity, except for exchange differences from intra-Group monetary items which are reflected in the consolidated income statement. However, 
since the Company qualifies as an investment entity under IFRS 10 and records its investments in subsidiaries and associates at investment at 
FVPL, ‘translation reserve’ movements during the reporting period relating to investments are classified as ‘Income from investments at fair 
value through profit or loss’ (income from Investments at FVPL). If the foreign operation is a non-wholly owned consolidated subsidiary, then the 
relevant portion of the translations difference is allocated to non-controlling interest. When a foreign operation is disposed of such that control, 
significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to 
consolidated income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a consolidated 
subsidiary that includes a foreign operation while retaining control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to non-
controlling interests.

When the settlement of a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, 
foreign currency gains and losses arising from such an item are considered to form part of a net investment in the foreign operation and are 
recognised in other comprehensive income, and presented in the translation reserve in equity.

d)  Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition at either: (i) amortised cost; (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income – debt 
instruments; (iii) fair value through other comprehensive income – equity instruments; or (iv) fair value through profit or loss.

In general, the Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights 
to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are 
transferred. Any interest in such transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate financial asset or 
liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has 
a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

88

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
d)  Financial instruments (continued)
At the date of the consolidated statement of financial position, except for Investments at FVPL and derivative financial assets, all non-derivative 
financial assets of the Group have been classified as financial assets at amortised cost.

Investments at FVPL
The Company is an Investment Entity and therefore values its investment in subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss, except where the 
subsidiary provides investment related services or activities. The fair value of an investment in subsidiary includes the fair value of the equity, 
loans and interest receivable and any other amounts which are included in the discounted estimated cash flow (which is used to compute the fair 
value) from such subsidiary. The Company subsequently measures its investment in certain subsidiaries at fair value in accordance with IFRS 13, 
with changes in fair value recognised in consolidated income statement in the period of change. The fair value estimation of investments in 
subsidiaries is described in Note 18.

In addition to valuing certain subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss, the Company also values investments in associates and jointly 
controlled entities at fair value.

The Company meets the definition of IAS 28 paragraph 18 for a venture capital organisation or a similar entity and upon initial recognition has 
designated its investment in joint ventures and associates at fair value through profit or loss. The Group manages the performance of each of the 
joint ventures and associates on a fair value basis in accordance with the Group´s investment strategy. The information about associates and joint 
ventures is provided internally on a fair value basis to the Group´s Management Board and Supervisory Board. The Group therefore measures its 
associates and joint ventures at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 with changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated income statement 
in the period of change. 

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Significant 
influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20 per cent and 50 per cent of the voting power of another entity. Jointly 
controlled entities are those entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement and requiring 
unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest rate (‘EIR’) method and are subject to impairment. 
Gains and losses are recognised in the consolidated statement of income when the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through profit or loss. ECLs 
are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group 
expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest rate. 

The Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a 
loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities
The Company classifies non-derivative financial liabilities as liabilities at amortised cost. Such financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair 
value less any direct attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost 
using the EIR method.

The Company derecognises a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) from the consolidated statement of financial position when, and only 
when, it is extinguished or when the obligation specified in the contract or agreement is discharged or cancelled or has expired. The difference 
between the carrying amount of a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) extinguished or transferred to another party and the 
consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is considered in the consolidated income statement. 

e)  Fair value measurement
The Group accounts for its investments in PPP/PFI entities (‘Project Companies’) as Investments at FVPL. The valuation is determined using the 
discounted cash flow methodology. The cash flows forecasted to be received by the Company or its consolidated subsidiaries, generated by 
each of the underlying assets, and adjusted as appropriate to reflect the risk and opportunities, have been discounted using asset-specific 
discount rates. The valuation methodology is the same one used in previous reporting periods. 

The fair value of other financial assets and liabilities, other than current assets and liabilities, is determined by discounting future cash flows at an 
appropriate discount rate and with reference to recent market transactions, where appropriate. Further information on assumptions and 
estimation uncertainties are disclosed in Note 18.

89

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
e)  Fair value measurement (continued)
Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs in the valuation methodology, as follows:

 — Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 — Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or 

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 — Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (‘unobservable inputs’).

If the inputs to measure fair value of an asset or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is 
categorised in its entirety at the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognises transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period in which the change has occurred.

f)  Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and 
it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the 
expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to a liability. 
The unwinding of such discount is recognised as finance cost.

g)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash balances and term deposits with maturities of three months or less from the date when the deposits 
were made and that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in their fair value, and are used by the Group in the management of its short-
term commitments.

h)  Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares, or which are associated with the establishment 
of the Company, that would otherwise have been avoided are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

i)  Segment reporting
Segment results that are reported to the Management Board include items directly attributable to segments as well as those that can be 
allocated on a reasonable basis.

j)  Employee benefits
Short-term and other long-term employee benefits are expensed as the related services are provided. A liability is recognised for the amount 
expected to be paid, and discounted at present value if necessary, if the Group has present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as 
a result of a past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

For share-based payment arrangements, the grant-date fair value of the equity settled share-based payment arrangement is recognised as an 
expense, with a corresponding increase in additional paid in capital over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognised as an expense 
is adjusted to reflect related service and non-market performance conditions. The market condition related to the award is measured at the date 
of grant and there is no adjustment of expense/income to the consolidated income statement for differences between expected and actual 
outcomes.

k)  Finance income and finance costs
Interest income and expenses are recognised in the consolidated income statement using the EIR method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments and receipts through the expected life of the 
financial instrument (or, where appropriate, a shorter period) to the carrying amount of the financial instrument. When calculating the effective 
interest rate, the Group estimates future cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.

Interest received or receivable and interest paid or payable are recognised in the consolidated income statement as finance income and finance 
costs, respectively.

l)  Leases
Under IFRS 16, upon lease commencement, a lessee recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement 
date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove any improvements made to office premises.

90

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
m) Tax
According to the Luxembourg regulations regarding SICAV companies, the Company itself, as an undertaking for collective investment, is 
exempt from paying income and/or capital gains taxes in Luxembourg. It is, however, liable to annual subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on its 
consolidated net asset value (‘NAV’), payable quarterly and assessed on the last day of each quarter.

Income tax on the consolidated subsidiaries’ profits for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised in 
consolidated income statement except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in the 
consolidated statement of other comprehensive income.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

 — Temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects 

neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 — Temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that the Company is able to control 

the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 — Taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to taxes 
levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on 
a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognised for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed each reporting date and are reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

n)  Current versus non-current classification
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on current/non-current classification. An asset is current 
when it is:

 — Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle

 — Held primarily for the purpose of trading

 — Expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period or

 — Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 — It is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle

 — It is held primarily for the purpose of trading

 — It is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period 

or

 — There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period

The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its 
classification.

The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

91

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

4.  Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Management Board to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Management Board has made the following judgements that would have the 
most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

4.1   Assessment as an investment entity
Refer to Note 2 for the discussion on this topic.

4.2  Fair value determination
Refer to Note 3 e) for the discussion on this topic.

4.3  Share-based payments
Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on 
the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including 
the expected life of the share option or appreciation right, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. 

For the measurement of the fair value of equity-settled transactions for the Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’), the Group uses a Monte Carlo 
simulation model. For the measurement of the fair value of equity-settled transactions for the Deferred Short-Term Incentive Plan (‘Deferred 
STIP’), the Group recognises a portion of the annual estimated bonus of the Management Board. The assumptions and models used for 
estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions are disclosed in Note 20.

4.4  Going concern basis of accounting
As part of its assessment, the Management Board has considered the risk posed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Group’s portfolio is more than 
99 per cent operational and relies on availability-based revenues. At the time of producing these consolidated financial statements, there was no 
evidence to suggest of material disruption to the Group and financial performance is not expected to be materially affected. However, there is 
naturally significant uncertainty around how the pandemic will evolve and therefore it is difficult to foresee all consequences or disruptions 
potentially arising from the pandemic.

The Management Board has satisfied itself that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 months 
from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements. After due consideration, the Management Board believes it is appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

5.  Segment reporting
IFRS 8 – Operating Segments adopts a ‘through the eyes of the management’ approach to an entity’s reporting of information relating to its 
operating segments, and also requires an entity to report financial and descriptive information about its reportable segments.

Based on a review of information provided to the Management Board, the Group has identified five reportable segments based on the 
geographical concentration risk. The main factor used to identify the Group’s reportable segments is the geographical location of the asset. The 
Management Board has concluded that the Group’s reportable segments are: 

(1) UK; (2) North America; (3) Australia; (4) Continental Europe; and (5) Holding Activities. These reportable segments are the basis on which the 
Group reports information to the Management Board.

92

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

5.  Segment reporting (continued)
Segment information is presented below:

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Income from investments at FVPL
Administration expenses
Other operating expenses - net

Results from operating activities

Finance cost
Finance income
Net loss on derivative financial instruments
Tax expense - net

UK

18,715
–
–

North
America

15,685
–
–

Australia

22,062
–
–

Continental
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

6,875
–
–

–
(9,607)
(7,082)

63,337
(9,607)
(7,082)

18,715

15,685

22,062

6,875

(16,689)

46,648

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

(1,657)
10
(642)
(2,649)

(1,657)
10
(642)
(2,649)

Profit or loss from continuing operations

18,715

15,685

22,062

6,875

(21,627)

41,710

For the year ended 31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Income from investments at FVPL
Administration expenses
Other operating expenses - net

Results from operating activities

Finance cost
Finance income
Net loss on derivative financial instruments
Tax expense - net

UK

24,709
–
–

North
America

40,720
–
–

24,709

40,720

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Australia

2,024
–
–

2,024

–
–
–
–

Continental
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

69,772
(8,488)
(7,331)

–
(8,488)
(7,331)

(15,819)

53,953

(2,091)
62
2,060
(3,000)

(2,091)
62
2,060
(3,000)

2,319
–
–

2,319

–
–
–
–

Profit or loss from continuing operations

24,709

40,720

2,024

2,319

(18,788)

50,984

93

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

5.  Segment reporting (continued)
Statement of financial position per segment information as at 31 December 2020 and 2019 are presented below:

As at 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Assets
Investments at FVPL
Other non-current assets 
Current assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Non-current
Current

Total liabilities

As at 31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Assets
Investments at FVPL
Other non-current assets 
Current assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Non-current
Current

Total liabilities

UK

North
America

Australia

Continental
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

264,797 418,063
–
–

–
–

117,984
–
–

94,830
–
–

– 895,674
295
24,574

295
24,574

264,797 418,063

117,984

94,830

24,869 920,543

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

218
4,485

4,703

218
4,485

4,703

UK

North
America

Australia

Continental
Europe

Holding
Activities

Total
Group

272,281
–
–

372,696
–
–

103,410
–
–

97,580
–
–

–
666
40,004

845,967
666
40,004

272,281

372,696

103,410

97,580

40,670

886,637

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

20,318
4,687

20,318
4,687

25,005

25,005

The Holding Activities of the Group include the activities which are not specifically related to a specific asset or region, but to those companies 
which provide services to the Group. The total current assets classified under Holding Activities mainly represent cash and cash equivalents. 

Transactions between reportable segments are conducted at arm’s length and are accounted for in a similar way to the basis of accounting used 
for third parties. The accounting methods used for all the segments are similar and comparable with those of the Company.

6.  Administrative expenses

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Personnel expenses
Legal and professional fees
Office and other expenses
Depreciation expense

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

6,246
2,570
764
27

9,607

4,842
2,040
1,585
21

8,488

The Group has engaged certain third parties to provide legal, depositary, custodian, audit, tax and other services to the Group. The expenses 
incurred in relation to such services are treated as legal and professional fees. Depositary and custodian related charges during the year 
amounted to £347,000 (2019: £287,000).

94

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

6.  Administrative expenses (continued)
During the year, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries obtained the following services from the external auditors.

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Group auditor remuneration:

Statutory audit fees to the Group’s external auditor
Audit-related fees

Other statutory audit fees

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

187,088
65,620
29,185

281,893

195,543
59,714
24,218

279,475

Audit-related fees includes the fees in respect to the interim review of the Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements and other 
permitted audit-related services.

There were no non-audit related fees charged by the Group’s external auditor during the year (31 December 2019: nil).

7.  Other operating expenses

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Foreign currency exchange loss – net
Acquisition-related and unsuccessful bid costs
Loss on derivative financial instruments at FVPL1
Others

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

4,767
1,626
853
22

7,268

3,250
1,086
2,990
5

7,331

1. Relates to foreign exchange hedging on forecasted distributions from Investments at FVPL. Refer to Note 18 for the reclassification made on the prior year comparative.

8.  Net finance result

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Interest expense on loan and borrowings (Note 15)
Interest income on bank deposits

9.  Investments at FVPL

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Balance at 1 January
Acquisitions of/additions in Investments at FVPL
Income from investments at FVPL1
Distributions received from Investments at FVPL
Reclassification to other receivables

Balance at 31 December

1. This account relates purely to unrealised gain on revaluation of investments.

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

(1,657)
10

(1,647)

(2,091)
62

(2,029)

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

845,967
59,185
63,337
(72,815)
–

780,356
62,900
69,772
(63,988)
(3,073)

895,674

845,967

95

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

9.  Investments at FVPL (continued)
The impact of foreign exchange gains or losses on income from Investments at FVPL for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to a gain 
of £3.2 million (year ended 31 December 2019: loss of £6.2 million). Refer to Note 17 of the consolidated financial statements for further 
information on investments at FVPL.

Distributions from Investments at FVPL are received after either: (a) financial models have been tested for compliance with certain ratios; or (b) 
financial models have been submitted to the external lenders of the Project Companies; or (c) approvals of the external lenders on the financial 
models have been obtained.

As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, loan and interest receivable from unconsolidated subsidiaries is embedded within Investments at FVPL.

The valuation of Investments at FVPL considers all cash flows related to individual assets. 

Interest income, dividend income, asset-related management fee income and other income, recorded under the accruals basis at the level of the 
consolidated subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2020, amounted to £65,689,000 (31 December 2019: £62,322,000). The associated 
future cash flows deriving from these items are taken into account when fair valuing the investments.

Over the period, the Group made six new and follow-on acquisitions as follows:

 — Highway 104 (Canada): In May, the Company acquired a 50 per cent stake in Highway 104, an availability-based motorway investment in 
Nova Scotia. Preparations to start construction work began in May 2020, with an estimated completion date of the end of 2023. The 
concession will run until 2043 and availability payments will be received from the Government of Nova Scotia, which is rated Aa2 by Moody’s 
and AA- by Standard & Poor’s (‘S&P’). Despite initial delays in receiving certain environmental permits for in-water works, the construction 
remains on schedule with no material impact resulting from Covid-19.

 — N18 Motorway (Netherlands): In April, the Company completed a follow-on acquisition in the N18 Motorway, bringing BBGI’s total equity 

interest in the investment to 52 per cent. The concession runs until 2043 and availability payments are received from the State of the 
Netherlands, which is rated Aaa by the credit rating agency Moody’s.

 — Stanton Territorial Hospital (Canada): During the period, the Company completed two follow-on acquisitions in Stanton Territorial 

Hospital, increasing BBGI’s interest in the investment from 25 per cent to 100 per cent. Stanton is an operational 27,000m2 hospital with 100 
patient rooms located in Yellowknife, Northwest Territories. The concession runs until 2048 and availability payments are received from the 
Government of Northwest Territories, which is rated Aa1 by the credit rating agency Moody’s. 

 — Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals (Canada): In August, the Company completed a follow-on acquisition for the remaining 50 per cent 

interest in Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals. The concession runs until 2042 and availability payments are received from the Interior Health 
Authority, funded by the Province of British Columbia which is rated Aaa by Moody’s and AAA by S&P. BBGI’s equity interest in the 
investment is now 100 per cent.

 — Samuel De Champlain Bridge Corridor (Canada): In December, BBGI completed the acquisition of a 25 per cent equity interest in 

Signature on the Saint-Lawrence Group, the concessionaire of the Samuel De Champlain Bridge Corridor in Montreal. The investment 
consists of the design, construction, financing, operation, maintenance and rehabilitation of a new bridge spanning the St. Lawrence River 
between Montreal and Brossard, Quebec. Availability payments are received from the Government of Canada, which is rated AAA by both 
Moody’s and S&P credit rating agencies. The bridge opened to traffic in summer 2019 and the concession runs until 2049. 

96

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

9.  Investments at FVPL (continued)
Details of various asset investments in the Group’s portfolio and their respective acquisition dates are as follows:

Company

Asset

Country of
Incorporation

Ownership
Interest

RW Health Partnership Holdings Pty Limited*

Royal Women’s Hospital

Victorian Correctional Infrastructure Partnership Pty 

Victoria Correctional Facilities

Australia

Australia

Limited

BBPI Sentinel Holdings Pty Limited* BBGI Sentinel 
Holdings 2 Pty Limited*, and Sentinel Financing 
Holdings Pty Limited*

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

Golden Crossing Holdings Inc.*

Golden Ears Bridge

Trans-Park Highway Holding Inc.*

Kicking Horse Canyon

NorthwestConnect Holdings Inc.*

Northwest Anthony Henday Drive

BBGI KVH Holdings Inc.*

Kelowna and Vernon Hospital

WCP Holdings Inc.*

Women’s College Hospital

Stoney Trail Group Holdings Inc.*

Northeast Stoney Trail

BBGI NCP Holdings Inc.*

SNC-Lavalin Infrastructure Partners LP*

North Commuter Parkway

William R. Bennet Bridge
Southeast Stoney Trail
Canada Line
Restigouche Hospital Centre
McGill University Health Centre

BBGI Canada Holding 5 Inc.*

Stanton Territorial Hospital

BBGI 104 GP Inc.

BBGI Champlain Holding Inc.*

Highway 104

Champlain Bridge

Kreishaus Unna Holding GmbH*

Unna Administrative Centre

PJB Beteiligungs – GmbH*

Hochtief PPP 1 Holding GmbH & Co.KG*

Burg Correctional Facility

Cologne Schools
Rodenkirchen Schools
Frankfurt Schools
Fürst Wrede Military Base

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Germany

Germany

Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany

100%

100%

100%

100%

50%

50%

100%

100%

100%

50%

80%
40%
26.7%
80%
40%

100%

50%

25%

90%

90%

50%

Noaber18 Holding B.V.*

N18 Motorway

Netherlands

52% 

De Groene SchakelHolding B.V. *

Westland Town Hall

Netherlands

100%

SAAone PPP B.V*

A1/A6 Motorway

Netherlands

37.14%

Agder OPS Vegselskap AS

E18 Motorway

Norway

Kent Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited*

Kent Schools

Healthcare Providers (Gloucester) Ltd.*

Gloucester Royal Hospital

Highway Management M80 Topco Limited*

M80 Motorway

Bedford Education Partnership Holdings Limited*

Bedford Schools

Lisburn Education Partnership Holdings Limited*

Lisburn College

Clackmannanshire Schools Education Partnership 

Clackmannanshire Schools 

(Holdings) Limited*

Primaria (Barking & Havering) Limited*

Barking & Havering Clinics (LIFT)

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Year
Acquired

2012

2012

2014 and 
2015

2012 and 
2013

 2012

2012

2013 and 
2020

2013

2013

2015

2017
2017
2017
2017
2018

2018 and 
2020

2020

2020

2012 and 
2020

2012

2014

2018, 2019 
and 2020

2018 and 
2019

2018 and 
2019

2013 and 
2014

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

100%

50%

50%

50%

100%

100%

100%

60%

2012

97

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

9.  Investments at FVPL (continued)

Company

Asset

East Down Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited* East Down Colleges

Scottish Borders Education Partnership (Holdings) 

Scottish Borders Schools

Limited*

Coventry Education Partnership Holdings Limited*

Coventry Schools

Fire Support (SSFR) Holdings Limited*

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service

GB Consortium 1 Limited*

North London Estates Partnership 

(LIFT)

Liverpool & Sefton Clinics (LIFT)

Mersey Care Development Company 1 Limited*

Mersey Care Hospital

MG Bridge Investments Limited*

Mersey Gateway Bridge

Tor Bank School Education Partnership (Holdings) 

Tor Bank School

Limited*

Lagan College Education Partnership (Holdings) 

Lagan College

Limited*

Highway Management (City) Holding Limited*

M1 Westlink

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) NewCo Limited*
Blue Light Partnership (ASP) NewCo 2 Limited*

Avon and Somerset Police HQ

Northwin Limited

North West Regional College

Northwin (Intermediate) (Belfast) Limited*

Belfast Metropolitan College

Country of
Incorporation

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

BBGI East End Holdings Inc.*

Ohio River Bridges

USA

* and its subsidiary companies.

10. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents relate to bank deposits amounting to £20,532,000 (31 December 2019: £34,778,000). 

11.  Taxes

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Current tax:
Income tax and other taxes
Subscription tax

Deferred tax:
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses

Ownership
Interest

100%

Year
Acquired

2012 and 
2018

100%

2012

100%

85%

60% (both)

2012

2012

2012, 2014
and 2018

79.6%

37.5%

100%

2013 and 
2014

2014

2013

100%

2014

100%

100%

100%

100%

66.67%

2014

2014, 2015 
and 2016

2015

2016

2014 and 
2019

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

2,449
427

2,876

(227)

2,649

2,594
406

3,000

–

3,000

The Company, as an undertaking for collective investment, is exempt from corporate income tax in Luxembourg and instead pays an annual 
subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on the value of its total net assets. Moreover, the Company as a SICAV is not subject to taxes on capital gains or 
income. All other consolidated companies are subject to taxation at the applicable rate in their respective jurisdictions.

98

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

11.  Taxes (continued)
Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by the Company’s effective corporate tax rate for the year is as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Profit before tax

Income tax using the Luxembourg domestic tax rate of 24.94%
Subscription tax during the year
Reconciling difference mainly due to fair valuation of assets, net of gain/loss on derivatives (unrealised)

Tax charge for the year

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

44,359

11,063
427
(8,841)

2,649

53,984

13,464
406
(10,870)

3,000

A significant portion of the profit before tax results from fair valuation of Investments at FVPL. The net income of the unconsolidated subsidiaries 
is taxed in their respective jurisdictions. 

As a consequence of the adoption of IFRS 10, the Company is classified as an Investment Entity (see Note 2), meaning the tax expenses of the 
unconsolidated subsidiaries are not included within these consolidated financial statements. Therefore, the consolidated tax expense and tax 
assets/liabilities, if any, do not include those of the Project Companies. The tax liabilities of the Project Companies are embedded in the fair value 
calculation of the Investments at FVPL.

Deferred tax asset of £225,000 relates to taxable losses available for offsetting against future taxable income (31 December 2019: nil). 
Furthermore, the Group has additional tax losses carried forward amounting to £5,823,000 (2019: £5,931,000) in which no deferred tax asset 
was recognised. 

Tax liability as at 31 December 2020 amounted to £1,567,000 (31 December 2019: £1,703,000).

12. Other current assets

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Prepaid taxes
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

13. Capital and reserves
Share capital
Changes in the Company´s share capital are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Share capital as at 1 January
Issuance of ordinary shares through placing
Shares issuance cost on placing
Share capital issued through scrip dividends
Equity settlement of share-based compensation (see Note 20)

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

1,627
413
124

2,164

437
69
88

594

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

714,280
55,000
(831)
2,068
425

639,160
75,000
(1,085)
772
433

770,942

714,280

99

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

13. Capital and reserves (continued)
Share capital (continued)
The changes in the number of ordinary shares of no-par value issued by the Company are as follows:

In thousands of shares

In issue at beginning of the year
Shares issued through placing of ordinary shares
Shares issued through scrip dividends
Shares issued as share based compensation

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

630,213
32,544
1,244
690

664,691

580,005
49,020
491
697

630,213

In November 2020, the Company raised gross proceeds of £55,000,000 through a placing of 32,544,379 new ordinary shares of no-par value 
(‘Placing’). The Placing price was 169.0 pence per Placing share. The related share issuance cost amounted to £831,000.

All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared 
from time to time, and are entitled to one vote per share at general meetings of the Company. 

The Company meets the minimum share capital requirement as imposed under the applicable Luxembourg regulation.

Translation reserve
Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income, and presented in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity 
except for exchange differences from intragroup monetary items which are reflected in the consolidated income statement. The translation 
reserve comprises foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. 

Dividends
The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2020 are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling except as otherwise stated

2019 2nd interim dividend of 3.5 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 July 2019 to 31 December 2019
2020 1st interim dividend of 3.59 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 January 2020 to 30 June 2020

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
2020

22,057
22,659

44,716

The 31 December 2019 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2020. The value of the scrip election was £429,000, with the remaining amount of 
£21,628,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 30 June 2020 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2020. The value of the scrip election was £1,639,000 with the remaining amount of 
£21,020,000 paid in cash to those investors that elected for a cash dividend.

The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2019 are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling except as otherwise stated

2018 2nd interim dividend of 3.375 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 July 2018 to 31 December 2018
2019 1st interim dividend of 3.5 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 January 2019 to 30 June 2019

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
 2019

19,575
22,045

41,620

The 31 December 2018 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2019. The value of the scrip election was £181,000, with the remaining amount of 
£19,394,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

100

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

13. Capital and reserves (continued)
Dividends (continued)
The 30 June 2019 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2019. The value of the scrip election was £591,000 with the remaining amount of 
£21,453,000 paid in cash to those investors that elected for a cash dividend.

Net Asset Value (‘NAV’)
The consolidated NAV and NAV per share as at 31 December 2020, 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 were as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling/pence

NAV attributable to the owners of the Company
NAV per ordinary share (pence)

2020

2019

2018

915,840
137.78

861,632
136.72

777,020
133.97

14. Earnings per share
a)  Basic earnings per share
The basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of the Company by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares outstanding.

In thousands of Pounds Sterling / in thousands of shares

Profit attributable to the owners of the Company
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Basic earnings per share (in pence)

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

41,710
633,662

6.58

50,984
605,115

8.43

The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the purpose of calculating the basic earnings per share is computed as follows:

In thousands of shares

Shares outstanding as at 1 January
Effect of shares issued on placing of ordinary shares participating for the interim and final dividend of the year
Effect of shares issued on placing of ordinary shares participating for the second interim dividend of the year
Effect of scrip dividends issued
Shares issued as share based compensation

Weighted average – outstanding shares

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

630,213
–
2,712
363
374

633,662

580,005
24,510
–
164
436

605,115

b)  Diluted earnings per share
The diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of the Company by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares outstanding, after adjusting for the effects of all potential dilutive ordinary shares. 

The weighted average number of potential diluted ordinary shares for the purpose of calculating the diluted earnings per share is computed as 
follows:

In thousands of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share
Effect of potential dilution from share-based payment

Weighted average – outstanding shares

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

633,662
1,122

634,784

605,115
1,152

606,267

The price of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the potential dilutive effect of award letters (Note 20) was based on the average 
market price for the year ended 2020 and 2019, during which period the awards were outstanding. 

101

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

15. Loans and borrowings
The Group has a four-year £180 million Revolving Credit Facility from ING Bank and KfW IPEX-Bank and DZ Bank AG (‘’RCF’) which 
commenced in January 2018 and matures in January 2022. The borrowing margin amounts to 165 bps over LIBOR. Under the RCF, the Group 
retains the possibility to consider larger transactions by virtue of having structured a further £70 million incremental accordion tranche, for which 
no commitment fees are payable.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group had utilised £1.2 million (31 December 2019: £22.2 million) of the £180 million RCF, of which £1.2 million 
(31 December 2019: £1.2 million) was being used to cover letters of credit. There was no outstanding principal from the RCF as at the 
31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £21,000,000).

The interest payable and other related RCF fee payables under the credit facility as at 31 December 2020 amounted to £177,000 (31 December 
2019: £287,000).

The RCF unamortised debt issuance cost amounted to £358,000 as at 31 December 2020 (2019: £682,000). The unamortised debt issuance 
cost is presented as part of the ‘Other current assets’ in the consolidated financial position (31 December 2019: netted against the amount 
borrowed under the credit facility).

The total finance cost incurred under the RCF for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to £1,655,000 (31 December 2019: £2,091,000) 
which includes amortisation of debt issue expense of £351,000 (31 December 2019: £339,000).

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Loans and borrowings_non-current

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Loans and borrowings_non-current

1 January
2020

20,318

1 January
2019

14,311

Proceeds

Repayment

41,000

(62,000)

Proceeds

Repayment

81,780

(80,057)

Foreign
Exchange

–

Foreign
Exchange

4,000

Others

682

Others

284

31 December
2020

–

31 December
2019

20,318

Pledges and collaterals
As of 31 December 2020, and 31 December 2019, the Group has provided a pledge over shares issued by consolidated subsidiaries, pledge over 
receivables between consolidated subsidiaries and a pledge over the bank accounts of the consolidated subsidiaries.

Based on the provisions of the RCF, in the event of continuing event default, the lender, among other things, will have the right to cancel all 
commitments and declare all or part of utilisations to be due and payable, including all related outstanding amounts, and exercise or direct the 
security agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the RCF.

The Group operated comfortably within covenant limits of the RCF during the year. 

16. Accruals and other payables
Accruals and other payables are non-interest bearing and are usually settled within six months. 

17. Financial risk review and management 
The Group has exposure to the following risks from financial instruments:

 — Credit risk

 — Liquidity risk

 — Market risk

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
measuring and managing risk and the Group’s management of capital. This note also presents the result of the review performed by 
management on the above-mentioned risk areas.

102

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

17. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Risk management framework
The Management Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and control of the Group’s risk management framework. 

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation or commitment that it has entered into with 
the Group, resulting in:
1) 

impairment or reduction in the amounts recoverable from receivables and other current and non-current assets; and

2)  non-recoverability, in part or in whole, of cash and cash equivalents deposited with banks.

Exposures to credit risks
The Group is exposed to credit risks on the following items in the consolidated statement of financial position: 

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Derivative financial assets 
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

259
1,631
20,532

22,422

1,361
3,876
34,778

40,015

The maximum exposure to credit risk on receivables that are neither overdue nor impaired as of 31 December 2020, amounts to £1,631,000 
(2019: £3,876,000).

As of 31 December 2020, the Group is also exposed to credit risk on the loan receivable, interest and other receivable components of 
Investments at FVPL (loans provided to Project Companies) totalling to £216,631,000 (2019: £187,474,000).

Cash and cash equivalents and foreign currency forwards
The cash and cash equivalents and foreign currency forward contracts are maintained with reputable banks with ratings that are acceptable 
based on the established internal policy of the Group. Based on the assessment of the Management Board, there are no significant credit risks 
related to the cash and cash equivalents and foreign currency forward contracts maintained. The main counterparty banks of the Group have 
S&P/Moody’s credit rating of A+/Aa3 and AA-/Aa2.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by 
delivering cash or another financial asset.

The Group’s policy over liquidity risk is that it will seek to have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities and obligations when they fall due.

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents and access to borrowing facilities to finance day-to-day 
operations and medium to long-term capital needs. The Group also regularly monitors the forecast and actual cash requirements and matches 
the maturity profiles of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of the financial liabilities of the Group, including estimated interest payments:

31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Loans and borrowings (Note 15)
Trade payables
Other payables

Contractual cash flows

Carrying
amount

177
73
2,643

2,893

Total

1,220
73
2,643

3,936

Within
1 year

1,220
73
2,643

3,936

1-5
years

–
–
–

–

103

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

17. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Liquidity risk (continued)

31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Loans and borrowings (Note 15)
Trade payables
Other payables

Carrying
amount

20,434
353
2,515

23,302

Total

21,056
353
2,515

23,924

Contractual cash flows

Within
1 year

56
353
2,515

2,924

1-5
years

21,000
–
–

21,000

The Group needs to maintain certain financial covenants under the RCF. Non-compliance with such covenants may trigger an event of default 
(see Note 15). At 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Group was not in breach of any of the covenants under the credit facility. The Group has 
operated and continues to operate comfortably within covenant limits.

The Company has the possibility of raising capital through the issuance of shares in order to finance further acquisitions or repay debt.

All external financial liabilities of the Group have maturities of less than one year except for loans and borrowings, which have a maturity of more 
than one year. The Group has sufficient cash and cash equivalents and sufficient funding sources to pay and/or refinance currently maturing 
obligations.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Group’s 
income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk 
exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the returns.

UK departure from the European Union
As part of the UK’s preparations for Brexit, the UK Government established a temporary permissions regime (‘TPR’) enabling European 
Economic Area (‘EEA’) AIFs with EEA AIFMs passporting into the UK at the end of the transition period to continue to access the UK market in 
the same manner as before the transition period ended for a limited period of time.

The Company has made the necessary notification to the FCA (and the CSSF) under the TPR of its intention and as a result has temporary 
permission to be marketed in the UK. 

To continue marketing the Company in the UK after the end of the TPR, the Company must notify under the UK national private placement 
regime and will be directed by the FCA to make this notification within two years from the end of the transition period.

Regarding portfolio performance, while the long-term economic outcome of the UK’s departure from the EU will remain uncertain for some 
time, the Group’s portfolio cash flows are contracted and, unlike demand-based assets, are not sensitive to the performance of the wider 
economic environment.

The Group buys derivative financial instruments, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks. All such transactions are 
carried out within certain internal guidelines. The Group, via its hedge counterparty, reports all trades under these hedging instruments, for 
European Market Infrastructure Regulations purposes, to an EU branch of the derivative repository.

104

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
17. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk as a result of its underlying Investments at FVPL and cash and cash equivalents being denominated in 
currencies other than Pounds Sterling. The currencies in which these items are primarily denominated are Australian dollars (A$), Canadian 
dollars (C$), Euros (€), Norwegian kroner (NOK) and US dollars (US$).

The Group actively seeks to manage geographical concentration and mitigate foreign exchange risk by balance sheet hedging through foreign 
exchange forward contracts, hedging of forecast portfolio distributions and borrowing in non-Sterling currencies. Furthermore, Euro-
denominated running costs provide a natural hedge against the Euro-denominated portfolio distributions. 

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than Pounds Sterling, the Group’s policy is to ensure that its 
net exposure is kept at an acceptable level. The Company believes that foreign exchange exposure is part of an international portfolio, but 
believes the risk is partially mitigated by having exposure to a number of different currencies including the Australian dollar, Canadian dollar, US 
dollar, Euro and Norwegian krone, all of which can provide diversification benefits. The Management Board spends considerable time reviewing 
its hedging strategy and believes it remains both appropriate and cost effective to continue with its four-year rolling hedge policy.

The summary of the quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk are as follows:

31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value

Investments at FVPL

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Trade payables
Accruals and other payables

31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value

Investments at FVPL

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Trade payables
Accruals and other payables

A$

C$

€

NOK

US$

117,984

337,417

66,615

28,216

80,645

24
341

365

(2)
(2)

(4)

11,542
589

12,131

–
(687)

(687)

1,020
84

1,104

(11)
(1,730)

(1,741)

3
–

3

–
–

–

2,125
526

2,651

–
–

–

A$

C$

€

NOK

US$

103,410

296,335

67,753

29,827

76,362

22
250

272

–
–

–

 13,172 
214

13,386

(54)
(1)

(55)

1,851
1,194

3,045

(104)
(1,847)

(1,951)

3
–

3

–
–

–

29
2,034

2,063

–
–

–

105

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

17. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Currency risk (continued)
The significant exchange rates applied during the year ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 are as follows:

A$ 1
C$ 1
€ 1
NOK 1
US$ 1

A$ 1
C$ 1
€ 1
NOK 1
US$ 1

31 December 2020

Average £

Spot rate £

0.538
0.581
0.889
0.083
0.780

0.565
0.575
0.899
0.086
0.733

31 December 2019

Average £

Spot rate £

0.544
0.590
0.877
0.089
0.783

0.531
0.582
0.850
0.086
0.758

The sensitivity of the NAV to a 10 per cent positive and adverse movement in foreign exchange rates is disclosed in Note 18 to the consolidated 
financial statements. This is a scenario that the Group considers to be reasonably possible at the reporting date. The analysis assumes that all 
other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant and ignores any impact of forecasted revenues and other related costs.

Interest rate risk
Except for the loans and other receivables from Project Companies which are included as part of Investments at FVPL, the Group does not 
account for other fixed-rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. For the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, the 
main variable interest rate exposure of the Group is on the interest rates applied to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, including deposit rates 
used in valuing the Investments at FVPL and the loans and borrowings of the Group. A change in the deposit rates used in valuing Investments at 
FVPL would have an impact on the value of such and a corresponding impact on the Group’s NAV. Refer to Note 18 for a sensitivity analysis of the 
impact of a change in deposit rates on the Group’s NAV.

Investment risk
The valuation of Investments at FVPL depends on the ability of the Group to realise cash distributions from Project Companies. The distributions 
to be received from the Project Companies are dependent on cash received by a particular Portfolio Company from the service concession 
agreements. The service concession agreements are predominantly granted to the Portfolio Company by a variety of public sector clients 
including, but not limited to, central government departments and local, provincial and state government and corporations set up by the public 
sector. 

The Group predominantly makes investments in countries where the Management Board consider that asset structures are reliable, where (to 
the extent applicable) public sector counterparties carry what the Management Board consider to be an appropriate credit risk, or alternatively 
where insurance or guarantees are available for the sovereign credit risk, where financial markets are relatively mature and where a reliable 
judicial system exists to facilitate the enforcement of rights and obligations under the assets.

The Management Board continuously monitors the ability of a particular Portfolio Company to make distributions to the Group. During the year, 
there have been no material concerns raised in relation to current and future distributions to be received from any of the Project Companies.

Capital risk management
The Company’s objective when managing capital is to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns to 
shareholders and benefits for further stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure. The Company, at a Group level, views the share 
capital (see Note 13) and the RCF (see Note 15) as capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividend paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, avail itself of additional debt financing, pay down debt or issue new shares. 

The Group regularly reviews compliance with Luxembourg regulations regarding restrictions on minimum capital. During the year, the Group 
complied with all externally imposed capital requirements and made no changes in its approach to capital management.

106

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

17. Financial risk review and management (continued)
Derivative financial assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting is not applied
The Group has entered into foreign currency forwards to fix the foreign exchange rates on certain investment distributions that are expected to 
be received and on a portion of the non-Pounds Sterling denominated portfolio value. The derivative financial instruments (asset/liability) in the 
consolidated statement of financial position represent the fair value of foreign currency forwards which were not designated as hedges. The 
movements in their fair value are directly charged/credited in the consolidated income statement within the administrative expenses and net 
gain(loss) on derivative financial instruments group.

18. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of financial position are 
presented below. This does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying 
amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value (ie, cash and cash equivalents; trade and other receivables; trade payables, accruals and other 
payables, loans and borrowings).

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 — Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 — Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or 

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 — Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value
Investments at FVPL
Derivative financial assets
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative financial liabilities

31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Financial assets measured at fair value
Investments at FVPL
Derivative financial assets

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Fair value

–
–

–

–
259

(243)

895,674
–

895,674
259

–

(243)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Fair value

–
–

–
1,361

845,967
–

845,967
1,361

The following table shows a reconciliation of the movements in the fair value measurements in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Balance at 1 January
Acquisitions of/additions in Investments at FVPL
Income from investments at FVPL
Distributions received from Investments at FVPL
Reclassification to other receivables

Balance at 31 December

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

845,967
59,185
63,337
(72,815)
–

780,356
62,900
69,772
(63,988)
(3,073)

895,674

845,967

Investments at FVPL
The Management Board is responsible for carrying out the fair market valuation of the Company’s investments, which it then presents to the 
Supervisory Board. The portfolio valuation is carried out on a six-monthly basis as at 30 June and 31 December each year. The portfolio valuation 
is reviewed by an independent third-party professional.

The valuation is determined using the discounted cash flow methodology. The cash flow forecasts, generated by each of the underlying assets, 
are received by the Company or its subsidiaries, adjusted as appropriate to reflect risks and opportunities, and discounted using asset-specific 
discount rates. The portfolio valuation methodology remains unchanged from previous reporting periods. 

107

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

18. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Covid-19 
The portfolio continued its strong performance over the reporting period with no material adverse effect on valuation resulting from Covid-19. 
This strong performance is primarily as a result of the Group holding a low-risk, 100 per cent availability-based portfolio, coupled with strong 
stakeholder collaboration during the reporting period. There continues to be uncertainty surrounding Covid-19 with the consequences and 
potential disruptions difficult to foresee, but currently our portfolio remains resilient in this challenging market environment. We will continue to 
work very closely with all stakeholders to help mitigate the risks and effects of the global pandemic.

Key Portfolio Company and portfolio cash flow assumptions underlying NAV calculation include:

 — The discount rates and the Assumptions as set out below continue to be applicable.

 — The updated financial models used for valuation accurately reflect the terms of all agreements relating to the Portfolio Companies and 

represent a fair and reasonable estimation of future cash flows accruing to the Portfolio Companies.

 — Cash flows from and to the Portfolio Companies are received and made at the times anticipated.

 — Non-UK Portfolio Companies are valued in local currency and their cash flows converted to Sterling at either the period-end exchange rates 

or the contract hedge rate.

 — Where the operating costs of the Portfolio Companies are fixed by contract, such contracts are performed, and where such costs are not 

fixed, they remain within the current forecasts in the valuation models.

 — Where lifecycle costs/risks are borne by the Portfolio Companies, they remain in line with the current forecasts in the valuation models.

 — An assessment is made of construction defect remediation where the risk sits with the Portfolio Company.

 — Contractual payments to the Portfolio Companies remain on track and contracts with public sector or public sector backed counterparties 

are not terminated before their contractual expiry date.

 — Any deductions or abatements during the operations period of Portfolio Companies are fully passed down to subcontractors under 

contractual arrangements or are part of the planned (lifecycle) forecasts.

 — Where the Portfolio Companies own the residual property value in an investment, the projected amount for this value is realised.

 — In cases where the Portfolio Companies have contracts that are in the construction phase, they are either completed on time or any delay 

costs are borne by the construction contractors.

 — There are no tax or regulatory changes in the future which negatively impact cash flow forecasts.

In forming the above assessments, the Group works with Portfolio Company management teams, as well as using due diligence information 
from, or working with, suitably qualified third parties such as technical, legal and insurance advisers. 

Macro-economic assumptions 
Apart from the discount rates, the Company uses the following assumptions for the cash flows:

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Indexation

UK1 RPI/CPIH

Canada

Australia

Germany

Netherlands2

Norway2

USA3

2.75% / 2.00%

2.00% / 2.35%

2.50%

2.00%

2.00%

2.25%

2.50%

2.75%

2.00% / 2.35%

2.50%

2.00%

2.00%

2.25%

2.50%

Deposit rates (p.a.)

UK

0.25% to Q4 2023, then 1.00%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

Canada

Australia 

Germany

Netherlands

Norway

USA

0.75% to Q4 2023, then 1.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

0.50% to Q4 2023, then 2.00% 

2.00% to Q4 2023, then 3.00% – 4.00% 

(medium term)

0.00% to Q4 2023, then 0.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

0.00% to Q4 2023, then 0.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

0.25% to Q4 2023, then 2.00%

1.80% to Q4 2023, then 3.00%

0.25% to Q4 2023, then 1.50%

1.00% to Q4 2023, then 2.50%

108

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

18. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Macro-economic assumptions (continued)

Corporate tax rates 

UK

(p.a.)

Canada4

Australia 

Germany5

Netherlands6

Norway

USA

31 December 2020

19.00% long-term

31 December 2019

19.00% to 2019, then 17.00%

23.00% / 26.50% / 27.00% / 29.00%

26.50% / 27.00% / 29.00%

30% long-term

30% long-term

15.8% long-term (incl. solidarity charge)

15.8% long-term (incl. solidarity charge)

25% long-term

22% long-term

21% long-term

25% till 2020, then 21.7%

22% long-term

21% long-term

1.  On the 25th of November 2020, the UK Government announced the phasing out of RPI after 2030, and replacement with CPIH; the Company’s UK portfolio indexation factor 

changes from RPI to CPIH beginning on 1 January 2031.

2. CPI indexation only. Where investments are subject to a basket of indices, these non-CPI indices are not considered.
3. 80 per cent of ORB indexation factor for revenue is contractual and is not tied to CPI.
4. Individual tax rates vary among Canadian Provinces. 
5. Individual local trade tax rates are considered in addition to the tax rate above. 
6.  In September 2020, the Dutch Government confirmed that the planned reduction of the headline corporate income tax rate (CIT) to 21.7 per cent will not be introduced in 

2021.

Discount rate sensitivity
The weighted average discount rate that is applied to the Company’s portfolio of investments is the single most important judgement and 
variable.

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change in the discount rate on Investments at FVPL:

Effects in thousands of Pounds Sterling

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

1. Based on the weighted average discount rate of 6.77 per cent (31 December 2019: 7.07 per cent).

+1% to 7.77% in 20201

-1% to 5.77% in 20201

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(73,609)

(73,609)

(70,769)

(70,769)

85,076

82,003

85,076

82,003

Inflation rate sensitivity
The Company’s investments are contractually entitled to receive availability-based income streams from public sector clients, which are adjusted 
every year for inflation. Facilities management subcontractors for accommodation investments and operating and maintenance subcontractors 
for transport investments have similar indexation arrangements. The investment cash flows are positively correlated with inflation (e.g. RPI, CPI, 
or a basket of indices).

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change in the inflation rate to Investments at FVPL:

Effects in thousands of Pounds Sterling

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

+1%

-1%

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

37,787

40,405

37,787

40,405

(30,983)

(30,983)

(33,236)

(33,236)

109

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

18. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Foreign exchange rate sensitivity
A significant proportion of the Group’s underlying investments are denominated in currencies other than Pounds Sterling. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change to foreign exchange rates on Investments at FVPL:

Effects in thousands of Pounds Sterling

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Increase by 10%1

Decrease by 10%1

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(25,491)

(25,491)

(26,578)

(26,578)

25,396

24,643

25,396

24,643

1.  Sensitivity in comparison to the spot foreign exchange rates at 31 December 2020 and considering the contractual and natural hedges in place, derived by applying a 10 per 

cent increase or decrease to the Sterling/foreign currency rate.

Deposit rate sensitivity
Project Companies typically have cash deposits which are required to be maintained as part of the senior debt funding requirements. (e.g. six 
months debt service reserve accounts, maintenance reserve accounts). The asset cash flows are positively correlated with the deposit rates. 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change in the long-term deposit rates compared to the assumptions above:

Effects in thousands of Pounds Sterling

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

+1%

-1%

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

17,065

14,711

17,065

14,711

(16,641)

(16,641)

(14,616)

(14,616)

Lifecycle costs sensitivity
Lifecycle is the cost of planned interventions or replacing material parts of an asset to maintain it over the concession term. It involves larger 
items that are not covered by routine maintenance and for roads it will include items such as replacement of asphalt, rehabilitation of surfaces, or 
replacement of electromechanical equipment. Lifecycle obligations, are generally passed down to the facility maintenance provider with the 
exception of transportation investments where these obligations are typically retained by the Portfolio Company.
Of the Group’s 50 Investments at FVPL, 17 Investments at FVPL retain the lifecycle obligations. The remaining 33 assets have this obligation 
passed down to the subcontractor. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change in lifecycle costs to Investments at FVPL:

Effects in thousands of Pounds Sterling

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Increase by 10%1

Increase by 10%1

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(17,621)

(17,621)

(16,975)

(16,975)

17,390

16,417

17,390

16,417

1. Sensitivity applied to the 17 investments in the portfolio which retain the lifecycle obligation i.e. the obligation is not passed down to the subcontractor.

110

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

18. Fair value measurements and sensitivity analysis (continued)
Corporate tax rate sensitivity
The profits of each portfolio company are subject to corporate tax in the country where that company is located. The following table shows the 
sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change in the corporate tax rate to Investments at FVPL: 

Effects in thousands of Pounds Sterling

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

+1% in 2020

-1% in 2019

Equity

Profit or loss

Equity

Profit or loss

(6,606)

(7,230)

(6,606)

(7,230)

6,563

7,161

6,563

7,161

On March 3rd, 2021, the UK Chancellor of the Exchequer announced a plan to increase the UK Corporate Tax rate to 25 per cent from April 2023. 
Whilst this increase is not currently enacted and is still to be approved by the UK Parliament, the Company recognises that any change in the UK 
Corporate Tax rate will have an effect on the portfolio valuation. It is the Company’s policy to value those tax rates that have been enacted into 
law at the reporting period date. Notwithstanding this, and to aid transparency, we have calculated that this increase of the UK Corporation Tax 
rate would result in a £8.9 million or 1.0 per cent reduction in NAV.

Senior debt refinancing sensitivity
Assumptions are used where a refinancing of senior debt financing is required for an investment during the remaining concession term. There is 
a risk that such assumptions may not be achieved. 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the NAV, by applying a change in base rate to the Investments at FVPL, of a +100bps adjustment to 
the forecasted margins. The base rate for senior debt is either fixed or a long-term interest swap is available with the effect that none of our assets 
is subject to changes in base rates.

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

2020

2019

Margin +1%1

Equity

Profit or loss

(7,745)

(6,943)

(7,745)

(6,943)

1. The Northern Territory Secure Facilities (‘NTSF’) asset is the only remaining asset in the Group´s portfolio with refinancing risk.

Derivative financial instruments
The fair value of derivative financial instruments (‘foreign exchange forwards’) is calculated by the difference between the contractual forward 
rate and the estimated forward exchange rates at the maturity of the forward contract. The foreign exchange forwards are fair valued periodically 
by the counterparty bank. The fair value of derivative financial instruments as of 31 December 2020 amounted to a net asset of £16,000 
(31 December 2019: £1,361,000 – net asset). The counterparty bank has an S&P/Moody’s long-term credit rating of A+/Aa3.

The net loss on the valuation of foreign exchange forwards for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to a net loss of £1,495,000 
(31 December 2019: £930,000 – net loss). 

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group realised a net loss of £151,000 on the cash settlement of foreign exchange forwards 
(31 December 2019: £1,164,000 – realised net gain).

The 2019 net gain on the derivative financial instruments have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation from ‘Other 
operating expenses’ to ‘Net gain(loss) on balance sheet hedging’. This reclassification had no effect on the reported results in the prior year.

111

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

19. Subsidiaries
During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Company had the following consolidated subsidiaries (‘Holding Companies’ if referred to 
individually) which are included in the consolidated financial statements:

Company

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r. l. (‘MHC’)

BBGI Inv, S.à r. l. 

BBGI Investments S.C.A.

BBGI Holding Limited

BBGI (NI) Limited

BBGI (NI) 2 Limited

BBGI CanHoldco Inc.

BBGI Guernsey Holding Limited

BBGI Ireland Limited

Country of
Incorporation

Effective
Ownership 
Interest

Year
Acquired/
Established

Luxembourg

Ultimate Parent

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

UK

UK

UK

Canada

Guernsey

Ireland

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

 2011

2011

2012

2012

2012

2013

2015

2013

2013

2017

The Company’s subsidiaries which are not consolidated, by virtue of the Company being an Investment Entity, and are accounted for as 
Investments at FVPL, are as follows:

Country of
Incorporation

Effective
Ownership

Date
Acquired
Controlled

Company

Asset Name

RW Health Partnership Holdings Pty Limited

Royal Women’s Hospital

RWH Health Partnership Pty Limited 

RWH Finance Pty Limited 

Royal Women’s Hospital

Royal Women’s Hospital

Victorian Correctional Infrastructure Partnership Pty 

Victoria Correctional Facilities

Limited

BBPI Sentinel Holdings Pty Limited

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

BBPI Sentinel Holding Trust

BBPI Sentinel Pty Limited

BBPI Member Trust

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Sentinel Partnership Pty Limited

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

Australia 

Australia 

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

Sentinel UJV

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

100.0%

Sentinel Financing Holdings Pty Limited

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

100.0%

Sentinel Financing Pty Limited

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

100.0%

Sentinel Finance Holding Trust

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

100.0%

Sentinel Finance Trust

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Australia

100.0%

BBGI Sentinel Holdings 2 Pty Limited

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

BBGI Sentinel Holding Trust 2

BBGI Sentinel 2 Pty Limited

BBGI Sentinel Trust 2

BBGI Champlain Holding Inc.

BBGI SSLG Partner Inc. 

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Northern Territory Secure Facilities

Champlain Bridge

Champlain Bridge

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Canada

Canada

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

112

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

2012

2012

2012

2012

2014

2014

2014

2014

2014 and 
2015

2014 and 
2015

2014 and 
2015

2014 and 
2015

2014 and 
2015

2014 and 
2015

2015

2015

2015

2015

2020

2020

19. Subsidiaries (continued)

Company

Asset Name

Signature on the Saint_Laurent Group G.P.

Champlain Bridge

SSL Finance Inc.

Golden Crossing Holdings Inc.

Champlain Bridge

Golden Ears Bridge

Country of
Incorporation

Effective
Ownership

Canada

Canada

Canada

25.0%

25.0%

100.0%

Golden Crossing Finance Inc. 

Golden Ears Bridge

Canada 

100.0%

Golden Crossing Inc. 

Golden Ears Bridge

Canada 

100.0%

Global Infrastructure Limited Partnership

Golden Ears Bridge 

Canada 

100.0%

Golden Crossing General Partnership 

Golden Ears Bridge 

Canada 

100.0%

BBGI KVH Holdings Inc.

BBGI KVH Inc.

BBGI KVH Holdings 2 Inc.

BBGI KVH 2 Inc.

Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals

Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals

Infusion Health KVH General Partnership

Kelowna and Vernon Hospitals

BBGI 104 GP Inc

Dexter Nova Alliance GP

WCP Holdings Inc.

WCP Inc. 

WCP Investments Inc.

Women’s College Partnership 

Stoney Trail Group Holdings Inc.

Stoney Trail LP Inc. 

Stoney Trail Investments Inc. 

Stoney Trail Inc. 

Highway 104

Highway 104

Women’s College Hospital

Women’s College Hospital 

Women’s College Hospital 

Women’s College Hospital 

Northeast Stoney Trail

Northeast Stoney Trail 

Northeast Stoney Trail 

Northeast Stoney Trail 

Stoney Trail Global Limited Partnership

Northeast Stoney Trail 

Stoney Trail General Partnership 

Northeast Stoney Trail 

BBGI NCP Holdings Inc.

BBGI Stanton Holdco 1 Inc.

BBGI Stanton Holdco 2 Inc.

BBGI Stanton Holdco 3 Inc.

BBGI Stanton Holdco 4 Inc.

BBGI Canada Holding 5 Inc.

Boreal Health Partnership

North Commuter Parkway

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Stanton Territorial Hospital

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada 

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada 

Canada

Canada 

Canada 

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

50.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

PJB Beteiligungs-GmbH

Burg Correctional Facility

Germany

100.0%

Projektgesellschaft Justizvollzug Burg GmbH & Co. KG  Burg Correctional Facility

PJB Management-GmbH

Burg Correctional Facility

Kreishaus Unna Holding GmbH 

Unna Administrative Center 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

90.0%

100.0%

100.0%

Projekt- und Betriebsgesellschaft Kreishaus Unna mbH Unna Administrative Center

Germany 

90.0%

Date
Acquired
Controlled

2020

2020

2012 and
2013

2012 and
 2013

2012 and 
2013

2012 and 
2013

2012 and 
2013

2013

2013

2020

2020

2013 and 
2020

2020

2020

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2013

2015

2018

2020

2020

2020

2020

2018 and 
2020

2018 and 
2020

2012

2012

2012 and 
2020

2012 and 
2020

113

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

19. Subsidiaries (continued)

Company

BBGI PPP Investment S.à r.l.

Asset Name

Holding entity

De Groene Schakel Holding B.V.

Westland Town Hall

Country of
Incorporation

Luxembourg

Netherlands

Effective
Ownership

100.0%

100.0%

De Groene Schakel B.V.

Westland Town Hall

Netherlands

100.0%

Noaber18 Holding B.V.

N18 Motorway

Netherlands

52.0%

Noaber18 B.V.

N18 Motorway

Netherlands

52.0%

Agder OPS Vegselskap AS

E18

Norway

100.0%

Bedford Education Partnership Holdings Limited

Bedford Schools

Bedford Education Partnership Limited 

Bedford Schools

Lisburn Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

Lisburn College

Lisburn Education Partnership Limited 

Lisburn College

Clackmannanshire Schools Education Partnership 

Clackmannanshire Schools 

(Holdings)Limited

Clackmannanshire Schools Education Partnership 

Clackmannanshire Schools 

Limited 

Primaria (Barking & Havering) Limited

Barking & Havering Clinics (LIFT)

Barking Dagenham Havering Community Ventures 

Barking & Havering Clinics (LIFT)

Limited 

Barking & Havering LIFT (Midco) Limited 

Barking & Havering Clinics (LIFT)

Barking & Havering LIFT Company (No.1) Limited 

Barking & Havering Clinics (LIFT)

Scottish Borders Education Partnership (Holdings) 

Scottish Borders Schools

Limited

Scottish Borders Education Partnership Limited

Scottish Borders Schools 

Coventry Education Partnership Holdings Limited

Coventry Schools 

Coventry Education Partnership Limited 

Coventry Schools 

Fire Support (SSFR) Holdings Limited

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service

Fire Support (SSFR) Limited 

Stoke & Staffs Rescue Service

Highway Management M80 Topco Limited

M80 Motorway

Tor Bank School Education Partnership (Holdings) 

Tor Bank School

Limited

Tor Bank School Education Partnership Limited 

Tor Bank School

Mersey Care Development Company 1 Limited

Mersey Care Hospital (LIFT)

MG Bridge Investments Limited

Mersey Gateway Bridge

Lagan College Education Partnership (Holdings) 

Lagan College

Limited

Lagan College Education Partnership Limited

Lagan College

Highway Management (City) Holding Limited

M1 Westlink

GB Consortium 1 Limited

North London Estates Partnership 
(LIFT) and Liverpool and Sefton 
Clinics (LIFT)

114

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Date
Acquired
Controlled

2018

2018 and 
2019

2018 and 
2019

2018, 2019 
and 2020

2018, 2019 
and 2020

2013 and 
2014

2012

2012

2012

2012 

2012

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

2012

100.0%

60.0%

60.0%

60.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

85.0%

85.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012 

2012

2012

2012

2012

2012

2013

2013 and 
2014

2013 and 
2014

2014

2014

2014

2014

2012, 2014 
and 2018

19. Subsidiaries (continued)

Company

Asset Name

East Down Education Partnership (Holdings) Limited

East Down Colleges

East Down Education Partnership Limited 

East Down Colleges 

Highway Management (City) Finance Plc

Highway Management (City) Limited

M1 Westlink

M1 Westlink

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) NewCo Limited 

Avon and Somerset Police HQ

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) Holdings Limited

Avon and Somerset Police HQ

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) NewCo 2 Limited 

Avon and Somerset Police HQ

GT ASP Limited

Avon and Somerset Police HQ

Blue Light Partnership (ASP) Limited 

Avon and Somerset Police HQ

Northwin Limited

North West Regional College

Northwin (Intermediate) (Belfast) Limited

Belfast Metropolitan College

Northwin (Belfast) Limited

BBGI East End Holdings Inc.

East End Crossings Partners, LLC

Belfast Metropolitan College

Ohio River Bridges

Ohio River Bridges

Country of
Incorporation

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

USA

USA

Effective
Ownership

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

66.67%

Date
Acquired
Controlled

2012 and 
2018

2012 and 
2018 

2014

2014

2014, 2015 
and 2016

2014, 2015 
and 2016

2015

2015

2015

2015

2016

2016

2014

2014 and 
2019

Trade and other receivables
As at 31 December 2020, trade and other receivables include short-term receivables from non-consolidated subsidiaries amounting to 
£1,631,000 (2019: £3,876,000). 

20.  Related parties and key contracts
All transactions with related parties were undertaken on an arm’s length basis.

Supervisory Board fee
The members of the Supervisory Board of the Company were entitled to a total of £209,000 in fees for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: 
£215,000). 

Directors’ shareholding in the Company

In thousands of shares

Duncan Ball
Frank Schramm
Michael Denny
Colin Maltby1
Sarah Whitney

1. Mr. Maltby stepped down from his role on the Supervisory Board with effect from 31 July 2020.

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

548
500
262
–
39

431
418
138
123
25

1,349

1,135

115

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

20.  Related parties and key contracts (continued)
Remuneration of the Management Board
Under the current remuneration programme, all staff are entitled to an annual base salary payable monthly in arrears, which is reviewed annually 
by the Management Board. The Management Board members are entitled to a fixed remuneration under their contracts and are also entitled to 
participate in a short-term incentive plan and a long-term incentive plan. Compensation under their contracts is reviewed annually by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The total short-term and other long-term benefits recorded in the consolidated income statement for the Management Board, as the key 
management personnel, are as follows: 

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Short-term benefits
Share-based payment

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

2,717
953

3,670

2,097
561

2,658

Share-based compensation 
Each of the members of the Management Board received award letters (‘2019 Award’, ‘2018 Award’, and ‘2017 Award’, respectively) under the 
Group’s long-term incentive plan. These awards are to be settled by MHC in the Company’s own shares. Of the awards granted, 50 per cent vests 
by reference to a performance measure based on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR condition’) over the Return Periods (below), 
and the remaining vests by reference to a performance measure based on the increase in the Company’s Investment Basis NAV per share (‘NAV 
condition’). Further details are as follows:

Return Period

2019 Award

2018 Award

2017 Award

December 2019-
December 2022

December 2018-
December 2021

December 2017-
December 2020

Vesting period (by reference to performance Measure – NAV condition  

and TSR condition)

Maximum number of shares which will vest

36 mos. Ending
31/12/2022
757,893

36 mos. Ending
31/12/2021
820,189

36 mos. Ending
31/12/2020
881,626

The fair value of the equity instruments awarded to the Management Board was determined using a Monte Carlo model, the key parameters of 
which are listed in the following table:

Share price at grant date
Maturity
Annual target dividend (2020)
Annual target dividends (2021 to 2022)
Annual target dividends (2019 to 2021)
Annual target dividends (2018 to 2020)
Volatility
Risk free rate

2019 Award

2018 Award

2017 Award

£1.675
3 years
£0.0718
£0.0733
–
–
11%
Between 
0.53%-0.60%

£1.565
3 years
–
–
£0.0700
–
11%
Between 
0.75%-0.79%

£1.405
3 years
–
–
–
£0.0650
10%
Between 
0.38%-0.56%

The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the plan is indicative of future trends, 
which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. 

During the year, the Group started to implement a ‘Staff Award Plan’ to selected employees. The ‘Staff Award Plan’ entitles the employee to a 
right to receive shares in the Company upon meeting a service condition.

116

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

20.  Related parties and key contracts (continued)
Share-based compensation (continued)
The fair value of the awards and amounts recognised as additional paid in capital in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position are 
as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

2019 Award
2018 Award
2017 Award
2016 Award
Deferred STIP
Staff Award Plan

Amount recognised in additional paid-in capital

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

148
315
402
–
627
25

1,517

–
157
268
540
–
–

965

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Company settled the outstanding obligation under the 2016 Award through (a) issuance of 
690,274 shares at 144.5 pence per share. The total accrued amount under the 2016 Award as at 31 December 2019 was £540,000. This amount 
was transferred from Additional paid in capital to Share capital at the settlement date, less the adjustment of £114,000.

The share-based compensation expenses amount recognised as part of ‘administrative expenses’ in the Group’s consolidated income statement 
are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

2019 Award
2018 Award
2017 Award
2016 Award
Deferred STIP
Staff Award Plan

Amount recognised in administrative expenses

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

148
157
134
(114)
627
25

977

–
157
134
270
–
–

561

In December 2020, each of the members of the Management Board received an award letter (‘2020 Award’). The maximum number of shares 
that could be issued under this award was determined by using the closing price of the Company’s share price on 23 December 2020, as 
ascertained from the Official List, which was 170.00 pence per share. Subject to the achievement of the performance conditions, the awards will 
vest after 21 December 2023. 

Deferred STIP
Commencing in 2020, the Company introduced a bonus deferral under the STIP with one-third of any bonus earned being deferred into shares 
for three year holding period. The deferral component of the STIP differs from the Company’s share-based compensation in that there are no 
further vesting conditions on this earned bonus. 
The Deferred STIP is valued at 33.3% of the outcome of the annual bonus plan for the Management Board. The total value of the Deferred STIP as 
at 31 December 2020 was £627,000 (31 December 2019: nil).

21. Commitments and contingencies
The Group has engaged, in the ordinary course of business, the services of certain entities to provide legal, custodian, audit, tax and other 
services to the Company. The expenses incurred in relation to such are treated as legal and professional fees under the administrative expenses 
grouping in the consolidated income statement.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group had utilised £1.2 million (31 December 2019: £22.2 million) of the £180 million RCF, of which £1.2 million 
(31 December 2019: £1.2 million) was being used to cover letters of credit. Refer to Note 15 for further details on the RCF.

MHC leases its current office under a cancellable operating lease agreement. The expenses incurred in relation to such are recognised as office 
and other expenses under administrative expenses (see Note 6).

117

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

22.  Service Concession Agreements 
As at 31 December 2020, the Group has a portfolio of 50 assets (see also Note 9), with a weighted average remaining concession length of 20.4 
years. The Group has a diverse asset mix from which the service concession receivables are derived. All assets are availability-based. The rights of 
both the concession provider and concession operator are stated within the specific asset agreement.

The following table summarises the main information about the Group’s outstanding service concession agreements: 

Sector

Asset Name

Availability 
Roads

Kicking Horse 
Canyon

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

50.0%

Golden Ears 
Bridge

100.0%

50.0%

Northwest 
Anthony 
Henday Drive

M80  
Motorway

50.0%

E18  
Motorway

100.0%

Northeast 
Stoney Trail

100.0%

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Operational

September 
2007

October  
2030

Investment 
Volume

C$ 148 million

Operational

June  
2009

June  
2041

C$ 1,117 million

Operational

November  
2011

October  
2041

C$ 1,170 million

Operational

July  
2011

September 
2041

£310 million

Operational

August  
2009

August  
2034

NOK 3,604 
million

Operational

November 
2009

October  
2039

C$424 million

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Design, build, finance and 
operate a 26-km stretch of the 
Trans-Canada Highway, a vital 
gateway to British Columbia.

Design, build, finance and 
operate the Golden Ears Bridge 
that spans the Fraser River and 
connects Maple Ridge and Pitt 
Meadows to Langley and 
Surrey, near Vancouver, British 
Columbia.

Partly design, build, finance and 
operate a major transport 
infrastructure asset in Canada, a 
ring road through Edmonton, 
capital of the province of 
Alberta.

Design, build, finance and 
operate 18 km of dual two/three 
lane motorway with associated 
slip roads and infrastructure 
from Stepps in North 
Lanarkshire to Haggs in Falkirk 
(Scotland).

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a 38 km dual 
carriageway in Norway, 
including 61 bridges and 
structures and 75 km of 
secondary roads, carving 
through a rugged and beautiful 
landscape between Grimstad 
and Kristiansand.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a 21 km section of 
highway, forming part of a larger 
ring road developed in Calgary, 
Alberta, Canada.

118

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
 
22.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Sector

Availability 
Roads 
(continued)

Asset Name

Ohio River 
Bridge

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

66.67%

37.5%

Mersey 
Gateway 
Bridge

M1 Westlink

100.0%

50.0%

North 
Commuter 
Parkway

Canada Line 

26.7%

Southeast 
Stoney Trail

40.0%

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain East End Bridge 
asset which includes a 
cable-stay bridge, a tunnel and 
the connecting highway with a 
total length of 8 miles crossing 
the Ohio river in the greater 
Louisville-Southern Indiana 
region.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a new circa 1-km 
long six-lane toll cable-stay 
bridge (three towers) over the 
Mersey river to relieve the 
congested and ageing Silver 
Jubilee Bridge and upgrading 
works for 9.5 km of existing 
roads and associated 
structures.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain with significant 
amount of construction work 
completed in 2009 to upgrade 
key sections of approx. 60 km of 
motorway through Belfast and 
its vicinity, including O&M of 
the complete motorway.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain two new arterial 
roadways and a new river 
crossing located in the north 
area of Saskatoon, 
Saskatchewan, Canada, and 
design, construct, finance, 
operate and maintain a 
replacement river crossing 
located in Saskatoon’s 
downtown core.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a 19km rapid 
transit line connecting the cities 
of Vancouver and Richmond 
with Vancouver International 
Airport in British Columbia, 
Canada.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a 25km section of 
highway, forming part of a larger 
ring road developed in Calgary, 
Alberta, Canada.

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Investment 
Volume

Operational

December 
2016

September 
2051

US$ 1,175 
million

Operational

October  
2017

March  
2044

£650 million

Operational

February  
2006

February  
2036

£161 million

Operational

October  
2018

September 
2048

C$ 311 million

Operational

August  
2009

July  
2040

C$ 1,895 million

Operational

November 
2013

September 
2043

C$ 524 million

119

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

22.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Sector

Availability 
Roads 
(continued)

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

80.0%

37.14%*

Asset Name

William R. 
Bennett  
Bridge

A1/A6 
Motorway

N18  
Motorway

52.0%

Highway 104

50%

Champlain 
Bridge

25%

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a 1.1km long 
floating bridge in Kelowna, 
British Columbia, Canada.

Design, build finance operate 
and maintain the enlargement 
of the A1/A6 in the Netherlands, 
which involves the 
reconstruction and widening of 
this 2x5 lanes motorway plus 2 
reversible direction lanes. The 
asset involves some 70 new 
engineering structures.

Design, build, finance operate 
and maintain the extension of 
the N18 motorway between 
Varsseveld and Enschede in the 
eastern part of the Netherlands. 
It comprises of 15 km of existing 
and 27km of a new 2x2-lane 
motorway with more than 30 
ecological passages, aiming at a 
reduction in traffic in certain 
villages and safety 
improvement.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain PPP following 
completion of construction. 
The project consists of the 
construction of a four-lane 
divided highway corridor 
beginning at the end of the 
existing divided highway east of 
New Glasgow near Exit 27 at 
Sutherlands River and running 
for a distance of approximately 
38km to the existing divided 
highway just west of the 
Addington Fork Interchange 
(Exit 31) at Antigonish.

Design, construction, financing, 
operation, maintenance and 
rehabilitation of a new bridge 
spanning the St. Lawrence River 
between Montreal and 
Brossard, Quebec.

120

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Operational May  
2008

Operational

July  
2017

June  
2035

June  
2042

Investment 
Volume

C$ 184 million

€727 million

Operational

April  
2018

April  
2043

€ 130 million 

Construction May  
2020

August  
2043

C$718 million 

Operational

December 
2020

October  
2049

C$2,260 million

22.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Sector

Asset Name

Social 
Infrastructure

Victoria 
Correctional 
Facilities

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

100.0%

90.0%

Burg 
Correctional 
Facility

100.0%

100.0%

Avon and 
Somerset 
Police HQ

Northern 
Territory 
Secure 
Facilities

Bedford 
Schools

100.0%

Coventry 
Schools

100.0%

Kent Schools

50.0%

100.0%

100.0%

Scottish 
Borders 
Schools

Clackman-
nanshire 
Schools

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Design, build, finance, operate, 
and maintain for a period of 25 
years, two new correctional 
facilities for the State of Victoria, 
Australia (MCC and MRC).

Design, build, finance, operate, 
and maintain for a concession 
period of 25 years, a new 
correctional facility for the state 
of Saxony-Anhalt, Germany.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain four new build 
police and custody facilities in 
the Avon and Somerset region 
(UK).

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a new correctional 
facility, located near Darwin, 
including three separate 
centres of the 1,048 bed 
multi-classification men’s and 
women’s correctional centre 
and 24-bed Complex 
Behaviour Unit.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the 
redevelopment of two 
secondary schools in the 
County of Bedfordshire. 

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain one new school 
and community facilities for the 
Coventry City Council.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the 
redevelopment, which included 
the construction of new build 
elements for each school as well 
as extensive reconfiguration 
and refurbishment of six 
schools.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain three new 
secondary schools for Scottish 
Borders Council.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the 
redevelopment of three 
secondary schools in 
Clackmannanshire, Scotland.

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Operational March  

2006 (MRC)/
February  
2006 (MCC)

May  
2031

Investment 
Volume

A$ 244.5 
million

Operational May  
2009

April  
2034

€ 100 million

Operational

July 2014/ 
July 2015

March  
2039

£83 million

Operational

November 
2014

October  
2044

A$620 million

Operational

June  
2006

December 
2035

£29 million

Operational

In stages from 
March 2006  
to June 2009

December 
2034

£27 million

Operational

June  
2007

September 
2035

£106 million

Operational

July  
2009

November 
2038

£92 million

Operational

In stages from 
January to  
May 2009

March  
2039

£77 million

121

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

22.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Sector

Asset Name

Social 
Infrastructure
(continued)

East Down 
Colleges

Lisburn  
College

Tor Bank 
School

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

Lagan  
College

100.0%

Cologne 
Schools

50.0%

Rodenkirchen 
Schools

50.0%

Frankfurt 
Schools

50.0%

100.0%

North West 
Regional 
College

100.0%

Belfast 
Metropolitan 
College

Westland  
Town Hall

100.0%

Gloucester 
Royal Hospital

50.0%

60.0%

Liverpool and 
Sefton Clinics 
(LIFT)

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the East Down 
Colleges in Northern Ireland

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain Lisburn College in 
Northern Ireland.

Operational

Operational

June  
2009

April  
2010

May  
2036

May  
2036

Operational

October  
2012

October  
2037

Investment 
Volume

£73.8 million 
(with Lisburn 
College)

£73.8 million 
(with East 
Down College)

£13 million

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a new school for 
pupils with special education 
needs in Northern Ireland.

Design, build, finance operate 
and maintain the 
redevelopment of school in 
Northern Ireland.

Design, build, finance operate 
and maintain the 
redevelopment of five schools 
in Cologne.

Design, build, finance operate 
and maintain a school for 
approx. 1200 pupils in Cologne.

Design, build, finance operate 
and maintain the 
redevelopment of four schools 
in Frankfurt.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the North West 
Regional College educational 
campus in Derry, Northern 
Ireland

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the Belfast Met 
educational campus in Millfield, 
Belfast, Northern Ireland

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain Westland Town 
Hall, a PPP accommodation 
asset consisting of a new 
approximately 11,000m2 town 
hall for the Dutch Municipality 
of Westland.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a hospital scheme 
in Gloucester, UK.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the primary 
healthcare facilities in Liverpool 
and Sefton, UK.

Operational

October  
2013

June  
2038

£33 million

Operational

April  
2005

December 
2029

€32 million

Operational

November 
2007

November 
2034

€40 million

Operational

August  
2007

July 
2029

€89 million

Operational

February  
2001

January  
2026

£9 million

Operational

September 
2002

August  
2027

£20 million

Operational

August  
2017

August  
2042

€33 million

Operational

April  
2005

February  
2034

£38 million

Operational

£97 million

In 7 tranches 
starting April 
2005 and 
ending 
February  
2013

In 7 tranches 
starting 
November 
2037 and 
ending 
February 2043

122

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

22.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Sector

Asset Name

Social 
Infrastructure
(continued)

North London 
Estates 
Partnership 
(LIFT) 

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

60.0%

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the primary 
healthcare facilities of the 
Barnet, Enfield and Haringey 
LIFT programme, UK.

60.0%

Barking 
Dagenham 
Havering  
(LIFT)

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain 10 facilities/clinics 
in East London, UK with asset 
construction completions 
between 2005 and 2009.

Operational

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Operational 

Investment 
Volume

£72 million

£65 million

In 4 tranches 
starting 
February  
2006 and 
ending  
June 2013

In 3 tranches 
starting 
October  
2005 and 
ending 
October  
2008

In 4 tranches 
starting 
January 2031 
and ending 
June 2043

In 3 tranches 
starting 
September 
2030 and 
ending 
September 
2033

100.0% 

79.6%

100.0%

Royal  
Women’s 
Hospital

Mersey Care 
Hospital (part 
of Liverpool 
Sefton Clinics 
(LIFT) above)

Kelowna and 
Vernon 
Hospital 

100.0%

Women’s 
College 
Hospital

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a new nine-storey 
Royal Women’s Hospital in 
Melbourne.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a new mental 
health in-patient facility on the 
former Walton hospital site in 
Liverpool, UK.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain a new Patient 
Care Tower, a new University of 
British Columbia Okanagan 
Clinical Academic Campus and 
car park at Kelowna General 
Hospital, and a new Patient 
Care Tower at Vernon Jubilee 
Hospital.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the new Women’s 
College Hospital in Toronto, 
Ontario, Canada.

80.0%

Restigouche 
Hospital  
Centre

40.0%

McGill 
University 
Health Centre

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the new 
Psychiatric Care Centre in 
Restigouche, New Brunswick, 
Canada. 

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the new McGill 
University Health Centre, 
Montreal, Canada.

Operational

June  
2008

June  
2033

A$316 million

Operational

December 
2014

December 
2044

£25 million

Operational

January  
2012

August  
2042

C$432.9 million

C$345 million

May  
2043

Operational May 2013 
(Phase 1), 
September 
2015 (Phase 2), 
March 2016 
(final 
completion).

Operational

June  
2015

October  
2044

C$210 million

Operational

October  
2014

September 
2044

C$2,012 million

123

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

22.  Service Concession Agreements (continued)

Sector

Asset Name

Social 
Infrastructure
(continued)

Stanton 
Territorial 
Hospital

% Equity  
Owned on  
Asset

100.0%

Stoke & Staffs 
Rescue Service

85.0%

90.0%

Unna 
Administrative 
Centre

Fürst Wrede 
Military Base

50.0%

Short Description of  
Concession Arrangement

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the new Stanton 
Territorial Hospital, Yellowknife, 
Northwest Territories, Canada.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain 10 new 
community fire stations in 
Stoke-on-Trent and 
Staffordshire, UK.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the administration 
building of the Unna District in 
Rhine-Westphalia, Germany.

Design, build, finance, operate 
and maintain the refurbishment 
and new construction of a 32 
hectare army barracks in 
Munich, Germany.

Period of Concession 
(Operational Phase)

Phase

Start Date

End Date

Operational

December 
2018

December 
2048

Investment 
Volume

C$298 million

Operational

November  
2011

October  
2036

£47 million

Operational

July  
2006

July  
2031

€24 million

Operational March  

2008

March  
2028

€48 million

23.  Standards issued but not yet effective
A number of new standards and amendments to standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2021 and earlier application 
is permitted; however, the Group has not early adopted any of the forthcoming new or amended standards in preparing these condensed 
consolidated interim financial statements. The Group intends to adopt these new and amended standards, if applicable, when they become 
effective.

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16
On 27 August 2020, the IASB published Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16. 
With publication of the phase two amendments, the IASB has completed its work in response to IBOR reform.

The amendments provide temporary reliefs which address the financial reporting effects when an interbank offered rate (‘IBOR’) is replaced with 
an alternative nearly risk-free interest rate (‘RFR’).

The amendments include a practical expedient to require contractual changes, or changes to cash flows that are directly required by the reform, 
to be treated as changes to a floating interest rate, equivalent to a movement in a market rate of interest. Inherent in allowing the use of this 
practical expedient is the requirement that the transition from an IBOR benchmark rate to an RFR takes place on an economically equivalent 
basis with no value transfer having occurred.

The adoption of this new standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

24.  Events after the end of the reporting period
In February 2021, Company declared a 2nd interim dividend of 3.59 pence per share with scrip alternative for qualifying shareholders for the 
period 1 July – 31 December 2020, to be paid in April 2021.

Impact of coronavirus (Covid-19)
At the date of publication of these consolidated financial statements, the Group and its portfolio has not experienced any material adverse 
operational or financial impact related to the implications of Covid-19. The portfolio continued its strong performance over the reporting period 
with no material adverse effect on valuation resulting from Covid-19. This strong performance is primarily as a result of the Group holding a 
low-risk, 100 per cent availability-based portfolio, coupled with strong stakeholder collaboration during the reporting period. There continues to 
be uncertainty surrounding Covid-19 with the consequences and potential disruptions difficult to foresee, but currently our portfolio remains 
resilient in this challenging market environment. We will continue to work very closely with all stakeholders to help mitigate the risks and effects 
of the global pandemic.

124

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements

To the Shareholders of
BBGI GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE S.A. (formerly BBGI SICAV S.A.)
6E, route de Trèves
L-2633 Senningerberg
Luxembourg

Report of the Reviseur d’Entreprises agréé

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of BBGI GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE S.A. (formerly BBGI SICAV S.A.) (the “Company”), which comprise 
the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2020, and the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and 
statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company as at 31 December 2020 
and of its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by European Union.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 on the audit profession (“Law of 23 July 2016”) and with International 
Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”) as adopted for Luxembourg by the “Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier” (“CSSF”). Our 
responsibilities under the Law of 23 July 2016 and ISAs are further described in the « Responsibilities of the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for the 
audit of the financial statements » section of our report. We are also independent of the Company in accordance with the International Ethics 
Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (“IESBA Code”) as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF 
together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements, and have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities under those ethical requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period. These matters were addressed in the context of the audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Impairment of investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiaries (including interest)
a) Why the matter was considered to be one of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period?
We refer to the accounting policy for “Impairment testing for investments” and to Note 13 and 14 in the financial statements. Over 97% of the 
Company’s total assets are investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiaries (including interest) subject to an impairment 
assessment at each reporting date.

The conclusion whether there is objective evidence of impairment on investment in subsidiary is a significant judgement area resulting from a 
number of assumptions in the financial models. The valuation is inherently subjective due to the absence of a liquid market for these investments, 
and the fact that their fair value is determined using the fair value of the underlying infrastructure investments which, in turn, is determined using 
a discounted cash flow methodology applied by the Management Board. The complexity of this methodology as well as assumptions taken in the 
financial models mean that there is a risk that the fair value of these investments may not be appropriate. The key assumptions used by the 
Management Board are in respect of discount rates and components of budgets used being part of long term forecast cash flows. In addition, 
the Management Board also used key macroeconomic assumptions such as inflation, deposit interest and tax rates that have an impact on the 
long term forecast cash flows. 

As for the loans receivable from subsidiaries (including interest), valuation of the underlying investments is an important consideration in the 
determination of expected credit losses (ECL). The significance of the estimates and judgements involved, coupled with the fact that a variance 
in the key assumptions used in the valuation of investment in subsidiary and in the impairment assessment of loans receivable from subsidiaries 
(including interest), when aggregated, could result in a material misstatement on the statement of comprehensive income and statement of 
financial position, warrants specific audit focus in this area.

125

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements continued

Key audit matters (continued)
Impairment of investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiaries (including interest) (continued)
b) How the matter was addressed in our audit
Our audit procedures to determine if there is any impairment of investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiaries (including 
interest) consist of the analysis of the valuation of the underlying infrastructure assets that have been developed predominantly under PPP/PFI 
or similar procurements models (“Infrastructure Investments”) and of ECL, as appropriate, which included, but were not limited to the following:

 — We tested the design, implementation and effectiveness of the controls around the determination and monitoring of the discounted cash 

flows and the determination and monitoring of related key macroeconomic assumptions; 

 — We involved KPMG valuation specialists and their market knowledge to perform the following procedures:

 B  We considered and commented the approach and methodology documented by Management Board used in Company’s Valuation 

Report against International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines;

 B  We obtained market benchmarks for discount rates from public and private sources. We considered the discount rates applied in 

Company’s Valuation Report against market benchmarks in the light of market, project, sector and country issues; 

 B  We performed research on key assumptions and commented and compared those against the assumptions applied in Company’s 

Valuation Report;

 B We reviewed the results of the sensitivity analysis on key assumptions taken by Management;

 B  We challenged and determined the appropriateness of the Management Board’s assumptions used for the valuation of a sample of 

Infrastructure Investments applying following procedures:

 —  We agreed the underlying shareholder cash flows inputs (such as dividends, subordinated debt interest and principal repayment 

and  director’s fees) from the underlying project model to the Company’s valuation model;

 — We considered if the methodology for assessing fair value has been applied consistently across the assets;

 —  We read the latest board minutes, board packages and other supporting documents and information in respect of the sampled 

investments and raised Q&A comments to challenge the inputs in the valuation;

 — We reviewed the Valuation Report prepared by the Management Board and assessed whether the valuation inputs and results are consistent 

with our other audit procedures performed as part of our audit of the consolidated financial statements;

 — We obtained and reviewed the valuation review opinion issued by the independent third party valuation expert engaged by the Company, 

in connection with the appropriateness of the portfolio value prepared by the Management Board;

 — We tested the design, implementation and effectiveness of the management review controls over the valuation process; 

 — We gained an understanding of the process and controls that management has established to identify, account for and disclose loans from 

subsidiaries (including interest) and to authorize and approve significant transactions and arrangements with related parties. 

 — We verified whether the Company’s investment in subsidiary and loans receivables from subsidiaries (including interest) are not carried at 
more than their recoverable amount (fair value determined) and assessed that there are no external or internal indicators of impairment.

 — We obtained management’s assessments of the arm’s length principle and challenged the inputs used.

 — We obtained the management impairment analysis by the Management Board on the impairment of investment in subsidiary and loans 

receivable from subsidiaries (including interest) and performed the following procedures:

 B We challenged the criteria and inputs used in the impairment analysis;

 B We performed an overall assessment of the assumptions and models used to calculate the ECL; and

 B We performed impairment testing of non-financial assets (investment in subsidiary).

Other information
The Management Board is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information stated in the annual report 
but does not include the financial statements and our report of “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report this fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

126

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Responsibilities of the Management Board for the financial statements
The Management Board is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRSs, and for 
such internal control as the Management Board determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Management Board is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Management Board 
either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Responsibilities of the réviseur d’entreprises agréé for the audit of the financial statements
The objectives of our audit are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue a report of the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as 
adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with the Law of 23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 — Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit 

procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk 
of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 — Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control.

 — Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made 

by the Management Board.

 — Conclude on the appropriateness of the Management Board’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 

evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our report of 
the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify 
our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report of the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé”. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

 — Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial 

statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, 
and where applicable, related safeguards. 

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit 
of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our report unless law or 
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter.

127

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements continued

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
We have been appointed as “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” by the Shareholders on 30 April 2020 and the duration of our uninterrupted 
engagement, including previous renewals and reappointments, is ten years.

The management report is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with the applicable legal requirements.  

Luxembourg, 24 March 2021
KPMG Luxembourg, Société coopérative
Cabinet de révision agréé

Joseph de Souza

128

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Company Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
Other operating income

Results from operating activities
Finance income

Profit before tax
Tax expense

Profit from continuing operations

Profit from continuing operations attributable to owners of the Company

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements

Note

5
6
7

8

9

2020

(8,615)
(3,107)
5,181

(6,541)
18,773

12,232
(427)

11,805

11,805

–

11,805

2019

(7,415)
(7,991)
-

(15,406)
17,278

1,872
(406)

1,466

1,466

–

1,466

129

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Company Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Assets
Loans receivable from subsidiaries
Investment in subsidiary

Non-current assets

Loans receivable from subsidiaries
Interest and other receivables from subsidiaries
Other current assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Liabilities
Trade payables
Other payables
Current tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Net asset value attributable to the owners of the Company
Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

Note

2020

2019

13
14

13
13

10

11

9

11
11

217,182
333,048

550,230

94,784
14,325
256
5,636

115,001

665,231

201,342
293,303

494,645

124,595
976
148
20,918

146,637

641,282

772,640
(108,743)

715,406
(75,832)

663,897

639,574

301
931
102

1,334

1,334

665,231

663,897
99.88

288
1,313
107

1,708

1,708

641,282

639,574
101.49

130

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Balance at 1 January 2019
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the owners  

of the Company

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised directly in equity
Issuance of shares from placing of ordinary shares - net of issue cost
Cash dividends
Scrip dividends
Shares issued on behalf of a subsidiary

Balance at 31 December 2019

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the owners  

of the Company

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised directly in equity
Issuance of shares from placing of ordinary shares - net of issue cost
Cash dividends
Scrip dividends
Shares issued on behalf of a subsidiary

Balance at 31 December 2020

Notes

Share
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Total
Equity

639,642

(35,678)

603,964

11
11
11
11

11
11
11
11

–

1,466

1,466

73,915
–
772
1,077

715,406

–
(40,848)
(772)
–

(75,832)

73,915
(40,848)
–
1,077

639,574

–

11,805

11,805

54,169
–
2,068
997

–
(42,648)
(2,068)
–

54,169
(42,648)
–
997

772,640

(108,743)

663,897

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

131

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Company Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Operating activities
Profit from continuing operations
Adjustments for:
Finance income
Foreign currency exchange loss (gain) – net
Tax expense

Working capital adjustments:

Other receivables from subsidiary
Other current assets
Trade and other payables and current tax liabilities

Cash used in operating activities

Taxes paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Investing activities
Loan repayment from subsidiaries
Loans provided to subsidiaries
Investment in subsidiaries
Interest received

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares-net
Dividends paid

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Impact of foreign exchange gain on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the Company’s financial statements

Note

2020

2019

11,805

1,466

8,13
7,6
9

13
13
14

11
11

10

10

(18,773)
(5,173)
427

(11,448)
(108)
(429)

(23,699)
(432)

(24,131)

34,741
(15,802)
(39,745)
17,949

(2,857)

54,169
(42,648)

11,521

(15,467)
185
20,918

5,636

(17,278)
168
406

11,178
71
(81)

(4,070)
(386)

(4,456)

26,348
(45,681)
(29,932)
38,971

(10,294)

73,915
(40,848)

33,067

18,317
469
2,132

20,918

132

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2020

1.  Corporate information
BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A., formerly BBGI SICAV S.A., (‘BBGI’, or the ‘Company’) is an investment company incorporated in Luxembourg in 
the form of a public limited company (société anonyme) with variable share capital (société d’investissement à capital variable, or ‘SICAV’) and 
regulated by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (‘CSSF’) under Part II of the amended Luxembourg law of 17 December 2010 
on undertakings for collective investments with an indefinite life. The Company qualifies as an alternative investment fund within the meaning of 
Article 1 (39) of the amended law of 12 July 2013 on alternative investment fund managers (‘2013 Law’) implementing Directive 2011/61/EU of the 
European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 
2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010 and is authorised as an internal alternative investment fund manager 
in accordance with Chapter 2 of the 2013 Law. The Company was admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority (premium listing, 
closed-ended investment fund) and to trading on the main market of the London Stock Exchange on 21 December 2011. 

As of 1 January 2021, the main market of the London Stock Exchange is not considered as an EU regulated market (as defined by the MiFID II). As 
a result, Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004 on the harmonisation of transparency 
requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 
2001/34/EC (the Transparency Directive) as implemented in the Luxembourg law by the act dated 11 January 2008 on transparency 
requirements for issuers (the Transparency Act 2008), among other texts, does not apply to the Company.

The Company’s registered office is EBBC, 6E, route de Treves, L-2633 Senningerberg, Luxembourg. On 27 October 2020, the Company 
changed its registered name from BBGI SICAV S.A. to the current BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.

The Company is a closed-ended investment company that invests principally in a diversified portfolio of operational Public-Private Partnership 
(‘PPP’)/Private Finance Initiative (‘PFI’) infrastructure assets or similar style assets. At 31 December 2020, the Company has one investment that 
is under construction.

The Company had no employees as of 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Reporting period
The Company´s reporting period runs from 1 January to 31 December each year. The Company´s statement of comprehensive income, statement 
of financial position, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows include comparative figures as at 31 December 2019.

The amounts presented as ‘non-current’ in the Company´s statement of financial position are those expected to be recovered or settled after 
more than one year. The amounts presented as ‘current’ are expected to be recovered settled within one year. These financial statements were 
approved by the Management Board on 24 March 2021.

2.  Basis of preparation
Statement of compliance
The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) 
as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’), and applying IAS 27 - Separate Financial Statements, recognition and measurement requirements, in 
accounting for its investment in subsidiary. Please refer to Note 3 d) for the accounting policy for the investment in subsidiary.

The Company also prepares consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU.

The Company follows, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of the Standard of Recommended Practices issued by the Association of 
Investment Companies (‘AIC SORP’). If the provisions of the AIC SORP are in direct conflict with IFRS as adopted by the EU, the standards of the 
latter shall prevail.

133

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

2.  Basis of preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting policy
New and amended standards applicable to the Company are as follows:

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material (effective 1 January 2020)
The amendments provide a new definition of material that states, ‘information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably 
be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general-purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial 
statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity’.

The amendments clarify that materiality will depend on the nature or magnitude of information, either individually or in combination with other 
information, in the context of the financial statements.

A misstatement of information is material if it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users. These 
amendments had no significant impact on the financial statements.

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (effective 1 January 2020)
The Conceptual Framework is not a standard, and none of the concepts contained therein override the concepts or requirements in any 
standard. The purpose of the Conceptual Framework is to assist the IAS in developing standards, to help preparers develop consistent 
accounting policies where there is no applicable standard in place and to assist all parties to understand and interpret the standards. This will 
affect those entities which developed their accounting policies based on the Conceptual Framework. The revised Conceptual Framework 
includes some new concepts, updated definitions and recognition criteria for assets and liabilities and clarifies some important concepts. These 
amendments had no impact on the financial statements of the Company.

Functional and presentation currency
These financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, the Company’s functional currency. All amounts presented in tables throughout 
the report have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated.

Impairment testing for investments
Investment in subsidiary and loans receivable from subsidiaries are measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The impairment losses 
are based on expected credit loss (‘ECL’) on such receivables. The loans and receivables of the Company from its subsidiaries are directly linked 
to the PPP/PFI assets financed by these subsidiaries either through loans and/or equity investments. The ECL, if any, of the Company from its 
loans and receivables from subsidiaries has a direct link with the fair value of the Group´s portfolio of investments (‘PPP/PFI investments’). The 
Company performs a fair valuation of the PPP/PFI investments every six months and considers any ECL on the loans and receivables, among 
others based on the results of the valuation. The fair valuation of the subsidiaries´ PPP/PFI assets is done by calculating the net present value of 
the cash flows from its PPP/PFI assets, based on internally generated models. The net present value of each asset is determined using future 
cash flows, applying certain macroeconomic assumptions for the cash flows which include indexation rates, deposit interest rates, corporate tax 
rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The cash flows are discounted at the applicable discount rate for companies involved in service 
concession assets. A material change in the macroeconomic assumptions and discount rates used for such valuation could have a significant 
impact on the net present value of the cash flows. The determined fair value will be considered as the recoverable amount to be compared to the 
carrying amount of investment in subsidiary to determine possible impairment. Excess of the carrying amount of the investment in subsidiary 
over the recoverable amount is recognised as impairment loss. As of 31 December 2020, the Company identified no ECL to be recorded on its 
loans and receivables from subsidiaries (2019: nil) nor impairment on its investment in subsidiary.

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies
a)  Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Pounds Sterling at the exchange rate on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated into Pounds Sterling at the exchange rate on that date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are translated into Pounds Sterling at the 
exchange rate on the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income as a gain or loss on currency translation.

134

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
b)  Foreign currency translations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to Pounds Sterling at the exchange rates on the reporting date. The income and 
expenses of foreign operations are translated to Pounds Sterling at the average exchange rates during the year, if such does not significantly 
deviate from the exchange rates at the date on which the transaction is entered into. If significant deviations arise, then the exchange rate at the 
date of the transaction is used.

c)  Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition at either: (i) amortised cost; (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income – debt 
instruments; (iii) fair value through other comprehensive income – equity instruments; or (iv) fair value through profit or loss.

In general, the Company derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the 
rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are 
transferred. Any interest in such transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognised as a separate financial asset 
or liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company 
has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

At the date of the statement of financial position, all financial assets of the Company have been classified as financial assets at amortised cost. 
Financial assets of the Company consist of investment in subsidiary, loans receivables from subsidiaries, interest and other receivables from 
subsidiaries and cash and cash equivalents.

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to impairment. Gains 
and losses are recognised in the statement of income when the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.

Financial liabilities
The Company classifies financial liabilities at amortised cost. Such financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value less any direct 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the EIR method.

The Company derecognises a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) from the statement of financial position when, and only when, it is 
extinguished or when the obligation specified in the contract or agreement is discharged or cancelled or has expired. The difference between 
the carrying amount of a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, 
including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is considered in the statement of comprehensive income.

d)  Investments in subsidiary
The investment in subsidiary is held at cost less any impairment.

e)  Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, 
and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the 
expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to a liability. 
The unwinding of such discount is recognised as a finance cost.

f)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash of balances and term deposits with maturities of three months or less from the date when the 
deposits were made and that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in their fair value, and are used by the Company in the management of 
its short-term commitments.

g)  Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares, or which are associated with the establishment 
of the Company, that would otherwise have been avoided are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

135

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
h)  Finance income and finance costs
Interest income and expenses are recognised in statement of comprehensive income using the EIR method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments and receipts through the expected life of the 
financial instrument (or, where appropriate, a shorter period) to the carrying amount of the financial instrument. When calculating the effective 
interest rate, the Company estimates future cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.

Interest received or receivable and interest paid or payable are recognised in statement of comprehensive income as finance income and finance 
costs, respectively.

i)  Tax
According to the Luxembourg regulations regarding SICAV companies, the Company itself, as an undertaking for collective investment, is 
exempt from paying income and/or capital gains taxes in Luxembourg. It is, however, liable to annual subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on its 
consolidated net asset value (‘NAV’) payable quarterly and assessed on the last day of each quarter.

j)  Current versus non-current classification
The Company presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on current/non-current classification. An asset is current 
when it is:

 — Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle

 — Held primarily for the purpose of trading

 — Expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period or

 — Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 — It is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle

 — It is held primarily for the purpose of trading

 — It is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period or

 — There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period

The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its 
classification.

The Company classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

4.  Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Management Board to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

In the process of applying the Company´s accounting policies, the Management Board has made the following judgements that would have the 
most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Company’s financial statements.

4.1 Impairment testing for investments
Refer to Note 2 for the discussion of this topic.

136

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

4.  Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions (continued)
4.2  Going concern basis of accounting
The Management Board has examined significant areas of possible financial risk including cash and cash requirements. It has not identified any 
material uncertainties which would cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of 12 months from 
the date of approval of the Company’s financial statements. The Management Board has satisfied itself that the Company has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. As part of its assessment, the Management Board has considered the 
risk posed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Management Board has satisfied itself that the Company has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. After due consideration, the Management Board believes it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

5.  Administrative expenses

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Support agreement fees (see Note 13)
Legal and professional fees
Supervisory Board fees and expenses
Others

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

6,637
1,614
231
133

8,615

5,623
1,395
223
174

7,415

The legal and professional fees during the year includes amounts charged by the Company’s external auditor which include audit fees of 
£159,000 (2019: £168,000) and audit related fees of £66,000 (2019: £60,000). There are no non-audit related fees charged by the Company’s 
external auditors in the above amounts (2019: nil). These administrative expenses also include depositary and custodian related charges which 
amounted to £347,000 (2019: £287,000).

6.  Other operating expenses

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Foreign exchange indemnity agreement expense (see Note 13)
Acquisition-related and unsuccessful bid costs
Non-recoverable VAT
Foreign currency exchange loss - net
Others

7.  Other operating income

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Foreign currency exchange gain -net
Others

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

1,891
830
386
–
–

3,107

6,411
991
344
168
77

7,991

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

5,173
8

5,181

–
–

–

137

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

8.  Finance income

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Finance income from multi-currency facility (see Note 13)
Interest income from deposits

9.  Tax expense
Current tax payable in 2020 amounting to £102,000 relates to subscription tax due (2019: £107,000).

A reconciliation of the tax expense and the tax at applicable tax rate is as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Profit before tax 

Income tax using the Luxembourg domestic tax rate of 24.94%
Effect of tax-exempt income
Subscription tax expense

Tax charge for the year

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

18,768
5

18,773

17,258
20

17,278

Year ended
31 December
2020

Year ended
31 December
2019

12,232

1,872

3,051
(3,051)
427

427

467
(467)
406

406

The Company, as an undertaking for collective investment, pays an annual subscription tax of 0.05 per cent on its consolidated NAV. For the year 
ended 31 December 2020, the Company incurred a subscription tax charge of £427,000 (2019: £406,000). All direct and indirect subsidiaries of 
the Company are subject to corporation tax at the applicable rate in their respective jurisdictions.

10.  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents relates to bank deposits amounting to £5,636,000 (2019: £20,918,000).

11.   Share capital
Changes in the Company´s share capital are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Share capital as at 1 January
Issuance of ordinary shares through placing
Shares issuance cost on placing
Share capital issued through scrip dividends
Shares issued as share based compensation

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

715,406
55,000
(831)
2,068
997

639,642
75,000
(1,085)
772
1,077

772,640

715,406

In November 2020, the Company raised gross proceeds of £55,000,000 through a placing of 32,544,379 new ordinary shares of no par value 
(‘Placing’). The Placing price was set at 169.0 pence per Placing share. The related share issuance cost amounted to £831,000.

BBGI Management HoldCo S.à r.l. (‘MHC’), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, provides share-based compensation to senior executives 
whereby it will issue a certain number of shares of the Company to entitled executives calculated based on the conditions of the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) rules and the respective LTIP Award letters. During the year, in accordance with the LTIP agreement, the Company issued 
690,274 shares, in connection with the LTIP, at 144.5 pence per share for a total amount of £997,000 (2019: £1,077,000). The amount of £997,000 
was recorded as an advance made by the Company to MHC during the year (2019: £1,077,000).

138

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

11.   Share capital (continued)
The changes in the number of ordinary shares of no-par value issued by the Company are as follows:

In thousands of shares

In issue at beginning of the year
Shares issued through placing of ordinary shares
Shares issued through scrip dividends
Shares issued as share based compensation

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

630,213
32,544
1,244
690

664,691

580,005
49,020
491
697

630,213

All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared 
from time to time, and are entitled to one vote per share at general meetings of the Company.

The Company meets the minimum share capital requirement as imposed under the applicable Luxembourg regulation.

Dividends
The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2020 are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling except as otherwise stated

2019 2nd interim dividend of 3.5 pence per qualifying ordinary share – for the period 1 July 2019 to 31 December 2019
2020 1st interim dividend of 3.59 pence per qualifying ordinary share– for the period 1 January 2020 to 30 June 2020

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
2020

22,057
22,659

44,716

The 31 December 2019 2nd interim dividend was paid in April 2020. The value of the scrip election was £429,000, with the remaining amount of 
£21,628,000 paid in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 30 June 2020 1st interim dividend was paid in October 2020. The value of the scrip election was £1,639,000 with the remaining amount of 
£21,020,000 paid in cash to those investors that elected for a cash dividend.

The dividends declared and paid by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2019 are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling except as otherwise stated

2018 2nd interim dividend of 3.375 pence per qualifying ordinary share for the period 1 July 2018 to 31 December 2018
2019 1st interim dividend of 3.5 pence per qualifying ordinary share for the period 1 January 2019 to 30 June 2019

Total dividends declared and paid during the year

31 December
2019

19,575
22,045

41,620

The 2nd 2018 interim dividend was paid in April 2019. The value of the scrip election was £181,000, with the remaining amount of £19,394,000 paid 
in cash to those investors that did not elect for the scrip.

The 1st 2019 interim dividend was paid in October 2019. The value of the scrip election was £591,000 with the remaining amount of £21,453,000 
paid in cash to those investors that elected for a cash dividend.

139

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

11.   Share capital (continued)
Net asset value
The Company net asset value and net asset value per share as of 31 December 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling/pence

Net asset value attributable to the owners of the Company
Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

2020

663,897
99.88

2019

639,574
101.49

2018

603,964
104.13

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management
The Company has exposure to the following risks from financial instruments:

 — Credit risk

 — Liquidity risk

 — Market risk

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for 
measuring and managing risk and the Company’s management of capital. This note also presents the result of the review performed by 
management on the above-mentioned risk areas.

Risk management framework
The Management Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and control of the Company’s risk management framework. 

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation or commitment that it has entered into with 
the Company, resulting in:

impairment or reduction in the amounts recoverable from receivables and other current and non-current assets; and

1) 
2)  non-recoverability, in part or in whole, of cash and cash equivalents deposited with banks.

A significant part of receivables of the Company are receivables from subsidiaries. These subsidiaries have the ability to pay based on the 
projected cash flows to be received by such subsidiaries from its investments.

Exposures to credit risks
The Company is exposed to credit risks on the following items in the Company’s statement of financial position:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Loans and other receivable to subsidiaries (including accrued interest)
Cash and cash equivalents

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

326,291
5,636

331,927

326,913
20,918

347,831

The maximum exposure to credit risk on receivables that are neither overdue nor impaired as of 31 December 2020, amounts to £326,291  
(2019: £326,913).

Recoverable amounts of receivables and other current and non-current assets
The Company establishes when necessary an allowance for impairment, based on ECL specific to the asset. Currently there are no recorded 
allowances for impairment. All the Company’s receivables are recoverable and no significant amounts are considered as overdue, impaired or 
subject to ECL.

140

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management (continued)
Cash and cash equivalents
The cash and cash equivalents are maintained with reputable banks with ratings that are acceptable based on the established internal policy of 
the Company. Based on the assessment of the Management Board, there are no significant credit risks related to the cash and cash equivalents. 
The main counterparty banks of the Company have S&P/Moody’s credit rating between A+/Aa3 and AA-/Aa2.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled 
by delivering cash or another financial asset.

The Company’s policy over liquidity risk is that it will seek to have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities and obligations when they fall due.

The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents and access to borrowing facilities to finance day-to-day 
operations and medium to long-term capital needs. The Group also regularly monitors the forecast and actual cash requirements and matches 
the maturity profiles of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

The Company has the possibility to raise capital through the issuance of shares in order to finance further acquisitions.

All external financial liabilities of the Company have maturities of less than one year. The Company has sufficient cash and cash equivalents and 
sufficient funding sources to pay and/or refinance currently maturing obligations.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Company’s 
income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk 
exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the returns.

UK departure from the European Union
As part of the UK’s preparations for Brexit, the UK government established a temporary permissions regime (‘TPR’) enabling European 
Economic Area (‘EEA’) AIFs with EEA AIFMs passporting into the UK at the end of the transition period to continue to access the UK market in 
the same manner as before the transition period ended for a limited period of time.

The Company has made the necessary notification to the FCA (and the CSSF) under the TPR of its intention and as a result has temporary 
permission to be marketed in the UK. 

To continue marketing the Company in the UK after the end of the TPR, the Company must notify under the UK national private placement 
regime and will be directed by the FCA to make this notification within two years from the end of the transition period.

Regarding portfolio performance, while the long-term economic outcome of the UK’s departure from the EU will remain uncertain for some 
time, the Group’s portfolio cash flows are contracted and, unlike demand-based assets, are not sensitive to the performance of the wider 
economic environment.

The Company together with its Subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the ‘Group’), in which the Company is the ultimate parent entity, maintains 
a pure-play PPP-style investment platform, fully committed to a strict investment strategy into availability-based assets. This generates stable, 
predictable cash flows backed by secure, highly visible contracted public-sector revenues and significantly carry no exposure to demand or 
regulatory risk. While the Brexit outcome remains uncertain we can say that, regardless of the outcome, the Group’s portfolio cash flows are 
contracted and, unlike demand-based assets, are not sensitive to the performance of the wider economic environment.

141

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management (continued)
Currency Risk
The Company is exposed to currency risk as a result of its cash and cash equivalents being denominated in currencies other than Pounds 
Sterling. The currencies in which these items are primarily denominated are Australian Dollar (A$), Canadian Dollar (C$), Euro (€), Norwegian 
Krone (NOK) and US Dollar (US$).

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than Pounds Sterling, the Company’s policy is to ensure that 
its net exposure is kept at an acceptable level. The management believes that there is no significant concentration of currency risk in the 
Company.

The summary of the quantitative data about the Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk provided to the management is as follows:

31 December 2020

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade payables
Other payables

31 December 2019

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade payables
Other payables

A$

22
–
–

22

A$

21
–
–

21

C$

18
–
–

18

C$

564
–
(1)

563

€

202
(245)
(786)

(829)

€

1,346
(23)
(385)

938

NOK

US$

2
–
–

2

5
–
–

5

NOK

US$

2
–
–

2

8
–
–

8

The Company has loans and receivables from MHC denominated in foreign currency but the Company is not exposed to fluctuations in foreign 
exchange rates in relation to these receivables due to the foreign exchange indemnity agreement entered into between the Company and MHC 
(see Note 13).

The significant exchange rates applied during the year ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 are as follows:

A$ 1
C$ 1
€ 1
NOK 1
US$ 1

A$ 1
C$ 1
€ 1
NOK 1
US$ 1

31 December 2020

Average £

Spot rate £

0.538
0.581
0.889
0.083
0.780

0.565
0.575
0.899
0.086
0.733

31 December 2019

Average £

Spot rate £

0.544
0.590
0.877
0.089
0.783

0.531
0.582
0.850
0.086
0.758

The impact of a strengthening or weakening of Pounds Sterling against the A$, C$, NOK and U$, as applicable, by 10 per cent at 31 December 
2020 and 31 December 2019 would not have a significant impact on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and therefore on the statement of 
comprehensive income. This assumes that all other variables, in particular, interest rates, remain constant and ignores any impact of forecast 
revenues, hedging instruments and other related costs.

142

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

12.  Financial risk and capital risk management (continued)
Fair values versus carrying amounts
The below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 
(i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature with 
maturity of one year or less, or on demand. 

The fair value of loans and other receivables from subsidiaries and investment in subsidiary, with a total carrying value of £659,647,000 (2019: 
£620,216,000), amounts to £897,305,000 (2019: £849,843,000). The fair value of these loans receivable and investment in subsidiary is 
determined by discounting the future cash flows to be received from such assets using applicable market rates (Level 3).

Capital risk management
The Company’s objective when managing capital is to ensure the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns  
to shareholders and benefits for further stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure. The Company views the share capital  
(see Note 11) as capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividend paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, avail of additional debt financing, pay down debt, or issue new shares.

The Company regularly reviews compliance with Luxembourg regulations regarding restrictions on minimum capital. During the year, the 
Company complied with all externally imposed capital requirements and made no changes in its approach to capital management.

The portfolio continued its strong performance over the reporting period with no material adverse effect on valuation resulting from Covid-19. 
This strong performance is primarily as a result of the Company holding a low-risk, 100 per cent availability-based underlying portfolio, coupled 
with strong stakeholder collaboration during the reporting period. There continues to be uncertainty surrounding Covid-19 with the 
consequences and potential disruptions difficult to foresee, but currently our portfolio remains resilient in this challenging market environment. 
We will continue to work very closely with all stakeholders to help mitigate the risks and effects of the global pandemic.

13.  Related parties and key contracts
All transactions with related parties were undertaken on an arm’s length basis.

Supervisory Board fees
The aggregate remuneration of the Directors of the Supervisory Board in their capacity as such was £209,000 (2019: £215,000).

Loans and receivables from subsidiaries – multicurrency facility agreement (‘MCF’)
On 1 January 2017, the Company as a lender and MHC as a borrower, entered into a MCF. Pursuant to this agreement the Company has and will 
continue to make available an interest-bearing loan to MHC for the purposes of funding its initial and subsequent acquisitions of interests in 
PPP/PFI and similar styled infrastructure assets. The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the MCF is £680,000,000. The interest rate 
charged on the withdrawn amount shall be the interest rate on loans charged to the underlying projects less an appropriate margin.

143

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Company Financial Statement continued

For the year ended 31 December 2020

13.  Related parties and key contracts (continued)
Loans and receivables from subsidiaries – multicurrency facility agreement (‘MCF’) (continued)

Movements in the MCF during the year are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

1 January 
Additions
Capitalisation of interest under MCF
Principal payments received
Foreign exchange movements

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

201,342
15,802
100
(4,930)
4,868

192,036
15,749
128
(4,442)
(2,129)

217,182

201,342

During the year, the finance income from the MCF amounted to £18,768,000 (2019: £17,258,000).

Loans receivable from subsidiaries – interest free loan agreements (‘IFL’)
The Company has entered into various IFL with MHC and BBGI Investments S.C.A. (‘SCA’), an indirect 100 per cent owned subsidiary. These 
IFLs have a term of one year with the possibility to extend and to introduce an arm’s length interest rate. The details of the interest free loans 
receivable from subsidiaries are as follows: 

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

IFL receivable from MHC
IFL receivable from SCA

Interest and other receivables from subsidiaries
The details of the interest and other receivables from subsidiaries are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

Interest receivable from MCF
Other advances to MHC

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

94,784
–

94,784

123,310
1,285

124,595

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

1,880
12,445

14,325

976
–

976

Foreign exchange indemnity agreement
The Company and MHC have entered into a foreign exchange indemnity agreement (Indemnity Agreement) whereby the Company will 
indemnify MHC for any net losses incurred by MHC in relation to foreign exchange movements, including losses incurred on foreign exchange 
forward contracts. The agreement also stipulates that where MHC makes a net gain on foreign transactions, then it shall pay an equivalent 
amount to the Company.

During the year, MHC incurred a net foreign exchange loss of £1,891,000 thus resulting in an Indemnity Agreement expense of the Company 
(2019: £6,411,000). As of 31 December 2020, all obligations of the Company to MHC resulting from the Indemnity Agreement were settled.

Support agreement with MHC
The Company and MHC have entered into a support agreement (Support Agreement) whereby MHC provides support and assistance to the 
Company with respect to the day-to-day operations. As at 31 December 2020, the Company recorded Support Agreement expenses 
amounting to £6,637,000 (2019: £5,623,000). 

During 2020, the Company settled all outstanding liabilities to MHC in relation to the above. 

144

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

14.  Investment in subsidiary
MHC, the Company’s wholly-owned direct subsidiary, is a Company incorporated and domiciled in Luxembourg. The Company’s total equity 
investment in MHC amounted to £333,048,000 as of 31 December 2020 (2019: £293,303,000). The movements in the Company’s investment 
in MHC are as follows:

In thousands of Pounds Sterling

1 January
Additional investment through capital contribution

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

293,303
39,745

333,048

263,371
29,932

293,303

The Company’s investments in PPP/PFI infrastructure assets, or similar assets, were made and will continue to be made through MHC.

15.  Commitments and contingencies
The Company is an obligor under the Group RCF, and as a result has pledged all its current and future financial assets and shares in its 
investments in subsidiaries.

Based on the provisions of the RCF, in the event of continuing event of default by MHC, as borrower, the lenders will, among other things, have 
the right to cancel all commitments and declare all or part of utilisations to be due and payable, including all related outstanding amounts, and 
exercise or direct the security agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the RCF. There were no outstanding 
principal from the RCF as at the 31 December 2020.

16.  Standards issued but not yet effective
The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Company’s financial 
statements are disclosed below. Where applicable, the Company intends to adopt these new and amended standards and interpretations, when 
they become effective.

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16
On 27 August 2020, the IASB published Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16. 
With publication of the phase two amendments, the IASB has completed its work in response to IBOR reform.

The amendments provide temporary reliefs which address the financial reporting effects when an interbank offered rate (IBOR) is replaced with 
an alternative nearly risk-free interest rate (RFR).

The amendments include a practical expedient to require contractual changes, or changes to cash flows that are directly required by the reform, 
to be treated as changes to a floating interest rate, equivalent to a movement in a market rate of interest. Inherent in allowing the use of this 
practical expedient is the requirement that the transition from an IBOR benchmark rate to an RFR takes place on an economically equivalent 
basis with no value transfer having occurred.

The adoption of this new standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

17.  Events after the reporting period
In February 2021, Company declared a 2nd interim dividend of 3.59 pence per share with scrip alternative for the period 1 July – 31 December 
2020, to be paid in April 2021.

At the date of publication of these financial statements, the Company and its portfolio has not experienced any material adverse operational or 
financial impact related to the implications of Covid-19. The focus on value preservation will continue as the pandemic evolves. 

Whilst there continues to be significant uncertainty surrounding Covid-19 with the consequences and potential disruptions difficult to foresee; 
currently, our portfolio remains resilient in this challenging market environment. We will continue to work very closely with all stakeholders in an 
effort to mitigate the risks of this global pandemic.

145

 BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. | Annual Report 2020CORPORATE GOVERNANCECOMPANY OVERVIEWFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Board Members, Agents & Advisers

Supervisory Board 
•  Sarah Whitney (Chairman as of 31 July 2020) 

•  Howard Myles

•  Jutta af Rosenborg 

•  Colin Maltby (retired 31 July 2020)

Registered Office 
EBBC, 6E route de Trèves
L-2633 Senningerberg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Central Administrative Agent, Luxembourg Registrar 
and Transfer Agent, Depositary and Principal Paying Agent
RBC Investor Services Bank S.A.
14 Porte de France
L-4360 Esch-sur-Alzette
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Depository
Link Market Services Trustees Limited
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU
United Kingdom

Corporate Brokers
Jefferies International Limited
100 Bishopsgate
London EC2N 4JL
United Kingdom 

EEA based Centralised Securities Depository
LuxCSD
42 Avenue John F. Kennedy
L-1855 Luxembourg

Communications Adviser
Maitland/AMO
3 Pancras Square
London N1C 4AG
United Kingdom 

Management Board
•  Duncan Ball

•  Michael Denny 

•  Frank Schramm

Receiving Agent and UK Transfer Agent 
Link Market Services Trustees Limited
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU
United Kingdom

Auditors 
KPMG Luxembourg, Société cooperative
39 Avenue John F. Kennedy
L-1855 Luxembourg

Winterflood Securities Limited
Cannon Bridge House
25 Dowgate Hill
London
EC4R 2GA

Luxembourg CSD Principal Agent
Banque Internationale à Luxembourg
69 route d’Esch
Office PLM 018A
L-2953 Luxembourg

Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés Luxembourg B163879

Listing

Trading

ISIN

SEDOL

Ticker

Indices

Chapter 15 premium listing, closed-ended investment company

Main Market

LU0686550053

B6QWXM4

BBGI

FTSE 250, FTSE 350, FTSE 350 High Yield and FTSE All-Share

146

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

Registered Office 
EBBC, 6E route de Trèves
L-2633 Senningerberg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A.  |  Annual Report 2020

147